viet al Y 0) @ Mae be he) sesh in) Wie tHe ach i 4 (sty ne ie ar) at | ati a pateae th " 4h leo 7 wisbe ye <8 Arn et bid bebe beer ete: fobet.s it Mow het phi e Ne ‘ ave ‘FP Ta alAses Aaee . 4 A +4 fw : a4 7 om Caterer yt Ad i ‘ AV say ti feh Les Ha ca e i i My i Hi i Pa neMs Tait aM Viahaldihae on tl rt : i ¥ u ay aaa Hate te Treas ig PPA ieee 9 heb cs Haein ait P 4 Ger tedes betete ¥ ae) ieee +7 by ae) Lala f 4 Mem be ris ey ea Ba, ’ ast saab ~Y Mehp nan Abe sesssetete wetsee $= th a Cee ears =" e- BALA, s ?& ~ a 1 T és Lhd OT Poe fol A hat eee RDP ‘~ RL bot ae | Te A ad adil ad Ly ww S| wd hk h Pid ‘ qu 4 wal ale a? Aer aw a BS sadlehial yey TE ee ke ; LAM ~ wn “ ery we “> deed Td igegeee Wet ae) we” wy rr Pe we bl ad a ahd UT we eA, . ce) 7 ihe. TSM =\ Sh iohediek Vy fiery gta we¥etere, As er on & > “~ re >» _— An ‘as : aah vue” igh At avinyvvvy | . & Se iilceanuuill gst we iba, vis an monk ANE om ‘ ASN AAh Aa | Shp bt aaa i Sit be | Vide Hey we “y ths mynty ei bil | | Weve, Wifivaewene: eM LLL unm an ‘ aa bh ee TATTLE. Cuiyees | * Wee: A Vy ww | 5 TUTE DS Ce bd er Na ty | sale || Sos WY A ME Vevey wt oN - ms yee Pra | aly ? K ‘ 4 = y WE Tet AAA y' Ainereietiaal an at t ene tres APA bot ay? Myon boeacue. pehcee was | ~~ a | gisypuetase J Agree — co iL | | : ' ay es | Lia ‘e hi “ey! ‘we CS Seyes vow “ 2 ' wry ’ | re seta ot ' vy i ‘te Nee Bee Sn i | =wty, oy ae iy ¥ ‘ vr) sete hy ¥ Vi wy a Ot bd te “ty 3 . SSN WiweWwere seen t | Wry ave Cia ks tg Ll ~= { adil vv, lags ce vs" Yu e w? ae a te Ti = v 58 pA LS by Ot tt ¥ | Niet su ai wHagi hy, MITTEE NET PLL) pie ee Nand aah pareeenaccgeees ey Lpieebe a | a ret "Wi at We sree Nrevytr~~” ¥ BU, i Witee } w¥ Wry re frre sea P OTT hee woeneeeeese! mm, 26 L yduneunel , ge a, ¢ ; \v wet ow y y 7 Su My yee! ree +s veugyl! en Secuwinee ery CST eritlt hy uVy¥t¥ory, eee Te man mere tT Maw ee wing Vey rewt® | muvee RA EAH Let Ue Ma LT ld i) ) ; Vey — £15 ws. We bh he wt" OY) re toa Wr. wry pt a “y dd 1 hte By Svs i \ : | na TT WAN myuitee ‘ Lt) || eeenceneae Se ie heat ae i : % eS Tee i vey Sy , > % weer Ne: | yy eee Nd aie LOA bd Deh de iert wv PEP EPLGE pe Neh ee he Pwrewtl @ oe ot We te va wecrery uve rh wv’ hn tS w ee ge eae ey | Se, 1 eT | tye : H ‘ Oe ere baal | i | | a | < wo i On A hy betel P) , ~ DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. me : /——- FISHERIES BRANCH. STIGATIONS, 1914. cas Oe Sieg Eee et » Ba ty 7. « v i. = | * $ q 2 va Z a + ty od > : eo . a o e Decapoda Reptantia of the Coasts of Ireland. ys s BY fog st ee ‘ ¢. M. ‘SELB, BSc. AY es ame Plates XV. = Bs aes ee —F *@ z ie # - 4 ‘ ~ : ¥ “ We vo ee = wh 5 hs oh eee .Y ke * aa : G re fed S = < Re ? ED UNDER “THE “AUTHORITY OF HIS “MATESTY'S ae oe ‘STATIONERY ‘OR BTCHS «52s Be > NOLAN, taps Nassav_ See Doan. : eter dinectly ‘or Lake ang) Sacasieks fom ee ok . : 116 GRAFTON SrrEET, DUBLIN ; ee een ne Breams BUILDINGS, | FErrEeR Tans, ra Oe Son oud SrrEEtT, CARDIFF ; ‘OL ae Se | BRANCH), 23 Forts STREET, Se ae tg ame in the B are aa Dependencies, t the United States _ the Continent of Europe. and Abroad of | se SHER UNWIN, ‘Lonpow, Be ee ee. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION _ FOR IRELAND, CS oe Soh ae, Se ae ee a FISHERIES BRANCH, List oF PUBLICATIONS RELATING TO SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, t ix a a (For the years 1901 to 1906 see separate list.) ee / 77 ee Copies of the following papers can be obtained, either directly or through any — bookseller, from the Government Sale Agents -—E. Ponsonby, Ltd., 116 Grafton Street, Dublin; or Wyman & Sons, Ltd., 29 Bream’s Buildings, Fetter Lane, 2 London, E.C., ar? 64 St. Mary Street, Cardiff; or H:M: Stationery Office (Scottish Branch), 23 Forth Street, Edinburgh ; or from the Government Sales ~ Agents, as on first page; or, in exchange, from the Fisheries Branch, Depart ment of Agriculture, &c., Dublin. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1907. 2 I.—Massy, AnnzE L.,—The Cephalopoda Dibranchiata of the Coasts of Ireland, pp. 39, oj Fabs {il 909}. a II.—Massy, Anne L.,—The Pteropoda and Heteropoda of the Coasts of Ireland, pp. 52, pl. 1. tea UT. — Fannin, G. P.,—Pidies Marking “Experimenta son the Hane Oe eee a Ireland in 1905 and 1906, pp. 86, charts 33. . (1909). 2 IV.—Miz roy, J. A.,—Seasonal Variations in the Quantity of Glycogen present in samples of Oysters, pp. 12, diagrams 8. {1909}. V.—-STEPHENS, Janz, and S. J. Hickson,—Aleyonarian and Madreporarian, Corals of the Irish Coasts, pp. 28, pl. 1. . AES VI.—Farran, G. P.,—Nudibranchiate Mollusca of the frawling” Gieuiila of is the East and South Coasts of Ireland, pp. 18. [1909}. VIL—CunnincHam, C. M.,—Report on the Drift of the Irish Sea, pp. ll. (1909). VIll.—Hotrt, E. W. L.,—The Freshwater Eel. A Review of Recent Contri- = 3 butions to Knowledge of its Life-History, pp. 27. [1909}.. > IX.—Hotrt, E. W. L.,—Report on the Artificial Propagation of Salmonidae during the Season of 1907-1908, pp. 11, and Substance of Reports received from Clerks of Conservators relative to se Salmon Fisheries, pp. 22, and ; PP- X.—Title-page, Table of Contents and Index for 1907. Page 3, line 93 3, » 10, » 21, » 43, CORRIGENDA. 18, for <‘done’’ read * down. ”’ 34, for ‘* voncolor’’ read ‘concolor. ’”’ 26, tor ““mention”’ read “mentioned.”’ 1, for ‘“‘PoLYCcHELUS’”’ read ‘¢ POLYCHELES.’”’ 33, for ‘“‘trawels” read ‘‘trawlers.”’ ,, 69, bottom line, for “0-60” read “50-60.” », 104, line 10, after ‘‘shore collecting” insert ‘in Ballynakill Harbour.”’ Fisheries, Ireland, Set. Invest., 1914, I. [1914]. THE DECAPODA REPTANTIA OF THE COASTS OF IRELAND. PAR®’ I. PALINURA, ASTACURA, AND ANOMURA (EXCEPT PAGURIDEA). BY C. M. SELBIE, B.Sc., National Museum, Dublin. Plates I-XV. INTRODUCTION. The present paper is a continuation of the account of the Irish Decapoda, begun by Mr. Stanley Kemp in “The Decapoda Natantia of the Coasts of Ireland” (Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1908, I. [1910]), and Ihave tried to keep the scope of the work as nearly as possible the same, that is to say, every species discovered since the appearance of Bell’s “ British Stalk-eyed Crustacea ”’ in 1853 has been described and figured. This paper includes the whole of the Palinura, Astacura, and Anomura, with the exception of the Paguridea. The latter will be dealt with in the next part, and a third paper will complete the account of the Reptantia with the Brachyura. The classification adopted is that drawn up by Borradaile (1907), as slightly altered by Calman in the volume “ Crustacea,”’ in Lankester’s *‘ Treatise on Zoology.”’ The material on which the following account is based was nearly all taken by the Irish Fishery cruiser Helga since the year 1900. A few specimens taken within the Irish marine area by the Danish Fishery steamer Thor are also included. In the collection there are representatives of thirty-one species, four of which are new to science, eleven new to the British, - and sixteen to the Irish marine fauna. The following is a list of those new to the Irish area in which those which are also new to British waters are marked with an asterisk :— *Polycheles typhlops. *Gastroptychus formosus. *Polycheles sculptus. Munida tenuimana. *Polycheles nanus. *Munidopsis tridentata. *Polycheles granulatus. *Munidopsis curvirostra. *EHryonicus Faxoni. Agius stirhynchus. Nephropsis ailantica. *Jaxea nocturna. *Uroptychus rubrovittatus. Callianassa Stebbingt. *Uroptychus nitidus, var. Upogebia deltaura. concolor. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1914, J. [1914]. \ \ The majority of these were taken in the deep water off the south-west coast. Jaxea nocturna, however, was found in the Irish Sea between the Isle of Man and the coast of Co. Louth. It is a species found commonly in the northern part of the Adriatic, and only very rarely in other parts of the Mediterranean. The single specimen which was taken by the Helga in 1905 was the first adult individual to be found outside the Mediter- ranean. Since then another full-grown Jazea has been found in British waters ; it was taken by the Scottish Fishery Board steamer Goldseeker in Loch Fyne in 1908. The discovery of Jaxea within the British marine area has long been expected, as the peculiar Trachelifer larval form has been taken on many occasions in the Irish Sea, and on the west coast of Ireland and Scotland. Three of the other species new to the Irish fauna, Agius stirhynchus, Callianassa Stebbingt, and Upogebia deltaura, are littoral and shallow water forms with a burrowing habit. It is probably this latter fact which has prevented their being included in earlier lists of Irish Decapoda. With the exception of these few forms the remainder of the species in the foregoing list were found in deep water off the west and south-west coasts. | . The feature of the collection is the large number of specimens included in it belonging to the family Eryonidae, of which no examples had hitherto been taken within the British marine area. Four species of Polycheles and four of Eryonicus have been captured, three of the latter, EH. hibernicus, E. Scharffi, and EH. Kemp, being new to science. Perhaps the most interesting specimen in the whole collection is a very young Eryonicus, only 7 mm. long, in which only the firsi two pairs of pereiopods are developed, the rostrum has the form of a long median spine, and the abdomen is very small. The most striking fact, however, is the presence of exopodites on the pereiopods and on the second and third maxillipedes. The specimen is, in fact, an Eryonicus in the Mysis stage of development. Eryonicus differs from all the other species described in this paper in being a free-swimming form ; all the others are true bottom-living forms. There is also a new species of Palinurus in the collection. It is closely allied to the common species, P. vulgaris, and also to a South African species, P. Gilchristt. In many respects it is intermediate between these two forms, but I consider that its characters are sufficiently distinctive to give it specific rank. Eventually it may have to be reduced to a variety of P. vulgaris, on evidence based on the examination of a large number of specimens. By far the greater part of the material was taken in the beam trawi, or in mosquito and sprat nets attached to the trawl as described in the introduction to Mr. Kemp’s paper. The specimens of Eryonicus were nearly all taken in the midwater otter trawl, but in one or two instances they were tound in 3 the beam trawl, in which case they must have been captured by the latter while it was being hauled to the surface. Except in the case of very common species the actual records are given. The depths represent the soundings taken at the beginning and end of each haul, and the mean between these is to be regarded as the approximate depth at which the speci- men was taken. Except in a few cases references are given only to the principal papers dealing with each species. Measurements of all specimens were taken from the tip of the rostrum to the end of the telson, when the abdomen is straightened out in macrurous fashion. The following species are practically confined to the littoral and Jaminarian zones, that is, done to about twenty fathoms :— Porcellana longicornis. Porcellana platycheles. Axius stirhynchus. Callianassa Stebbingi. Upogebia deltaura. The following are also found in these zones, but they extend into deeper water as well :— - Palinurus vulgaris. Galathea squamifera. 2 Homarus vulgaris. Galathea neaa. Galathea intermedia. Galathea strigosa. The species in the following list are all genuine deep-sea forms :— Polycheles typhlops. Uroptychus nitidus, var. Polycheles sculptus. concolor. — Polycheles nanus. Gastroptychus formosus. Polycheles granulatus. Munida tenuimana. Nephropsis atlantica. Munidopsis tridentata. Uropiychus rubrovittatus. Munidopsis curvirostra. The various species of Polycheles are nearly always found on a bottom of ooze. Uroptychus nitidus var. voncolor and Munidopsis tridentata are usually found clinging to pieces of Lophelia prolifera. _ The Reptantia treated of here include three species of great economic importance, Homarus vulgaris, Palinurus vulgaris, and Nephrops norvegicus. The Irish Lobster fishery is of in- creasing importance, as may be seen by the figures given on page 54. The number caught annually has increased steadily since 1908, with the exception of the years 1906 and 1910, and in 1912 the total reached more than half a million for the first time. By far the greatest numbers come from the west 4 and south coasts. Thus the total catch for 1912 was made up as follows :— West coast bi, a oy) ABBY, South coast cm re co ZOE, North coast a Ye 0 ae East coast | » oi in (LARGO There is practically no fishery of Palinurus vulgaris in Ireland. It does not occur in anything like the same numbers as the Lob- ster, and it is not held in great estimation as an article of food in this country, whereas on the Continent it is greatly prized and preferred by many to the Lobster itself.* Nephrops norvegicus, usually known in Ireland as the ‘““ prawn,’ occurs in immense numbers in the northern part of the Irish Sea, especially between the Isle of Man and the coast of Louth and Down. It is from this district that the greatest numbers are brought in by the trawlers. Many of the Reptantia described in this paper are of import- ance as a source of food supply for fish of commercial value. Off the south of Iceland Nephrops norvegicus occurs in such large numbers that it forms the chief food of the cod. Some of the buzrowing species such as Callianassa Steboingt, Axius stirhynchus, and Upogebia deliaura are much more frequently found in the stomach of bottom-living fishes than taken in the trawl. MonTuHs in which ovigerous females were taken. Jan. | Feb.|Mar.| Apl.| May |June|J uly|Aug.|Sept.| Oct. | Nov.| Dec. Polycheles typhlops ALE SERIES -|.s clcite Ahead peewee Mat Polycheles nanus Al aise alegl coviane sche otal] MEX Nephreps norvegicus: .\4 Xp ai ie\c aetaleme len ael a keene Nephropsis atlanmbicas =) 0% se) aegis eee cata olie aoe ete ron msc Wroptyelius partis |o.2 % <'\ sr.) Ge eal emcee ene oe lene eae Sete ae var. concolor. Galatheavintermedia J). 9.1. )/2el- atl eilex Pee ee exe x Galathea nexa . of]: SRAa dl igeant x Oh 9 ae .0 5 PESO et. Se Galathea strigosa ails helicase weal ee fever AER Munida bamffica |... x | | | tas) * * Munidastenuimena, (.)\.- 95] .i5 |e ete ae abs, Mead] Sua Heane eee ee Munidopsis curvivostra)....|....|....].... x | | | Porcellana longicornis |....|....].... x Axius stirhynchus .j....| x Calocaris Macandreae |....|....|....|.... AA OS Wee Pgs ue nd Xu c eee Jaxea nocturna 5 | RN Ss) RR * See pp. 42, 43. 5 The Table printed above shows the months in which ovigerous females of the various species were taken. The Lobster, which may be found in the ovigerous condition at any time of the year, is not included. The next table shows the distribution of those species which are found outside the Atlantic. The third table shows the Atlantic distribution of each species. Tt will be seen that nine extend northwards beyond the Arctic Circle, and eighteen are found as far south as the Mediterranean. A list of the papers to which references are given will be found at page 105, and an index to the genera and species at page 111. Tam glad to have this opportunity of expressing my indebted- ness to Dr. Calman for his courtesy and patience in replying to my numerous inquiries, and also to the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, Dr. Allen of the Marine Biological Association, Dr. H. J. Hansen and Dr. Lundbeck of Copenhagen, and Prof. Steuer of Inns- bruck, for the loan of specimens. EXTRA-ATLANTIC DISTRIBUTION. E : g =3| % |fas « Ww ¢ 6 6 1B Pe) @ o | Ma| BS leaea oD) a = Qe ®o |Ons S » | ro ~ o |ma| N ©-:29 d Q O 3 See = g ie We BEE < S < HS ba| A leo S S| a < Polycheles typhlops . : ; alent ayes |e eenilko ete ee Polycheles sculptus . : ; hel Kost c(h. ge Wee eee | in D4 Polycheles nanus : . allover altace) obs. |=, oF a's ltcee ae [atone x Polycheles granulatus . ; . Fuldice GO at Sot | waite |iseast ¥ Nephropsis atlantica . 3 . malta ley Po Uroptychus nitidus var. concolor a Be ict |e. < Sa lckesiones Mee. Galathea strigosa : : : a ee Munidopsis tridentata : ; walls seat) ae | ep i 3 Calocaris Macandreae . : ‘ = ee eae ie ON. loc reeled ATLANTIC tS — See a CO SF i 10. West Coast of Ireland Irish Sea W.and N. Coast of Scotland and Shetlands South Coast of Ireland South Coast of England Kast Coast of England Kast Coast of Scotland Polycheles typhlops . Polycheles sculptus Polycheles nanus Polycheles granulatus Eryonicus Faxcni Eryonicus hibernicus Eryonicus Kempi Eryonicus Scharffi Palinurus vulgaris Palinurus ‘Thomsoni . . Nephrops norvegicus . Nephropsis atlantica , : . Homarus vulgaris Uroptychus rubrovittatus . . Uroptychus nitidus, var. concolor . Gastroptychus formosus . : ° . Galathea intermedia . . Galathea squamifera . Galathea strigosa . Galathea nexa ; 4 . Munida bamffica ; ¢ . Munida tenuimana . Munidopsis tridentata : - . Munidopsis curvirostra. : . Porcellana platycheles . . Porcellana Jongicornis . Axius stirhynchus . - . Calocaris Macandreae : . Jaxea nocturna : ° . Callianassa Stebbingi 5 < - Upogebia deltaura . ° . Upogebia stellata . . x a oa a oo oo * a MM OM 3) 6) ©) et} (e;elreiie)\l = (sie, (e)||\e e © (s)\1is\m) sire x x xX x X ».4 x x xX x > 4 ».¢ x ».¢ x x x >. ¢ xX x xX xX xX x X x xX x x x xX x x x x xX x x x x x >.< x x x x X x x Se odio lca allo sr x x >. 4 x >. 4 x Oro! eS soo oea an x x x East Coast of North America DISTRIBUTION. SOIpUy 189A ‘eollyy 489A UJNog pure yINog vICUIesIUIG pues spurs] opie A odeg Solmeues) So.r0zZ uepng pue ODDOIOJT JO ISVOD 4SOMA BIS Wovlq UVIUCIIO IPO [e3n410g pue uredg jo sysevon Avostg jo Aeg yreuueg uepamg Xx sl) IoIV JO YINOSG AVMION JO S4svog aI) OOTY JO YIION ABMION JO SYsvog pur[eoy pue[UddIH 4SO AA : : Daim PA Ses PR RD SE bd Soy eet » | 1 . Dal SPAS Soh SP aa ibd” be be? bd pert ee De. 2b) dean Sie ; ; ; ci EPR ora la bl uit ba Lill ae ern eee ees : AS be. See ee ee is ie ew BE bes Sethe ; Da ts Se Be & ar : Be bk ar gas Pie ooh g pee ae . . . Se a es a en | Cie ml) . Oe En eR! vie lm 6 (oe) DECAPODA REPTANTIA. PALINURA. The two tribes forming the Palinura may be separated as follows :— Antennal scale present ; first four pairs or all five pairs of pereiopods chelate ; pleopods present on first abdominal somite, .. ERYONIDEA. Antennal scale absent ; none of the pereio- pods chelate, except occasionally the fifth pair in the female ; pleopods absent from the first abdominal somite, a ‘e .. SCY LLARIDEA: ! TrinE ERYONIDEA. Famity HRYONIDAE. No specimens belonging to this family have previously been recorded from British waters. Attention was first drawn to these very peculiar Decapods by the Challenger expedition. The honour, however, of being the first to describe one of the group must be given to Heller, who in 1862 described and figured a small specimen of Polycheles typhlops trom tne Mediterranean. No one seems to have attached much importance to this descrip- tion until after the discovery of several allied species by the Challenger. The capture of these specimens was amongst the most remarkable results achieved by the expedition, as the discovery of Polycheles and its allies was at least a partial fulfil- ment of the hopes of those who maintained that, owing to the uniformity of conditions existing at great depths, there might be found there organisms which had been regarded as extinct, for the nearest relatives of Polycheles and Willemoesia are the species cf Eryon found in the Trias and Lower Cretaceous. Two genera have been taken in Irish waters, Polycheles (in- eluding Pentacheles), and Eryonicus. Wallemoesia, which is closely allied to Polycheles, is not yet known to occur within the boundaries of the Irish marine area. The two genera are separable as follows :— Carapace depressed, the lateral borders very sharply defined ; abdomen longer than cara- Paces as : te is .. Polycheles. Carapace globular and SSE abdomen shorter than carapace, ee ee .. Eryonicus, Polycheles, Heller. Polycheles, Heller, 1862. Polycheles, Heller, 1863. Poly- cheles, Bate, 1888. Pentacheles, Bate, 1888. Stereomastis: Bate, 1888. Polycheles, Faxon, 1893. Polycheles, Faxon, 1895. Polycheles, Aleock, 1901. Pentacheles, Alcock, 1901- Polycheles, Stebbing, 1903. Polycheles, Bouvier, 1905. Polycheles, Kemp, 1912. In his report on the Macrura of the Challenger Expedition Spence Bate distributes the species of this group among three genera, Polycheles, Pentacheles, and Stereomastis. In Penta- cheles all five pairs of pereiopods were chelate, and in Polycheles only the first four pairs. Faxon, however (1895), showed that this character was useless as some of the species included in Pentacheles had the fifth pereiopods chelate in the female and simple in the male. Stereomastis was founded for the reception of these species in which “ the mastigobranchial lash does not exist.”” After the examination of a large amount of material, Faxon was able to state that the epipodites of the thoracic legs were to be found in all grades of development, from large structures extending far up into the branchial chamber, to the merest rudiments. He therefore united the three genera in one, and has been followed by the majority of recent writers. Alcock, however, revived (1901) the genus Pentacheles, separating it from Polycheles by the following characters. “ Epipodite . . . of the external maxillipedes is repre- sented at most by a papilla. Epipodites are present on the first four pairs of thoracic legs, but they are only mem- branous expansions of the base of the podobranch, and ascend little or not at all into the branchial chamber.— Polycheles. External maxillipedes carry a functional epipodite, and the epipodites of the first four pairs of thoracic legs are independent plates, attached to the podobranchiae at the base only, and ascending into the branchial chamber in normal fashion.—Pentacheles.”’ But this was merely employing again the character which Faxon had shown to be useless for the distinction of Stereomastis. Moreover, Kemp has shown (1912) that Alcock’s species Pentacheles hextit is a synonym of Polycheles typhlops. The characters given by Alcock, therefore, though doubtless holding good for Indian species, cannot be applied to the group as a whole. Polycheles is used in the present paper as including the three genera described by Spence Bate. The carapace is nearly as long as the abdomen, and is very much flattened dorsally. The lateral edges are very well de- fined, and are lined with strong broad spines or teeth, the number of which varies with the species ; the edges are slightly 10 convex or alnrost parallel. A distinct carina runs along the middle of the dorsal surface from the rostrum, marked by a single or double spine, to the posterior margin, which is concave. On the part of the carapace below the lateral margin there are two less distinct carinae, one running to the base of the antennae, and the other to the base of the chelipeds ; both start from near the postero-lateral angle of the carapace. These three carinae all bear more or less well developed spines which are of great importance as specific characters. There is also usually a row of spines on the outer cardiac area running parallel to the posterior part of the lateral margin. The front edge of the carapace 1s excavated on either side into a deep sinus in which hes the fixed eyestalk. The abdomen tapers rapidly to the telson, which always ends in a long narrow point. The abdominal terga bear median crests, which are sometimes developed into huge forward- curving spines. The pleura of the second segment are much larger than those of the other segments. The eyestalks fill the smuses in which they lie, and are opaque and dull except for a small circular area which is present at the posterior dorsal end m some species; this part is translucent and soft. The anterior end of the eyestalk, which may or may not bear a small spine, gives off a branch which passes outwards and downwards beneath the antero-lateral angle of the cara pace; its tip is translucent like the dorsal area already men- tion. The basal joint of the antennular peduncle is produced into an elongated and pointed scale on the inner side, and bears one or two spines at its outer angle. There is a narrow antennal scale. The outer antennulary flagellum is always very short and slender, the inner one nearly equal in length to the antenna, which is usually slightly longer than the carapace. The renal tubercle is very well developed and presses against the base of the antennulary peduncle, in which there is a rounded hollow for its reception. The oral appendages are very uniform in the different species and are described in detail later. All five pairs of thoracic legs are chelate in the female; in the male the last pair is more or less imperfectly chelate. The first pair is very long, often longer than carapace and abdomen, and the joints are all more or less flattened. The fingers are long and slender with strongly curved tips which cross when closed. The other pairs of legs become successively shorter and feebler backwards. The pleopods are long and slender with a rod-like appendix interna. ‘There is no transverse suture on the uropods. There is no epipodite on the second maxillipedes; that on the third maxillipedes may be a mere papilla or of fair size. Epipodites and podobranchs are present on the first four pairs of thoracic legs and vary in size, sometimes reaching far up into the branchial chamber, sometimes hardly ascending into the 11 chamber at all. The arthrobranch on the third maxillipedes is never greatly developed, and it may be absent altogether. Branchial formula :— — Viky. VEE, SE: Sy ee) PAST CNT. OAV. Podobranchs. . ep. —- ep. l+ep.I+ep.l+ep.l+ep. — Arthrobranchs. — — $1 2 Z 2 2 — Pleurobranchs.. — — — — ] I 1 1 Four species of Polycheles have been taken by the Helga, all of them new to the British fauna. PP. typhlops has been taken frequently, and also several specimens of P. sculptus. Three specimens of P. nanus, belonging to the variety described as P. Grimaldii by Bouvier, were taken in the same haul as several specimens of P. sculptus. Finally, a single specimen of P. granulatus was taken. The species of this genus are good examples of the very wide range so often possessed by organisms living at great depths. Of the four species described here P. typhlops, P. sculptus, and P. granulatus have each been found in the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans. They are nearly always captured on a bottom of Globigerina ooze and their long and slender chelipeds would appear to be well adapted for raking and sifting the ooze in the search for food. A key for the separation of the four British species is given below. | A. No spines on hind border of carapace ; teeth on lateral margins hardly decreasing at all in size posteriorly ; no ridge on the sixth abdominal tergum ; one spine on the outer angle of the basal joint of the antennular peduncle, ui fi, M ae .. P. granulatus. B. Spines on hind border of carapace; teeth on lateral margins decreasing in size posteriorly ; a double ridge on the sixth tergum ; two spines on the outer angle of the basal jomt of the antennular peduncle. a. Rostral spine single ; rows of tubercles on edges of terga, - ig Af .. BP. typhlops. b. Rostral spine double; no rows of tubercles on edges of terga, I. Chelipeds slightly shorter than body ; ridge on _ sixth tergum very prominent, with jagged dvs, 4 Lg ii fe yi Beh? ek! UL LC0 TS II. Chelipeds much longer than body ;_ ridge on sixth tergum low, with smooth edges, P. sculptus. 12 Polycheles typhlops, Heller. Pl. I, figs. 1-18. Polycheles typhlops, Heller, 1862. Polycheles typhlops, Heller, 1863. Polycheles typhlops, Carus, 1885. Polycheles Doderleint, Riggio, 1885. Pentacheles Hextii, Aleock, 1894. Polycheles typhlops, Adensamer, 1898. Pentacheles Hextur, Aleock, 1901. Polycheles typhlops, Senna, 1903. Polycheles typhlops, Bouvier, 1905 (a). Polycheles typhlops, Bouvier, 1905 (b). Polycheles typhlops, Kemp, 1912. The carapace is slightly shorter than the abdomen. Its’ dorsal surface is almost flat, and its lateral margins are very slightly convex. The frontal margin considered as a whole is slightly concave, and is divided into three lobes by the deep sinus at each side, in which the fixed and immovable eyestalk lies. The median lobe is bounded at either side by a strong spine. In the eentre is the rostrum, formed by a single sharp spine pointing forwards and upwards. Below this there 1s a broader and blunter process in the median Ime. The outer border of each orbital sinus is furnished with three or four small teeth, which are more distinct in the female than in the male. At each antero-lateral angle of the carapace there is a strong curved spine, and from this there runs backwards a line of teeth along the lateral margin. These lateral spines decrease in size towards the posterior end, and the series is divided into three parts by the two branches of the cervical groove. The front part has usually seven spines, the middle four or five, and the hind part about twenty. The numbers however vary consider- ably. Senna gives them as 6 or 7, 4, 14 to 18, and Carus 7, 5, 20 to 23. The two sides of the same specimen even may show differences in the number of spines; in one of the specimens taken by the Helga the left side has 7, 5, 18, and the right, 8, 5, 20. The hind carapace margin is strongly concave, and is composed of a strong bar, the two halves of which meet at an obtuse angle in the centre. At this point there are two large forward-pointing spines, and two smaller ones further down on either side. The posterior extremities of this bar are firmly buckled to the first abdominal segment. From the middle of the hind margin to the rostrum there runs a raised carina along the whole length of the carapace. It is broken only at one point, where it is crossed by the cervical groove. . It bears several dis- tinct spines, some of which are double, and between these it is 13 covered with rough tubercles. In front of the cervical groove the spines, according to Senna, are arranged as follows Rostrum BE Leb eols;.2.. 42: m the male, and in the female either the same or, Rostrum = Fr, t..2 2. In the specimens taken by the Helga these spines are not always well developed. It is especially difficult sometimes to say whether a spine is double or not. The one which les just in front of the cervical groove is very often single, or has one half much larger than the other, or is altogether rudimentary. Behind the groove there are three double spines, but often some of these are very slightly developed. The arrangement of the carinal spines on some oi the Irish specimens is as follows. (The semicolon marks the position of the cervical groove, and r signifies that the spine is rudimentary.) Rosttum +l, Lt 2, Vs; 27°97, 02. Rostrum. tl ls On Te 72. RVOSECUNM ele ay LO ore pe ye Rostrum +1, 1, 1, 2, 14; 2, 2, 2. Fvostrum =P te 2s oe YS The cervical groove is situated almost exactly half-way be- tween the rostrum and the hind margin of the carapace. It is well marked, and at a point rather nearer the median line than the margin it divides into two. The posterior branch cuts the margin almost at right angles, whereas the anterior, which is the fainter of the two, slants forwards, and meets the margin at an acute angle. From the hind branch of the cervical groove a low ridge furnished with about twelve to fourteen small teeth runs backwards parallel with the margin to the posterior end of the carapace. It is almost twice as far from the median carina as from the lateral margin. From the middle of the anterior branch of the cervical groove to the orbital sinus there is a curved row of four or five spines, which are not situated on a ridge. On the cervical groove itself, besides the two central spines forming part of the median carina, there is a single smaller spine on each side above the bifurcation, and three or four very small ones on the hind branch below it. Besides the larger spines, the position of which has been indicated, there are numerous very small ones scattered over the surface of the carapace; they are particularly plentiful about the borders of the cardiac region, and all of them aie directed for- wards. On the lower surface of the carapace there are at each side two oblique carinae armed with small teeth. The external or upper of these submarginal ridges begins just opposite the base of the antenna and runs backwards towards the postero-lateral angle of the carapace. Its anterior end is marked by a large spine. The teeth are fairly large in the front portion, but they 14 die away about the middle, and the hind part is only faintly traceable. The imternal submarginal carina runs from the posterior angle of the carapace forwards to a point opposite the base of the first pereiopods. It is more definitely spiny than the other. The tergum of the first abdominal somite is almost quite smooth, but on the second there is a well developed median spine, and on the third, fourth, and fifth there are large spines curving forwards. The sixth segment bears a low double keel which is broken up into six or seven tubercles. The pleura of the first segment are the smallest, and those of the second the largest of the series. The others diminish in size and increase in sharpness from the third to the sixth. The basal part of the telson has a median row of three or four tubercles. It tapers to a narrow but not very sharp point. The pigmentless and immovable eyestalks fill the deep orbits in the front of the carapace. Each one gives off a tapering branch on the outer side, which extends beneath the antero- lateral angle of the carapace. There is a short spine on the front of each eyestalk. The inner flagella of the antennules are longer than the carapace; the outer are very short and much thinner than the others. The antennular scale extends far past the end of the peduncle, and ends in a sharp point; its inner margin is armed with teeth. The outer angle of the basal JOIN) of the peduncle bears two prominent spines. The narrow antennal scale does not reach the end of the peduncle. The flagellum is slightly shorter than the inner branch of the antennule. From the basal joint of the peduncle there projects on the inner side a short rounded process, the phymacerite or renal tubercle, the end of which lies in a hollow on the under side of the base of the antennule. The cutting edge of the mandible bears about a dozen teeth, of which one at each end and one in the middle are larger than the others. There is a three-jomted palp. The two lobes of the first maxillae are strongly mceurved ; they are very slender, and end in sharp bristles, which are stouter in the anterior one. In the second maxillae the two lobes are not subdivided, but are long and slender, the inner larger than the outer; the scaphognathite is very large. The first maxillinedes are very long sad of unusual form. Fig. 7 shows the appearance of the anterior part without the epipodal lamella, which forms a prolongation backwards, so that the total length of the appendage is greater than that of the scaphognathite. The two lobes of the protopodite are represented by the parts a and b. From 6 there springs the long, slender endopodite, heavily frmged with setae, and having an imperfect joint slightly nearer the tip than the base. The exopo- dite, on the other hand, is very broad; in its distal part it divides into two curved plates which are curiously curled round 15 one another. That which is seen in profile m Fig. 7, d, partially encloses the other, c, which spreads out into a broad lamella from a very narrow base at e. On the anterior edge of the proximal protopodial lobe there are two rows cf setae, one directed out- wards, the other inwards; the former are plumose, the latter simple. The lobe a appears to be narrower in the figure than it really is, owing to foreshortening. Neither the second nor the third maxillipedes have an exopo- dite. Both appendages are slender and pediform. In the second maxillipedes the carpus is long and much expanded; the dactyl ends in a spine. The third maxillipedes are very long and slender, and are unarmed except for the spines on the dactyl. The whole appendage is covered with long setae. There is a small epipodite. | In the female all five pairs of pereiopods are chelate, but the last pair are not perfectly so, the dactyl being slightly longer than the projecting part of the propodite. In the male the first four pairs are chelate, but the fifth ends simply: In both sexes the tips of the fingers in the first and second pereiopods eross one another and are strongly curved. The first pereiopods or chelipeds are slightly longer than the whole body from rostrum to tip of telson. They are remarkably slender and feeble. The ischium is very narrow at the proximal end, but expands distally, and this is also true of the carpus. _ The merus is broad at the proximal end, narrows in the middle, and then widensagain. The palm of the propodite is the stoutest part of the whole appendage, and is not so compressed as the ischium and merus. The fingers are very long and thia, and are sharply bent near the tip. The inner edge of each finger is furnished with a row of small plates set obliquely, and over- lapping one another. The merus bears one or two spines at its upper distal end, and the carpus also has one in the same position. Sometimes the propodite bears a spine opposite the base of the dactyl. The upper margin of the merus is very minutely spinulose. The other pereiopods are very much shorter than the first, and diminish im size from the second to the fifth. The first pair cf pleopods are very different in the two sexes. Those of the female are fairly large and robust, passing the base of the fourth pereiopods, and are heavily frmged with setae, which are of two kinds. There is a continuous fringe of siender pinnate setae along each margin, and in addition to these there is a much smaller number of simple hairs, which are much longer and thicker than the pinnate ones. The largest of all are to be found in a little group of four or five situated at the base of the distal joint. | The first pleopods in the male are quite devoid of hairs, with the exception of five or six on the proximal joint, and one at the extreme tip. Near the extremity there is a slight swelling on the inner side, which bears a group of little hooks. The appen- 16 dage is very slender, and is considerably shorter than in the female. The succeeding pairs of pleopods are all well developed, aaa possess an appendix interna, and in the male the second pair have also an appendix masculina. The uropods are large and broad, the exopodite more so than the endopodite. The margins are entire and fringed with long setae. In the endopodite there is a midrib extending to the tip, and in the exopodite two similar ribs, neither of which reach the margin. Occasionally in the female there may be seen two spermato- phores cemented firmly to the sternal surface between the coxae of the fourth and fifth pereiopods. These are not unlike the spermatheca which is found in certain Decapods in the same position, and in P. sculptus they have erroneously been described as such (see Andrews, 1911). Size :—Senna (1903) mentions three large females, taken in the Mediterranean, which measured 65, 70, and 90 mm. The largest specimens taken by the Helga are two females, each 80 mm. long. Another female measures 74 mm. The followmg measurements are taken from a female from station S. R. 490. Total length be Ae ‘ SOiq mated Length of carapace... Ae O08 a) waa Length of abdomen ... 5H 2) e454) mame Breadth of carapace .. se “. 237° am Length of chelipeds.. 21) ¢8ir fonaime Length of ischium of chelipeds if tS (hao Length of merus of chelipeds 26-5 mm Length of carpus of chelipeds 13-5 mm. Length of propodite of chelipeds 27 3’ Mame Length of palm of chelipeds 12 mm Length of fingers of chelipeds 15° amt Length of second perelopods 32 mm. Length of third pereiopods 28 mm Length of fourth pereiopods .. 26 name Length of fifth pereiopods 22 mm. Length of antennules .. 43 mm. Length of antennae .«. Broken. General Distribution :—The species was taken originally in the Mediterranean, and was described by Heller (1862 and 1863). It has since been recorded from Sicily (Heller, Riggio), Sardmia (Senna), the Adriatic, north coast of Africa, south coast of Asia Minor, and Crete (Adensamer). Under the name of P. Agassizi it has been recorded from several localities in West Indian waters (Milne Edwards), and Bouvier has shown that it is widely distributed in the eastern Atlantic. Kemp (1912) 17 | has shown that Alcock’s species Pentacheles Hevtii is a synonym of P. typhlops, so that the range of the species is extended to the Indian Ocean. Norman (1879) gives a description of two specimens of Poly- cheles taken by the Porcupine, one, a male, off the Portuguese coast, and the other, a female, on the Atlantic slope west of the English Channel (48° 13’ N., 9° 11’ W.). The male appears from the description to belong to P. typhlops, but the female certainly does not.* Vertical Distribution :—Riggio records a Mediterranean speci- men from about 55 fms., but usually the depths are very much greater. Senna’s specimens were taken in 358-848 fms., and Adensamer’s in 339-1122 fms. The depths at which the Helga has taken this species range from 208 to 728 ims. Irish Distribution :—The species has not previously been recorded from British waters. All the specimens were found off the south-west coast. Helga :— S171 —5 xi ’04.— 52° 7' N., 11° 58’ W., 337 ims. Trawl.— Two, 63-34 mm. S. R. 188—3 1 ’05.—51° 53’ N., 11° 59’ W., 320-372 fms., mud. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fms., 10-125° C., Salinity 35-5 °/,,.—One, 70mm... S. KR. 321—1 v ’06.~—50° 56’—51° 0’ 30” N., 11° 17’ W.,, 480-— 208 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One, 74 mm. S. R. 353—6 vit ’06.—50° 37’—50° 40’ N., 11° 82’ W., 250- 542 fms., mud and sand. Trawl.—Temperature at 500 ims., 8-58° C., Salinity 35-46 °/,,.—Seven, 80- 30 mm. S. R. 482—29 vit ’07.—51° 6’ N., 11° 26’ W., 368 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—Three, 55-32 mm. S. R. 490—7 rx ’07.—51° 57’ 80” N., 12° 7’ W., 470-491 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature at depth 6-68° C.—One, SO mm. - S. R. 502—11 rx ’07.—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fms. Trawl. Temperature at depth 8-8° C., Salinity 35°37 °/,,.—Three, 50-30 mm. S. R. 504—12 rx ’07.—50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627-728 fms., coral. Trawl.—One, 32 mm. S.R. 1242—14 vir ’11.—51° 27’ N., 11° 55’ W., 550-590 fms. - Trawl.—One, 52 mm. | S. R. 1698—20 vit "13.—51° 830’ N., 11° 51’ W., 500-479 fms. Trawl.—One, 76 mm. * Dr. Calman informs me that the female specimen has been seen by Mr. Kemp, and was referred by him to P. sculptus. 9 3 4 18 Polycheles sculptus, Smith. Pl. II, figs. 1-9: Polycheles sculptus, Smith, 1880 (a). Polycheles sculptus, Smith, 1880 (8). Pentacheles spinosus, Milne-Edwards, 1880. Pentacheles sculptus, Smith, 1882. Polycheles sculptus, Caullery, 1896. Pentacheles sculptus, Aleock and Anderson, 1899. Polycheles sculptus, Alcock, 1901. Polycheles sculptus, Senna, 1903. Polycheles sculptus, Stebbing, 1903. Polycheles sculptus, Hansen, 1908. The carapace is longer than the abdomen; its sides are almost parallel, but converge slightly in front and behind ; the greatest breadth is just ia front of the cervical groove. The latter is deeper than in P. typhlops. The rostrum is formed of two spines ; there is a spine at the inner angle of the orbital sinuses, but not at the outer. The orbits are not of the same shape as in P. typhlops ; their posterior part 1s not narrowed to a point, but is rounded. The margins of the sinus are not denticulate. The hind margin of the carapace is concave, and bears no spines except the two in the centre, which are the last of the median carina. The surface of the carapace is fairly smooth between the spines. The oblique line running forwards and outwards from the posterior cardiac region is without spmes. The spiny armature of the carapace is more robust than in typhlops and is more constant in its arrangement. The spines of the median carina are arranged thus:—R-+1,2,1,; 2,2, 2. On the lateral margins there are six spines in the anterior part, three im the central, and seven behind. They diminish in size backwards, but are all larger than the corresponding spines in P. typhlops. There is a curved row of five small spines extending from the posterior end of the orbit to the cervical groove. There is also 2, ridge furnished with five or six spines between the median and lateral carinae ; it is not quite parallel to the lateral margin, but curves slightly inwards. Of the two submarginal carinae the upper and outer one is very faint in its posterior part but becomes more distinct in front,and ends in a: prominent tooth at the base of the antenna; the inner and lower one bears a row of well-developed teeth which decrease in size anteriorly. The abdomen .is broadest in its anterior part and tapers uniformly to the telson. The first five terga are all keeled in ~ the median line. In the first segment the keel is not greatly developed, in the second it js larger, in the third and fourth it reaches a, maximum, and in the filth segment is slightly smaller. The dorsal median line of the sixth segment has a low unbroken double ridge. The basa] part of the telson has sometimes a very small, blunt tubercle, but never anything like a well- developed spine. The first tergum has two spines at its lateral © oa item is OO EE Se 19 extremities, one above and one below the point of attachment to the hind margin of the carapace. Each of the large median keels on the first five terga is in the form of a broad spine which curves forwards. The pleura of the first segment are very small. In the second segment they reach their greatest development ; they overlap the pleura of the segment in front and also those behind. The pleura become successively narrower and shorter in the posterior segments. Each pleuron has a curved midrib which springs from the thickened pleurotergal suture. All the pairs of pleura are fringed with setae. On the terga of the second to fifth segments there is on each side an oblique furrow running from the postero-lateral angle towards the median keel. The telson has a slight median ridge and tapers to a fine point. The eyestalks bear a small, blunt tubercle on the anterior margin. Occasionally it is almost absent, and apparently is not present in Indian specimens (Alcock, 1901). At the posterior end of the orbital smus there is a small part which appears almost translucent, whereas the rest of the impacted eyestalk is hard and opaque. Smith (1882) suggests that this may re- present an old corneal area, and that there was another one at the tip of the laterai process of the eyestalk. The antennules are very like those of P. typhlops, but the scale is narrower and much longer than the peduncle, and has no teeth on its nner margin. The inner flagellum is very slightly longer than the antennae, and is also longer than the carapace. The outer flagellum is very short and slender, only slightly longer than the scale. There are two spines at the outer distal angle of the basal peduncular jomt. The outer flagellum has a dense fringe of setae on its distal three-fourths. The antennal scale is longer and more sharply pointed than in P. typhlops. It reaches almost to the tip of the peduncle and is furnished with setae on both edges, as are also the pedun- cular joints. The mouth parts are practically identical in structure with those of P. typhlops. The chelipeds vary from about two and a-half to three times the length of the carapace. Al! the joints are flattened, especially the merus and ischium. There are one or two spines on the proximal half of the upper border of the merus, and one at the distal end of the same joint ; the lower margin is very minutely spinulose, sometimes almost smooth. The carpus has an upper and a lower distal spine. The lower border of the propodite is spinulose. The other pairs of pereiopods are similar to those of P. typhlops. The fifth are chelate in the female, while in the male the fixed finger is much shorter than the dactyl. Neither the pleopods nor the uropods present any important differences from those of P. typhlops. Size.—The largest specimen taken by the Helga is 75 mm. long. Alcock gives the length of one of his largest specimens 20 as 120 mm., and Smith’s two largest measured 126 mm. and 124 mm. The following measurements are taken from a male from station S. R. 944: Total length .. Be 5s . +, 68, Tam, Length of carapace 30 mm. Length of abdomen 38 mm. Breadth of carapace 32 mm Length of chelipeds 81 mm. Length of ischium of chelipeds 11-5 mm Length of merus of chelipeds 26-5 mm Length of carpus of chelipeds 15-5 mm Length of propodite of chelipeds 25 mm. Length of palm of chelipeds 10-5 mm Length of dactyl of chelipeds 14-5 mm Length of second pereiopods 25 mm. Length of third pereiopods 22 mm Length of fourth pereiopods . 21 mm. Length of fifth pereiopods cag Lov auanaT Length of antennules 7 .. 46 mm. Length of antennae 5 Be owpicher’ General Distribution.—The species has been frequently taken in both the western and eastern Atlantic. It was first described by Smith from the east coast of the United States, and very soon after by Milne Edwards from the West Indies, under the name of Pentacheles spinosus. In the eastern Atlantic it has been taken as far north as Iceland (Hansen), and also in the Bay of Biscay (Caullery), and in the Mediterranean (Senna). Stebbing has recorded it from off Cape Natal and Alcock from the Arabian Sea. In the eastern Pacific Ocean it is represented by a var. pacificus, Faxon. Vertical Distribution :—The Helga specimens were taken in depths of 610-982 fms. The species seems to occur most fre- quently between 500 fms. and 900 fms., but it has been taken in much greater depths than this, e.g., 1140-1508 fms. (Senna), and also in much shallower water, e.g., 250 fms. (Smith) and 440 fms. (Stebbing). Irish Distribution :—This species has been taken at four stations, all on the west coast. Helga :— S. R. 331—9 v ’06.—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 ims., ooze. Trawl.—One, 40 mm. S. R. 3385—12 v °06.—51° 12’ 807—51° 17’ 30” N., 12° 187— 12° 16’ W., 893-673 fms. 'Trawl.—One, 48 mm. S. R. 506—12 rx ’07.—50° 34’ N. 11° 19’ W., 661-672 fms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fms, 8:22° C., Salinity 35:58 °/,,.-—Iwo, 75-44 mm. S.R. 944.—17 v ’710.—51° 22’ N., 12° 41’ W., 982 fms., ooze. Shrimp trawl.—Three, 68-56 mm. a 2] Polychelus nanus (Smith). Pentacheles nanus, Smith, 1884. Pentacheles nanus, Smith, 1886. Polycheles nanus, Faxon, 1895. Polycheles nanus, Caullery, 1896. Polycheles nanus, Stebbing, 1908. Polycheles nanus, Hansen, 1908. P. nanus, var. Grimaldii, Bouvier. Pl. I, figs. 14-15. Polycheles Grimaldii, Bouvier, 1905 (b). This species is closely allied to P. sculptus and both Faxon and Smith suggest that it may be merely a dwarf deep water variety of that species. It seems, however, to be distinguished by well- marked characters, which Smith, who has examined a large number of specimens, says are very constant. Hansen has also seen a large amount of material and is convinced that it forms a species quite distinct from P. sculptus. The various spines and grooves are more robustly developed than in the last species. The sides of the carapace are slightly convex ; the spines on the lateral margin are very slender and project almost at right angles; there are five or six m front, three in the central part, and seven behind. The frontal margin is concave considered as a whole, and is divided into three parts by the deep orbital smuses. These are rounded posterioriy and do not narrow to a fine point as in P. typhlops. At the inner angle of each orbital smus there is a small spine on the median lobe of the carapace in P. Grimaldi as descr:bed by Bouvier. As this, however, is the only difference between it and P. nanus, I have thought it best to give it merely the rank of a variety. Sometimes there is a blunt spine or process below the rostrum, but it is not so large as in P. typhlops, and is not a constant char- acter. The rostrum is formed of two small spines. The median carina has its spines arranged as follows:—R-+1, 1, 2, 1; 2, 2,2. The hind margin of the carapace has two small spines - on each side beside the median ones. The carina which lies between the median line and the lateral margin has five prom- inent spines interspersed with smaller ones, and curves slightly inwards. The oblique line running outwards and forwards from the poster:or cardiac region is well-marked and spny. The submayrginal carinae are well developed and furnished with distinct teeth. The median carinal spines on the abdominal segments are longer and more strongly curved than in P. sculptus. The first segment, which is much narrower than the others, has two teeth on the lateral part of the tergum, one above and one below the point of attachment to the hind margin of the carapace; the carinal spine is not greatly developed. On the second segment the carmal spine is still quite low. In the next three segments, however, the median spines reach an enormous size and project 22 far over the preceding segments. The tergum of the sixth — segment is marked by a double ridge, the edges of which are broken up into jagged teeth. On the basal part of the telson there is a sharp tooth with a very small tubercle on its posterior edge. The terga of the second to fifth segments have a deeply chiselled groove on each side, slopmg upwards and forwards from the postero-lateral angle. The relative proportions of the pleura of the different segments are as in P. sculptus. In the present species, however, the lower edges of the pleura are minutely serrate. All the pleura are fringed with setae, as are also the telson and uropods. The eyestalks have a small tubercle on the anterior edge, but sometimes it is very indistinct. At the posterior end of the orbital sinus there is a small translucent area on the eyestalk as there is in P. sculptus. The basal joint of the antennular peduncle has two spines at its outer anterior angle. The outer flagellum is shorter than the peduncle and very slender. The inner flagellum is as long as the antennae, and longer than the carapace. The chelipeds are extremely slender and compressed. They are much shorter than in P. sculptus. The merus bears a small spine on the proximal part of the upper margin, and also one at the distal extremity ; the carpus also has a dorsal distal spine. All five pairs of pereiopods are chelate in both male and female. The pleopods are similar to those of the species already de- scribed. The three specimens taken by the Helga are all females, one of them ovigerous, and belong to the var. Grimaldii, Bouvier. Size :—The largest specimen taken by the Helga measures 74 mm., exactly the same as Hansen’s largest specimen. Faxon took an ovigerous female only 58 mm. long, so the size of the adult forms is considerably less than in P. seulptus. The following measurements are taken from the large ovigerous specimen. Length cc ses Se i ta. JET. Length of carapace a Me feu OL mn. Length of abdomen ... if .. 4c. ane Breadth of carapace .. ae a oe. Length of chelipeds 73 mm Length of ischium of chelipeds 14. mm. Length of merus of chelipeds 22-5 mm. Length of carpus of chelipeds 12 mm. Length of propodite of chelipeds 23-5 mm Length of palm of chelipeds 10 mm Length of dactyl of chelipeds 13-5 mm Length of second pereiopods 29 mm Length of third pereiopods 26 mm Length of fourth pereiopods .. 23 mm Length of fifth pereiopods 20 mm Length of antennules .. 41 mm Length of antennae 33° mm 23 ¢ General Disiribution :—The species has a very wide range, being known from the east coast of North America between 35° N. and 41° N. (Smith), from Davis Straits, the west, south- west, and south of Iceland* (Hansen), from the Bay of Biscay (Caullery), Senegal (Bouvier), north-east of the Cape of Good Hope (Stebbing), and from the west coast of America between 0° 31’S., and 7° 30’ N. (Faxon). Irish Distribution :—The Helga has taken this species at one station only, and in the same haul there were several specimens of P. sculptus. Helga wat S. R. 944—17 v 710.—51° 22’ N., 12° 41’ W., 982 fms., ooze. Shrimp Trawl.—Three, 74-52 mm. Vertical Distribution :—This species inhabits, as a rule, deeper water than P. sculptus. The greatest depth at which it has been taken is 1917 fms. (Smith), and the least, 355 fms. (Caullery). It appears to occur most commonly in about 800-1200 fms. Polycheles granulatus, Faxon. Pl. III, figs. 1-11. Polycheles granulatus, Faxon, 18938. Pentacheles Beaumontii, Aleock, 1894. Pentacheles Beawmontii, ‘* Investigator,’ 1894. Polycheles granulatus, Faxon, 1895. Pentacheles Beauwmontii, Alcock, 1901. — Polycheles dubius, Bouvier, 1905 (0). Polycheles eryoniformis, Bouvier, 1905 (e). ? Polycheles Beaumont, Stebbing, 1908. This species differs from all the others taken by the Helga in the very great breadth of the carapace, in the granular surface of the latter, and in the poverty of the armature of spines. The orbital sinuses are fairly narrow, and there is a spine at both the outer and the inner angle of each. The spine at the antero-lateral angle of the carapace is very long and sharp. There are two rostral spines. The edges of the carapace are convex ; the spines with which they are furnished do not, as in the other species, diminish in size posteriorly ; on the contrary, the last spines are as large as those in front. There are from seven to ten in front, three in the centre, and from twelve to fifteen _ behind the cervical groove. In the posterior half the edges of _ the carapace are tilted upwards. The cervical groove is not well marked, its anterior branch in particular being very in- distinct, and there are no spines placed along it. There is no curved row of spines behind the orbit. The carina on the border *T am indebted to Dr. Stephensen of the Copenhagen University Museum for the information that all Hansen’s specimens of P. nanus possess the spine at the inner angle of the orbital sinus, which is the distinguishing character of the variety Grimaldii, Bouvier. 24 between the cardiac and branchial regions can be traced as a very faint curved ridge which fades away altogether in front. The hind margin is not so markedly concave as in the species already described, and is quite devoid of spines. The whole surface of the carapace is covered with very minute tubercles or granules. The median carina of the carapace is formed of a double row of large granules, and is furnished with very few spines. These are rather variable in number. In the Helga specimen there are three single spines between the rostrum and the cervical groove ; in Alcock’s specimen there is a single spine, a double, and another single; in Faxon’s specimen two double spines and a single. In Bouvier’s P. eryoniformis, which is probably a synonym of P. granulatus, there are two single spines in front of the cervical groove and two double ones behind it; none of the others have spines behind the groove. The submarginal carinae are very indistinct, the upper and outer one particularly so. The abdominal segments are also granular. There are median carinae on the first five segments. The first three come to more or less sharp points which are directed forwards ; the fourth is not produced to a point at all, and the fifth is reduced to a mere blunt ridge. The sixth segment is quite smooth. On the basal part of the telson there is a blunt tubercle, but no spine. On the second to fifth segments there is a groove sloping up- wards and forwards from the postero-latezal angle of the tergum towards the median line. The pleura have smooth edges and are of the usual relative sizes. There is a spine on the anterior end of the eyestalk. The antennular scale is very broad ; its inner edge is furnished with four or five teeth. The tip of the scale is bent inwards and upwards and ends in a long sharp point. There is a single spine at the outer angle of the basal peduncular joint. The antennal scale is leaf-hke, with a blunt tip, which does not quite reach the end of the peduncle. In Faxon’s specimen the antennal scale is longer than the peduncle, in Alcock’s “almost as long as the peduncle.” The oral appendages are very similar to those of P. typhlops and P. sculptus. The chelipeds are considerably longer than the body and are compressed. ‘The merus has a row of fairly prominent spinules on its lower edge; they decrease in size towards the distal end. At the latter there is a single curved spine on the dorsal side, which also bears a row of very minute spinules. The carpus has an upper and a lower distal spine. The propcdite, which is slightly longer than the merus, has a spine at the base of the dactyl and both its edges are spinulose. The other pairs of pereiopods and the abdominal appendages present no points of difference from those of the three species already described. Size.—The single specimen taken by. the Helga measures 25 76 mm. Alcock’s specimen was 80-5 mm. long, and Faxon’s 99-5 mm. A specimen of P. dubius (= granulatus) taken at the Azores reached the length of 112 mm. (Bouvier). The following are the dimensions of the single Irish specimen’: Length .. <, = ea ar DOE. Length of carapace i .. 86 mm. Length of abdomen We .. 40 mm. Breadth of carapace a .. 29-5mm. Length of chelipeds Hp So 92 cna Length of ischium of chelipeds >} BS) eee Length of merus of chelipeds 0 25 -Soreee. Length of carpus of chelipeds J eESY mart Length of propodite of chelipeds .. 29 mm. Length of palm of chelipeds boy Laon, Length of dactyl of chelipeds ae koe eee Length of second pereiopods a! OL ee: Length of third pereiopods yh 29" rans Length of fourth pereiopods ooo 258 ra Length of fifth pereiopods $3. 19) ame. Length of antennules - 4 0°58 mam: Length of antennae ie Ad ? 540 There seems to me to be no doubt that P. Beaumontii, Alcock, is merely a synonym of P. granulatus, Faxon. Alcock (1894) gives the following four distinctive characters for his species :— (1) Great breadth of carapace ; (2) the diminutive size of anten- nulary scale; (8) the deficient spinature of the median carina of the carapace; (4) the great length of the chelipeds. Of these, the first, third, and fourth are equally characteristic of Faxon’s species, and as the latter writer points out (1895) the form of the antennules of Aleock’s specimen must have been due to “malformation or mutilation.”’ The figure of P. Beau- mont (Investigator, 1894) appears to support this view, and in his later description (1901) Aleock says :—‘‘ The antennular scale appears to have been of the broad type of P. gibbus and P. Carpenteri.” The Irish specimen is in many respects intermediate between P. granulatus and P. Beaumontii. P. dubius (Bouvier) is also clearly a synonym of P. granulatus ; it appears to agree very closely with the Helga specimen. More doubtful is the case of P. eryonijormis, Bouvier, in which there are fait ridges behind the orbits, and ‘“‘ carénes branchiales armées de fortes spinules ’” which are quite wanting in the other specimens. Stebbing (1908) mentions specimens from about 40 miles N.E. of the Cape of Good Hope, which he doubtfully refers to P. Beaumoniii ; from his description, however, I do not think they can belong to that species. His specimens have two spines at the outer angie of the basal peduncular joint of the antennules, and also differ in other points. | General Disiribution.—The species has been recorded from the 26 Gulf of Panama* (Faxon), from off Colombo (Alcock), from the Azores, Cape Verdes, south of Madeira and coast of Spain (Bouvier). Irish Distribution.—Only a single specimen has been taken in Irish waters. Helga. S.R. 598—6 vitt 708. 50° 31’ N., 11° 31’ W., 670-770 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature at 650 ims., 7-75° C.; Salinity 35-53°/,,—One, 76 mm. Vertical Distribution.—The greatest depth for the species is 1,076 fms. (S. of Madeira) ; the others range from 675 fms. (off Colombo) to 899 fms. (Gulf of Panama). Eryonicus, Spence Bate. Eryoneicus, Spence Bate, 1888. Eryonicus, Faxon, 1895. Eryonicus, Alcock, 1901. This genus was founded by Spence Bate on a very small specimen 18 mm. long, which was taken by the Challenge: near the Canary Islands. He gave to this specimen the name of E. coecus, but, owing to the immaturity of the original of his description, it is difficult to refer adult specimens to the same species with certainty. Faxon, however, identified several specimens taken by the Albatross off the west coast of Central America as belonging to Bate’s species. He gives a very com- plete and detailed account of these specimens, but it is very doubtful whether they really belong to HE. coecus. Since then Eryonicus has been taken in several parts of the Atlantic, in the Mediterranean, and in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Though Hryonicus and Polycheles are distinguishable at a glance, yet examination shows that in very many points there is close approximation between the two genera. The chief char- acteristics which distinguish Hryonicus are (1) the extreme inflation of the carapace, which is sometimes almost spherical, and is larger than the abdomen; (2) the very peculiar form of the renal tubercle of the antennae which is produced to an extraordinary length, nearly equalling the peduncle itself, in the form of a slender cylindrical rod projectmg mwards and forwards; (3) the shortness of the antennules and antennae which are less than half the Jength of the carapace; (4) the shortness of the chelipeds, (5) the almost membranous character of the integument. The spiny armature of the carapace and abdomen is on the same pian as in Polycheles, the spines being usually confined to certain definite carinae. Sometimes, however, there are also spines scattered over the intercarinal surface of the carapace. The eyestalks are of the same form as in Polycheles, but they do not so completely fill the orbital sinuses, nor is the outer lateral process so well developed, indeed in small specimens the latter *P. granulatus has also been taken at a number of stations near the Hawaiian Islands (Rathbun, 1906.) 27 is sometimes hardly distinguishable. Usually there is a blunt conical tubercle on the front of the eyestalk and this may possibly represent the remains of the eye itself. The oral appendages are similar to those of Polycheles. The pereiopods are also on the same plan as in the last genus, but the chelipeds are shorter and there are differences in the arrangement of the spines. Except on the first abdominal segment, where they are modi- fied in the usual manner in adults, and are small and slender in immature individuals, the pleopods are long and well developed. There is an appendia interna with distal hooklets on the endo- podites. — The telson and uropods are very similar to those of Polycheles. The branchiae are as described by Faxon, formed of a stem which gives off long delicate filaments which decrease in size towards the tip. .In the specimens which I have examined the epipodite of the third maxillipedes is large and well developed, but those of the first four pairs of perelopods are very small and feeble. The branchial formula js as follows :— — WE VARs yy BX Ry (Ce e HE EE ORY, Podobranchs. ep. — ep. l+ep.l1+ep.1+ep.l+ep. — Arthrobranchs. — === 1? 2 2 y. 2 ne Pleurobranchs. — os =o: sos 1 1 1 1 I have been unable to find any trace of an arihrobranch on the third maxillipedes. In speaking of Polycheles Alcock says that this is sometimes very small and may be altogether absent, and it would seem as if the same were true of Hryonicus for Faxon mentions the arthrobranch in his description. It has been suggested by more than one author that these interesting crustaceans are not adult forms, but are merely a stage in the development of Polycheles. This view was put for- ward by Spence Bate in his original description, and has been supported by some on the ground that no specimen has been found bearing ova, that the first pleopods are of an immature type, and that the whole aspect of the animal is that ofa larval form. On the other hand, Faxon had in his collection a specimen measuring 62:5 mm., and another of 40 mm., and it is difficult to believe that animals of such large size should be merely larval forms, especially when we know that perfectly formed specimens of Polycheles have been found measuring no more than 30 mm. Moreover in Faxon’s largest specimen he showed that the first pair of pleopods were developed with a broad expanded distal part just as in adult males of Polycheles. This individual had also an appendiz masculina in addition to an appendix interna on the second pair of pleopods. Bouvier (1905 (b.)) has also described an adult male measuring 35 mm., the type specimen of EL. spinoculatus. In one of the Helga specimens also the first pleopods are well developed and of the normal male type 28 This specimen is 84 mm. long. That no ovigerous female has yet been captured is not a serious difficulty when it is re- membered that only about thirty-five specimens have been taken in all. The Helga has captured ten specimens, including tne types of three new species. Of these one, H. hibernicus, belongs to the division of the genus in which the carapace spines are confined to a few definite rows as in EF. coecus, EH. Faxoni, etc. The other two, EH. Scharffi and EK. Kempi, belong to the group contaming E. spinulosus and E. Puritanii, in which the spines are scattered over the whole of the carapace. Perhaps the most interesting of all the specimens taken by the Helga is a very small individual measuring only 7 mm., in which the rostrum has the form of a very long median spine, and only two pairs of thoracic legs are developed. On these, however, and on the second and third maxillipedes there are slender exopodites, so that it 1s really a young Eryonicus in the Mysis stage of development. Eryonicus leads a free-swimming life at a considerable distance from the bottom. Most of the Helga specimens were taken by the midwater otter trawl. Others were taken by the beam trawl, but these must have been caught as the latter was bemg hauled to the surface. The great soundings at some of the stations where specimens have been taken may be very deceptive. Faxon mentions a case where the depth was 1168 fathoms, and where four specimens were caught less than 400 fathoms below the surface. Another of the Albatross specimens was taken by the trawl where the depth was only 884 fathoms. These facts would seem to show that Eryonicus sometimes comes to within a comparatively short distance of the surface. Ten species are known so far and a key for the determination of these is given below. Key to species of Eryonicus. 1. a. Carapace spines almost entirely confined to definite rows, .. 2 b. Carapace spines not confined to definite rows but also scattered generally over surface, 2 7 2. a. Two median spines on basal part of telson, E. coecus, Sp. Bate. b. One median spine on basal part of telson, . ie 3 3. a. Spines on anterior part of median row of cara- pace: rosirum--1,1, 2, U, ashes 4 b. Spines on anterior part of median rows ‘of cara- pace: rosirum+1, 2, 1, 1, .. i 3 6 4. a. One spine on outside of basal joint of antennular peduncle, . .. . indicus, Alcock. Two spines on outside of basal joint of antennular peduncle, . A ee, aft 8 a 5 = 29 5. a. Abdominal median spines: 1, 1, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1, E. spinoculatus, Bouvier. b. Abdominal median spines: 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 1, I, . E. hibernicus, n. sp. 6. a. Spines on posterior part of median carapace carina: 2, 2 §. 2 ae E. Fazxoni, Bouvier. b. Spines. on posterior part of median carapace carina: tubercle, 2. Carapace broader than long, 0 He iy E. Alberti, Bouvier. 7. a. Tip of telson bears four very long and slender pinnate processes, .. E. Puritani, Lo Bianco. b. No such processes present, .. ay as 8 8. a. Basal part of telson bears two median spines, E. spinulosus, Faxon. b. Basal part of telson bears one median spine, .. 9 9. a. Basal joint of antennular peduncle bears one external spine, .. By, E. Scharffi, n. sp. b. Basal joint of antennuiar peduncle bears two external spines, .. 2 E. Kempt, n. sp. Eryonicus Faxoni, Bouvier. Pl. IV, figs. 1-5. Eryoneicus Fazxoni, Bouvier, 1905 (a). Eryoneicus Faxon, Bouvier, 1905 (b). This species is In many ways very similar to that described by Faxon (1895) as E. coecus, Spence Bate, but it possesses several characters which at once serve to distinguish it. It has the large and globular carapace characteristic of the genus. It is broadest in the branchial region and narrows considerably anteriorly ; the posterior end is somewhat truncate but has rounded angles. When seen in profile the top of the carapace appears almost flat, ascending slightly from back to front, till it reaches a point three-fourths of the length from the hind margin, when it turns abruptly downwards, sloping very steeply, almost vertically, to the rostrum. #. Faxoni belongs to the division of the genus in which the spines on the carapace are almost entirely confined to definite rows running length- wise along the surface. Between these rows the carapace is devoid of spines, and has merely a few setae scattered over it. The rostrum is marked by a pair of small spines in the centre ’ of the frontal margin between the orbital sinuses. The internal angle ot each sinus is also marked by a spine sharper but not so thick as the rostral ones. The sinuses themselves are fairly deep and very broad, and do not become narrower backwards. Externally each is bounded by a sharp spine, which is the most anterior of a row extending along the whole lateral margin 30 of the carapace. These marginal spines are arranged as follows : in the front part there are six which are sharp and slightly curved forwards ; in the centre there are three very small, and in the hind part seven large spines, these latter thicker and blunter than the others ; they increase in size posteriorly. Along the median dorsal line there runs a series of prominent spines arranged thus :— Rostrum +45 2,1, 1¢: 2, 24028; (The semicolon denotes the position of the cervical groove.) Between this median carina and the lateral margin on the posterior half of the carapace there is a row of six spines, the branchial carina, decreasing slightly in size anteriorly. These run parallel to the margm and are nearer it than to the median carina; they extend from the hind margin to the cervical groove. There is a large single spine at the pomt of bifurcation of the cervical groove, one immediately in front of this, and also one external to it. Of the submarginal carmae the upper is minutely denticulate m its anterior third, and fades away behind this ; while the lower and shorter one is formed of eight or nine spines, the last three of which are small, but the others large and prominent. Between the orbital sinus and the lower part of the cervical groove there is a curved row of three or four very small spines. The abdomen is shorter than the carapace and very much narrower ; it tapers slightly posteriorly. Each segment bears one or more large median dorsal spines arranged thus :1,8, 8, 3, 8, 1, 1, the last on the basal part of the telson. In the triple spines of the central segments the middle point 1s the largest and the front one is usually less erect than the others, sometimes .— almost horizontal. Besides these the abdominal segments bear other spmes. On the sixth segment there is one at each edge of the tergum, and one projecting backwards horizontally trom each postero-lateral angle. On the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments there is a spine at each edge of the tergum and also one on the middle of each pleuron. The pleura of the first segment are narrow and tapering. At each side of this segment there is a lateral extension which is buckled firmly to the hind part of the carapace. The second pleura are broad and expanded, with six or seven small spines on the lower margin. The pleura of the next three segments are all narrower than those of the second, and have each four or five marginal spines. The sixth pleura end in a single sharp point. They all bear setae at least on their posterior margin. The telson is long and tapering, and has small spines on either margin and on two ridges running along the dorsal surface, besides the single large spine already mentioned. Its tip is pro- longed into a sharp needle-like point. The eyestalks are fixed and immovable in the orbital sinuses. Each bears in front a blunt conical process. 31 The basal joint of the antennular peduncle has two spines at the outer angle ; the third joint is much shorter than the second. The scale extends beyond the peduncle and tapers to a sharp point ; its inner edge bears two or three small teeth. The outer flagellum is very thin and less than half as long as the stout inner one. The antennae are about equal in length to the larger flagella of the antennules. The scale is narrow and oval and fringed with plumose setae ; it reaches just beyond the peduncle. The renal tubercle is about equal in length to the whole peduncle. The oral appendages are similar to those of Polycheles. The chelipeds are nearly as long as the body without the telson, and are compressed in all their joints. The shape and relative lengths of the different joints are the same as in Poly- cheles. Both margins of the merus are spinulose, but the outer edge has only two or three spimules near the proximal end and a single curved distal spine, the inner having a row of very small spinules. The carpus has the usual upper and lower distal spines, and the propodite has one above the base of the dactyl. The second pereiopods are much shorter than the chelipeds, and are alsocompressed. The merus is long and stout and thickly covered with setae on both margins. It bears two large distal spines and also two near the middle. The carpus has a long proximal and two distal spines, and setae on the outer margin. The palm of the propodite is very slightly larger than the fingers. The third and fourth pereiopods are shorter than the second, and have no spines except a single one at the distal end of the merus and carpus. The fifth are the shortest of all. They have no spines and are impertectly chelate, the fixed finger of the propodite being re- presented by a very short blunt process. The first pleopods are very small and extremely slender two-jointed appendages. The succeeding pairs are long and wel! developed, and are fringed with long pinnate setae. An appendiz interna is present furnished with a group of hooklets at the distal end. The uropods are slightly shorter than the telson. Both the exopodite and endopodite have spinules and long setae on their Margins. Size.—The largest specimen taken by the Helga measures 35mm. Bouvier gives the length of his as 80 mm. The chief measurements of the largest specimen are as follows :— Length .. ze B. Bg Sar 5. moe. Length of carapace... ‘3 uy ES nee Breadth of carapace .. oh ah emi - Length of abdomen .. es i MAS nas Length of antennules .. Re 7, 02h aie: Length of chelipeds .. ag 2t 26m. 32 General Distribution.—The type specimen was taken by the Talisman off Cape Cantin, on the west coast of Morocco, and and another individual of the species was captured by the Princesse Alice in the Mediterranean, south of Majorca. Trish Distribution.— Helga.— S.R. 885—12 v ’06.—51° 12’ 80’-51° 17’ 30” N., 12° 8'-12° 16’ W. 893-673 fms. Trawl.—One, ca. 18 mm. S. R. 397—2 1m ’07.—51° 46’ N., 12° 5’ W., 549-646 fms. Trawl.—One 13-5 mm. S.R. 443—16-17 WW 707.—=51° 28. N., “12° (5 ae Soundings 683 fms. Midwater ottertra 10-500 fms. Temp. at surface 11-65° C. Salinity 34-96 °/,..— One, 35 mm. S.R. 449—19 v ’07.—50° 28’ 380” N., 11° 39’ W. Soundings 950 fms. Midwater otter trawl 0-700 fms.—One, 15 mm. S.R. 806—15 vim ’°09.—68 mls. W. 1 N. of Tearaght Light. Soundings 634-651 fms., ooze. Midwater otter trawl 0-550 fms.—One, 24 mm. . I have referred these five specimens to Bouvier’s species but the identification 1s open to doubt except in the case of the individual from station S. R. 443 which agrees exactly with the original description. The others are absolutely similar with the exception of the arrangement of the median abdominal spines. In the five specimens these are arranged as follows :— S.R. 448 1,3, 3,93, S=ae S.R. 385 1,2; 8,3; 2a S.R. 806 1, 1) 3,:8.2.5ieee S.R. 397 1, 1, 2.222 S.R. 449 La 8F oro ieee It will be seen that with the exception of the last two, the arrangement of the spines is different in every case. I have placed them in such order as will best show that there is a dis- tinct gradation from the first to the last. Moreover the specimens from stations S. R. 397 and 8. R. 449, in which the spines are fewest are the smallest, so that the differences may be due, partly at least, to age. Vertical Distribution —As these organisms lead a_free- swimming life at a considerable distance from the bottom it is very difficult to say exactly at what depth they were captured by the net. We may safely conclude that those specimens which were found in the trawl were caught as the Jatter was being hauled to the surface, and not on the bottom, but there 1s no means of knowing at what depth they entered the net. 33 Eryonicus hibernicus, n. sp. Pl. V, figs. 1-2. In general appearance this species closely resembles H. Faxoni, but is distinguished by certain well-marked characteristics. It has the spines of the carapace confined to definite rows, and not scattered thickly over the whole surface. The rostrum is double, and immediately below it there is a small median spine ; the latter is not present in H. Favoni. The whole surface of the carapace is more or less setiferous, being especially so about the rows of spines. The spines of the ‘median carina are arranged as follows :— POStrum + is? te 2, 2, Es 22 2 The carina between the cardiac and branchial regions is marked by five or six large spies. The lateral margin has six spines on the anterior part, three in the middle, and seven on the posterior part. The upper submarginal carina is faintly seen in its front part but dies out towards the hind margin. The lower submarginal carina is furnished with ten or twelve medium-sized spines. Behind the orbital sinus there are four small spines in a row, which curves towards the median line and ends in a large spine on the anterior branch of the cervical groove. There is a single spine at the point of bifurcation of the cervical groove, and also one on the space between the anterior and posterior branches. There is also a spine on the cardiac region between the median and branchial carinae, and finally, a spine on each side of the median Ime on the hind margin of the carapace. The abdominal median spines are arranged as follows :— 1, 0) 2; 2, 2, 1, 1, the last beg on the basal part of the telson. The double spies on the third, fourth, and fifth segments are different in shape from those of other species. They are very broad and the lower portions of the two spmes are united ; they become separate only comparatively near the tip. On the second to fifth segments there is a spine at the lateral edge of the tergum, and also one on the pleuron. This latter spine in the sixth segment is situated at the upper posterior angle of the pleuron and projects over the base of the uropods. The pleura of the second segment are much broader than the others ; they bear a row of teeth on their lower edge. The pleura of the other segments become successively narrower until in the sixth they end in a single sharp point. The pleura of the first segment are merely rudimentary as usual. The telson tapers to a sharp point, and bears small spines on either edge, and a double converging row of spinelets on its dorsal surface. The eyestalks nearly fill the orbital sinuses; each bears a blunt tubercle in front, and has a fairly large lateral process developed which passes outwards and downwards beneath the antero-lateral angle of the carapace. 2 ov 34 There are two spines at the outer angle of the basal peduncular joint of the antennules. The sharp narrow scale passes the end of the peduncle of which the ultimate joint is the smallest. The antennae are similar to those of EL. Faxoni. The outer margin of the merus of the chelipeds has one large proximal spine, and one curved distal one. Except for these both margins are smooth. The carpus has an upper and a lower distal spine. The propodite is not spinulose ; it bears a single spine at the base of the dactyl. On the merus of the second pereiopods there are two spines at the middle of the outer side, and two at the distal extremity. The carpus has one proximal, and three large and one or two small distal spines. The third and fourth chelipeds have each a distal spine on the merus and the carpus. All the pereiopods are chelate except the fifth, in which the fixed finger of the propodite is represented by a short process not half as long as the dacty]l. The first pleopods are of the adult male type as seen in Poly- cheles. They have the same expanded distal part, with a group of hooklets on a small tubercle near the distal end of the inner margin. The other pairs of pleopods are similar to those of E. Fazont. There is no appendix masculina on the second pair. The uropods bears small spines on the external margin. They are considerably shorter than the telson. At the outer angle of the basal part of the uropods there is a minute spine which is not present in E. Faxoni (see fig 2). Fringes of setae are present on the edges of the pleura, and uropods, on the telson, the median carina of the abdominal segments, and on the pereiopods, except the first pair. In the single specimen taken by the Helga the length of the carapace is 18 mm., of the abdomen, 16 mm. The greatest breadth of the carapace is 14 mm. Size-—The measurements of the single specimen are as follows :— Length ae “e $3 i . a sod Giml. Length of carapace eine ry te bS, anny. Breadth of carapace fs ae om. Length of abdomen oe el: soak G amnm. Length of antennules Sis bee sin, £0 mo Length of chelipeds “3 oh -. 20 mm. Helga. S. R. 231—20 v ’05. ca. 50 mls., N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 55° 1’ N., 10° 45’ W. Soundings 1,200 fms. Midwater otter trawl, O—1,150 fms., One, 34 mm. : 35 Eryonicus Scharffi, n. sp. Pl. V, figs. 9-12. The spines on the carapace are not confined to definite rows, but are also present on the surface between these. Two species of this sort have already been described, E. spinulosus, Faxon, from the Gulf of Panama, and EZ. Puritanit, Lo Bianco, from the Mediterranean, from both of which the, present species is distinguished by several well-marked characteristics. The ventral part of the carapace is more distinctly flattened than in the other species. The rostrum is marked by two long spines, and on either side of it the front of the carapace is pro- duced into a horn-like process ; these horns end in sharp spines and have also smaller spines on both edges. The arrangement of the spines on the median dorsal line is quite unlike that in any previously described species of Eryonicus :— eesti 2, 2h, yaa, 2, Lots 2; 1, 2, ° 2: It will be seen that there are only two spines between the rostrum and the cervical groove, one double and one single, while behind it there are no less than eight, five of which are double. The row of spines separating the cardiac from the branchial areas is very obscure, and is hardly distinguishable among the crowd of long, slender spines scattered over the carapace surface. The lateral margin has seven anterior spines on one side and eight on the other; in the central part there are four, of which the most posterior is smaller than the others ; on the hind part there are ten large blunt spines interspersed with about fifteen or sixteen much smaller ones as in diagram :— Meant ot JU Ly ae The orbital sinuses are shallow and wide. The upper submarginal carina bears seven or eight large Spines interspersed with a tew smaller ones in its posterior third, but in front. it becomes very faint, being marked by a few denticules, and ending in the usual spine at the base of the antenna. The lower submarginal carina is denticulate in front and bears five or six prominent spines posteriorly. As already mentioned, the whole of the carapace surface, both above and below the lateral margin, is covered with spines which are not arranged in definite rows; they are largest to- wards the posterior end of the carapace, and are interspersed with setae, which are especially numerous on the lateral margin and on the median carina. The median spines on the abdominal segments are arranged — as follows :—2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 1, the last being on the basal part of the telson. There are also other smaller spines present on each segment :— First Segment.—Central double spine; and on each ue two small spines on posterior margin. 36 Second Segment.—Central double spine ; one large spine at each side of tergum, and one large and one small on each side of posterior margin. Third Segment.—Central double spime; one at each side of tergum, one on each pleuron, and one small spine on each side of middle of posterior margin of tergum. Fourth Segment.—Central double spine; one at each side of tergum, two on each pleuron, and two small ones on each side on posterior margin of tergum. Fijth Segment.—Central double spine; one at each side of tergum, and two on each pleuron, near the posterior edge. Sixth Segment.—Central single spine; one at each side of tergum, and one at upper posterior angle of pleuron extending over base of uropods. In the double spines the anterior point is the larger, and it is more or less erect, though often curving backwards near the tip ; the posterior halves are inclined at an angle of about forty-five degrees to the horizontal. The pleura of the first segment are very small and narrow. Those of the second segment are broader than any of the others ; their lower margin is rounded and bears a row of small teeth. In the third and fourth segments the pleura taper slightly downwards, and are also furnished with teeth near their ex- tremities. The fifth pleura are very narrow and end in a long spine in front of which are one or two teeth. In the sixth segment they are narrower still and taper to a needle-like point. The telson bears a single large median spine near its base, and tapers to a sharp point. Its edges bear small spines, and are also fringed with setae. There are no spinules on the dorsal surface. . The median line of the abdominal segments bears a number of stiff setae scattered about the bases of.the large spines. The eyestalks bear a small tubercle on the antelior margin ; they do not completely fill the orbital sinuses. The basal joint of the antennular peduncle has only a single spine at its outer anterior angle. The scale ends in a sharp inturned point and has six or seven spines on the inner edge. The antennal scale is narrow and has a rounded tip; it is fringed with setae, and reaches to the end of the peduncle. The chelipeds are shorter than the body. The merus is spinulose on both margins, and has the usual distal spine. The carpus has an upper and a lower distal spine. The margin of the propodite is spinulose from the proximal end to the base of the dactyl, where there is a single spine. The basus bears a spine just below the beginning of the ischium. The second pereiopods are much stouter than the succeeding pairs, but shorter and slenderer than the chelipeds. The merus is slightly thicker in its distal portion than near the base; slightly more than half-way to the distal end it bears three large and three or four small spmes on its outer margin; at 37 the distal end there are three larger spines. The carpus has on its outer margin one proximal, two central, and three distal spines, all of which are large ; there are also two or three small distal spines. As usual the palm of the propodite is longer than the fingers, which have minutely serrate cutting edges and the tips of which cross one another. The propodite, carpus, and distal part of the merus bear setae on the outer edge. In the third pereiopods the dactyl is slightly larger than the fixed finger. The carpus has a single distal spine. The fourth pereiopods are shorter and feebler than the third, and the carpus has no distal spine. In the very short and slender fifth pereiopods the fixed finger is represented by a very small process of the propodite. The pleopods are well-developed, biramous appendages, ex- cept the first pair, which are small and rudimentary. The basal joint of the uropods bears a small spine at its outer angle. Both exopodite and endopodite are considerably shorter than the telson and are fringed with setae. The uropods have no spines on their margins. Size.—The principal dimensions of the single specimen taken by the Helga are as follows :— Length e y. . 1. 26"S ne. Length of carapace... +: ;;, | Lorohnint Length of abdomen .. 1g paieg a Weise 0 Breadth of carapace .. 4 .. 14 mm. Length of chelipeds ey .) 22 mim: Irish Distribution : Helga.— S. R. 193—10 1 ’05.—40 mls., N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 54° 50’ N., 10° 80’ W. Soundings 650 ims. Triangle net, O—630 fms. Surface temperature, 9-6° C. Salinity 35-41°/ at 480 fms., temperature . oo ? 9:2° C., One, 26-5 mm. Eryonicus Kempi, n. sp. Pl. V, figs. 3-8. This species belongs to the division of the genus in which the carapace is more or less densely covered with spines, between, as well as on, the definite ridges. The spines, however, are not so thickly scattered as in EH. Scharffi, and they are rather shorter than in that species. The inter-carinal spines are almost entirely absent on the submarginal part of the carapace, being represented. merely by a small group near the posterior end. On the upper branchial, cardiac and gastric areas, however, they are present in large numbers, interspersed with setae. The carapace is very broad in its posterior half; in the branchial region its breadth is greater than the length from rostrum to hind margin. It narrows rapidly in front, and the anterior end is somewhat rounded as seen from above. In the cardiac region the surlace 38 is almost flat. The frontal margin is produced into a horn on each side of the rostrum; each horn ends sharply im a short spine and also bears a few small spines on its sides. Immediately beneath the rostrum, which is formed of two spines, there is a single median spine directed downwards. The gastric surface slopes downwards very steeply, almost vertically, to the ros- trum. The hind margin of the carapace is concave. The spines of the median carina are arranged thus :— Rostrim=- 1574 2 a ee, 2, A ee On the front part of the lateral margin there are seven or eight spines, in the middle five or six, and posteriorly, from seventeen to twenty. These latter crease in size towards the hind margin. The branchial carina consists of ten or eleven _ spines. he upper submarginal carina has six spines at the posterior end, practically disappears in the middle, but is continued anteriorly as a low ridge bearing a large number of spinules, and ending in a strong spine opposite the base of the antenna. The lower submarginal carina has twelve or thirteen spines, extending almost to the base of the chelipeds; they are not quite so large as those of the upper row. Along the edge of the upper part of the cervical groove there are three or four sharp spines. As already mentioned, the intercarinal spines are most plentiful above the branchial ridge, less common between the latter and the lateral margin, and practically disappear below this. The setae are most plentiful on the carinae. The median spines on the abdominal segments are arranged as follows :—1, 8, 3, 8, 8, 1, 1, the last on the base of the telson. In addition to these the segments bear other spines. On the sixth there is one at each postero-latera] angle, and one at each edge of the tergum, and a very small one just in front of this. The fifth has one at each side of the tergum, with a smaller one im front of it, and one on the middle of each pleuron. On the second, third, and fourth segments there is likewise a spine at each lateral end of the tergum, and one on each pleuron, and on the second and third only, a single spine on the tergum, between the median line and the edge of the tergum. The pleura of the first segment are very small and narrow ; in the second segment they are broad and expanded, and on their lower margin they have a row of spinules. The third, fourth, and fifth pleura are narrowed, and have each five or six small spines at their extremities. In the sixth segment the pleura end in a single narrow tapering point. The telson has a row of seven or eight spines along each margin, but none on its dorsal surface. There is a short, blunt tubercle on the front of the eyestalk. The eyestalks do not quite fill the wide orbital sinuses. The antennular scale ends in a narrow spine, not quite reaching the end of the peduncle. Its inner margin bears five or six spines, and also pinnate setae. At the outer angle of the basal peduncular joint there are two spines. The third joint is shorter 39 than the second. The inner flagellum is about two-thirds the length of the carapace. The last three joints of the antennal peduncle have each a thick spine on the inner side. The renal tubercle is not as long as the peduncle. The scale is narrow and leaf-like, fringed with pinnate setae, and does not quite reach the tip of the peduncle. The flagella are slightly shorter than the inner branch of the antennules. The chelipeds are shorter than the body. Both margins of the merus are spinulose. The outer margin has only five or six spinules, the Inner many more, but these much smaller. At its distal end it bears two curved spines. The carpus has the usual upper and lower distal spines, and has also a row otf minute spinules on its outer edge, as has also the palm of the propodite. At the base of the dacty] there is a single spine. The merus of the second pereiopeds has a row of five or six long spines on the posterior margin, and four similar spines or the outer side. The carpus has also five spines on its posterior margin, and two at the distal end; it bears a heavy fringe of setae on the outer side. The third and fourth pereiopods are shorter than the last and very slender. They are devoid of setae except for a tuft at the end of the merus, and a similar one on the carpus. The fifth pereiopods are very slender and feeble, and are almost simple, the fixed finger being represented by a very short process of the propodite. They are fringed with setae throughout. The first pair of preonads are very small and feeble two-jointed structures. The second to fifth pairs of pleopods are very long and slender, the distal portions being fringed with long pinnate setae. An appendix interna, with an inner distal group of hooklets, is present. At the external angle of the basal part of the uropods there are two small spines on one side, but only one on the other. The outer margins of the uropods bear a few small spines. The exopodite is much broader than the endopodite. Both are very nearly as long as the telson. Size.—The principal dimensions of the type specimen are as follows :— Total length 2. oe Su .. 25 mm. Length of carapace... We aie Lo ne Length of abdomen ... At itd 2, Breadth of carapace .. do) itieet \RSP mami. Length of antennules .. ie sit Gre Pde Henethy of .chelipedsi) 5. 5 542s. sai, 19-3 mnt Two specimens of this species have been taken by the Helga, both off the west coast. 40 Helga. S. R. 3832—10 v 06. 51° 12’ N., 12° 2’ 30” W., 680-735 fms., ooze. Trawl—One, 25 mm. S. R. 752—16-17 v 09. 51° 48’ N., 12° 11’ 30” W. Soundings 523-595 fms.,ooze. Midwater otter trawl, 0-595 fms, Surface temperature 11-°9° C. Salinity, .3o-s2 /_.; at 10° fms., temperature 11°51)" C7.) Salma 35°34°/,,; at 50 ims., temperature 10°54° C. Salinity 35°32°/,.; at 100 ims., temperature 10-455 3 Salinity 35°34 °/|, ; at 200 fms., temperature 10°18° C. Salinity 35:32 °/,,; at 500 fms., temperature 8-9° C. Saliity 35°43°/,,.—One, 22 mm. Eryonicus sp. juv. Pl. LV, figs. 6-9. This very interesting specimen was taken by the midwater otter trawl off the south-west coast; at the same station a small EH. Faxoni was taken, and it is possible that the present specimen belongs to the same species. It is a very immature individual, in which only the first two pairs of pereiopods are developed, and these, as well as the second and third maxillipedes are furnished with exopodites. It is, in fact, a young Eryonicus in the Mysis stage of development, and the first that has been found, so far as I am aware. The carapace is very much inflated, and is almost spherical. The rostrum is very long and slender ; on each side of the base there is a small spine, probably representing the spine at the internal angle of the orbit of the adult. The median row of spines is well developed, and has the following arrangement :— Restrum 44.1; 2,15 °15)2) 23S The lateral margin js not at all clearly defined, and there is hardly a trace of branchial or submarginal carinae. There are four spines in a curved row behind the orbit, which is very wide and shallow. A few spines are present on the carapace besides those of the median carina. All the large spines on the carapace have setae springing from them. On the lower antero-lateral edge of the carapace there is a loop through which the tip of the second maxilla is visible. The edge of the loop is finely serrate. The abdomen is very small and poorly developed. Each tergum bears a single feeble median spine, and there is a similar one on the basal part of the telson. The pleura are rounded, except in the sixth segment, where they end in a sharp point. A spine projects over the base of the uropods from the postero- lateral angle of the sixth segment. The telson is not fringed with setae. 41 The eyes do not nearly fill the very wide orbital sinuses. Besides the small part of the eye, which projects into the sinus, the larger posterior part can be seen as a dark yellow body, through the transparent carapace, and on the external side of this there is seen a bud or tubercle which represents the lateral process of the eyestalk of the adult. The antennules are merely rudimentary and very short. No spine is developed at the outer angle of the basal peduncular joint, and the scale is represented by a short, blunt process. The antennae are also very small. The scale is very feeble, but the renal tubercle is comparatively well-developed. The first four pairs of oral appendages are similar to those of the adult. The second and third maxillipedes have each a large exopodite, which is quite absent in full-grown specimens. In the second maxillipedes it is about two and a-half times as long as the endopodite, and in the third maxillipedes the two are about equal in length. The exopodite in both cases ends in a tuft of long setae. There are only two pairs of pereiopods developed, but these are large and well formed. Each bears an exopodite ending in a group of long setae. These exopodites are formed of two joints, which are of equal length. The first pereiopods are not relatively so long as in the adult, and the sutures between the various joints are not easily seen, especially in the proximal part of the limb. Near the distal end, and on the outer side of the merus, there are two strong spines. The carpus also bears two large spines, one proximal and one distal. The propodite is large and massive, the palm slightly shorter than the fingers. The exopodite is shorter than the propodite. The second pereiopods have four very long spines on the merus, two near the middle, and two at the distal end. These spines are longer than the joint which bears them. The carpus has two spines of which the distal is the longer. The palm of the propodite is longer than the fingers. The exopodite is longer than the propodite. The pleopods are formed, but are not functional as yet ; they are very small and have no setae. There is a mere tubercle indicating the position of the appendix interna. The uropods are shorter than the telson and are very feeble. Size.—The specimen measured from tip of rostrum to end of telson, when the abdomen is straightened out, is only 7 m.m long. The single specimen was taken at the following station :— Helga. ; S.R. 449—19 v 07. 50° 28’ 80” N., 11° 89 W. soundings 950 fms. Midwater otter trawl, 0-700 fms. One, 7mm. 42 TrisE SCYLLARIDEA. Famity PALINURIDAE. Genus Palinurus, Fabricius. The two Irish species may be separated thus :— On the middle of the carapace there are two rows of large spines, parallel in front of the cervical groove, slightly converging behind it. Merus of first pereiopods has four small teeth on proximal part of inner keel, and a large distal spine; on under side of propodite there is a small, sharp tooth near the distalend, .. se .. P. Thomsoni. Middle of carapace has no such rows of spines. Except for a distal spine the inner kee] of the merus of the first pereiopods is smooth. There is a very large and broad triangular tooth on under side of propodite, near the distal end, .. ie .. LP. vulgaris. Palinurus vulgaris, Latreille, PLOWS, figs 8: Palinurus vulgaris, Bell, 1858. Palinurus vulgaris, Gruvel, 1912. This species has been very fully described by Gruvel in his recent monograph on the Palinuridae, so that there is no need to repeat its characteristics here. General Distribution.—The species reaches its maximum development as regards numbers in the Mediterranean and on the west coasts of Spain, Portugal, and Morocco. In the Mediterranean it is extremely abundant around Corsica and Sardinia, the Balearic Islands, and off the coast of Tunis and Tripoli. It also occurs in large numbers in the Adriatic and the Aegean. It is found at Madeira, and extends southwards as far as Cape Bojador (Gruvel). It extends northwards through the Bay of Biscay to the coasts of Britain, which form the northern limit to its range. On the east coast of England* it is present only in small numbers, and becomes scarcer towards the north, ceasing altogether about Flamborough Head. It extends, however, along the whole west coast, being plentiful in the Bristol Channel and the Irish Sea. On the west of Scotland it is not common, but has been recorded from the Firth of Clyde, Loch *For British distribution, see Ritchie, Proc. Royal Phys. Soc., Edin., vol. XVIII, 1909-1910. 43 Fyne, Mull, Skye, North Uist and Sutherlandshire, the last four localities being represented by only one or two records each. It has been taken twice at the Orkneys. Finally a single specimen has been found on the coast of Norway, near Bergen, but Appelléf (1906) regards this as a doubtful record. Irish Distribution.—It is found all round the Irish coasts, but most plentifully in the south and west; in the north it is rare. It has been recorded from the followimg localities : South coast : Youghal (Bell), Cove (Humphreys), Derrynane, Valentia (Kinahan); west coast: Galway (Melville), Oranmore, Bally- nakill, Aran; north coast: Magiligan (Kinahan) ; east coast: Larne Lough (Rankin), Dalkey Sound (Kinahan). It is common at Inishbofin, Co. Galway. On the Continent, and especially in France, Spam, and Portugal, P. vulgaris, the “* Langouste,”’ is of great commercial importance. It is fished on all the Atlantic and Mediterranean coasts of the countries named. The fishermen use boats fitted with large tanks in communication with the sea, and in these the animals may be kept alive for any length of time desirable. Some of the larger boats can carry eight or nine thousand living Langoustes. There is also a thriving industry connected with the species in Corsica, and on the Italian coasts. In Greek waters, on the other hand, it is not fished to any great extent, though occurring in large numbers. It is not held im great estimation in this country as an article of diet, and most of the specimens caught on the coasts of Devon and Cornwall . are sent to Boulogne. There is at present no regular fishery of P. vulgaris in Ireland, the pots used for the capture of lobsters being too small to admit full-grown ‘“‘crayfish.”” The latter, when caught, are generally found clinging to the outside of the pot. They are also taken, not unfrequentiy, by trawels, and may often be seen exposed for sale in Dublin. I understand that it is proposed to use trammels for ‘crayfish’? on the South coast. Trammels have been found very eflective, especially if left in the water until the first fish caught in them become somewhat decomposed. Palinurus Thomsoni, n. sp. Pl. VI, figs. 1-2. This species is at present represented by a single male specimen taken ofl the south-west coast of Ireland in 212-229 fms. It is closely related to P. vulgaris, Latrielle, and also to a South African species, P. Gilchristi, Stebbing: On the median dorsal part of the carapace there are two rows of strong, well-developed spines. The rows begin at a point half- way between the rostrum and the cervical groove, and extend very nearly to the hind margin of the carapace. The part of each row which lies in front of the cervical groove consists of 4,4, three very large uniform spines, the tips of which point forwards, and almost overhang the base of the spine in front. Here the two rows are parallel, but behind the cervical groove they begin eradually to converge,and the spines to diminish in size. There are seven of these in each row behind the groove. A somewhat similar arrangement of spines occurs in P. Gilchristi. Mr. Stebbing has very kindly lent me a specimen of this South African species for comparison with the Irish specimen.* I find that the dorsal rows are composed of much larger and stronger spines in the latter than in Mr. Stebbing’s specimen ; they are also more uniform in size and regular m arrangement. The large supraorbital spines are more horizontal than in either P. vulgaris or P. Gilchristi, and the distance between the tips of these spines is greater than in the other two species. The distance from tip to tip is exactly half the length of the carapace, whereas in the other two species mentioned it is always markedly less than half. On the anterior margin of each of these spines there are four small teeth of uniform size. The posterior margin is smooth. Behind this large spine and also behind the suborbital spine there are diminishing rows of smaller spmes, as in P. vulgaris. The rest of the spiny armature of the carapace is more robust than in the specimen of P. Gilchristi which I have examined. On the front edge of the epistome there are several small tubercles, in addition to the sharp central tooth and those at the external angles; they are not so large or so sharp as In P. vulgaris. The pear-shaped body at the anterior end of the sternum bears two small tubercles. The most important difference between this species and P. Gilchristt lies in the sculpture of the abdominal terga. On each of these from the second to the fifth there is a transverse furrow which is interrupted in the median line by a low flat ridge or earina ; but in P. Gilchristi in addition to this, there is also on each of these segments an anterior furrow which is unbroken by the carina and which is heavily fringed with setae. In neither P. Thomsoni nor P. vulgaris is this second furrow present ; there is at most a very faint depression on the second segment alone, and this bears only a few setae. The presence of this important furrow is not mentioned in the original description of P. Gilchristi (Stebbing 1900 (bd) ). The spmes of the abdominal pleura are quite as long and as sharp as in P. vulgaris. There is a sharp tooth on the anterior edge of the pleura of the second segment. The first pair of legs are stouter and shorter than the succeeding pairs, but not very markedly so. On the inner side of the ischium there are two blunt tubercles. The inner crest of the merus * Since writing the above, I have seen another specimen of P. Gilchristt, kindly sent to me by Dr. Calman. It agrees exactly with Mr. Stebbing’s specimen. AS bears four small sharp teeth on the proximal part of the joint, while at the distal end there is a much larger single tooth. The outer keel is quite smooth, and on the distal part of the upper keel there is a very faint granulation, but nothing com- parable to the strong row of teeth present in P. vulgaris. Both the upper and outer keels end in sharp points. Near the distal end of the propodite there is on the under side a very minute, sharp tooth directed forwards. The combined lengths of carpus and propodite in the fifth pair of legs are exactly equal to the combined lengths of these joints in the fourth pair. The colour of the specimen (in alcohol) is as follows :—The abdomen is pale violet brown, mottled with pale yellow. The -same violet brown colour is present on the carapace and extends half-way up the supra-orbital spines, the distal half of which is yellow ; the extreme tip is a translucent golden brown. All the carapace spines are of this pale yellow tint and have trans- lucent points. The sternum, legs, antennules, telson, and uropods are yellow; the antennae are marked with alternate bands of brown and whitish yellow. The single specimen js a male, and measures 154 mm., from rostrum to end of telson. I have great pleasure in naming the species in honour of my first instructor in Zoology, Prof. J. Arthur Thomson, of Aberdeen. The record of the single specimen is as follows :— Helga. S.R. 1178—22 v°11. 58 mls. W. 4N. of Blackball Head. 51° 20’ N., 11° 30’ W., 212-229 fms., sand. Trawl— One 154 mm. As the three species, P. Thomson, P. Gilchrist, and P. vulgaris, are closely related it may be of use to give a summary of their characters in tabular form. (TABLE 46 oe *GUOUISOS PUODeS ‘py ut sy | uo ourds on ‘Pp Ur Wey JoyZoYS pue sojUn[g “soforoqn4y ysnor [etoAes savoq Apoq podeys-rv9g ‘yqoous Apoq podeys-re9eg ‘pue [eVysIp Ivou YjO0} Iepnsuviay peoiq pue osie, AoA VW ‘Vy ul sy ‘VW ur se yove jo dy owosxo 4e ourds ‘soutds yuoururoad YIM ynq ‘yQoours oymb sjooy toqyno pue zodd gq jo Mort 8 savoq jooy azoddn jo puso [RqsIq — es tpt eentl sor seed . “yyoouts eymb st Jooy Louut ‘Y{004 [eystIp v 1oF ydooxnT ‘PV Ul S® ostMJoyyo ‘Y4009 [[VUIS 9—F ‘q[npe osivy ul ¢e- ‘suo, soyouL y, uourtoeds ur ge- ‘Suo] Soyout # uourtoeds ul [F: ‘goedereo Jo YyyduUo] JO Zp--—LF- “qsosrey, oy} st dy oyy qsorvou yey} Yorum Jo ‘yyZo09 MOF JO oo, ‘s1eygo uvyy rodaieys pue Jesuo, Yonut dy oyy yservou 4eyy £ Yeo) Moy ‘umMs104 04} Jo yavd rotz0qURe ey} UO MOAIN} oSIeASURIy UOyoIquN JoyZouR SI 0104} SIY} 07 UOTJIPpe UT “eULIVO MOdIeU ‘py utrsy |e Aq uoyorq ‘VY UL s¥ MOdIMyJ osIoAsURIy YW ‘posuvaiie A[ULOJIUN OS IO OSI] ‘gourds Jo sMod Yons ON | OS jou ous soutds oy9 yeyy ydooxe ‘pv ul sy ‘stuphyna snunuog YSUAY OIG), STUAWUY DT ‘0 to) puoses oy} jo osoyy ‘dieys pue Suol vano[g saveq tunuseys Jo xode ye Apoq podeys-1e9g ‘]]ewWIs @ ST o10Y4} ogrpodoid jo opis Jepun uO -xe ‘YZoours ‘snazeut jo sfoox 1oyno pue zoddq 44004 [[euIs Ioyz sey spodoresed 4814 Jo snaeyA * sourds [eqyiqao-eidns Jo sd usemgoq oouRv4sIC etoyy souids [vqz1qato-erdns jo uIs1eUL JUOIS UO ‘espe Iolloyue oy} uo ourds vB oABY YUOUTSES ‘goToroqny [[eUIS OM4 ‘puo [eqsIp oy} vou {004 daeys "jooy YOR Jo puo ye ouldg ‘puo [BzSIp 4e jooyx roddn uo uolyepnuess quiey Aroa 107 ydoo ‘ouids [e4stp esrel @ pure ‘jooy Jouur Jo yaed peurxoid uo ‘oovdered Jo YySUOyT JO G- ST "YJoo}] ULIOJIUN IMNOF ore *BUTIBO uBIpoul peoiq Moy, e@ Aq uoyorg st Morn yoey "“esi0, [euruULOpge AJ OF puUodeS oy} UO SIIVY YIM posulsy MOIIN osJOoAsUBIY VY ‘Ajqrorzeysod Yysrururrp pue juorIj UI 4sodrey ore soutds oy, “91 puryeq SurszeAuoo ApVYSI[S ‘oeACOAS [ROTATED jo juosy ut joypered ‘sourds osaey Jo SMod OM} ole oL0Yy} ooedered oY Jo o[pprul oyy UO "WUOSULOY T, sninuUyog a 47 ASTACURA. TrinE NEPHROPSIDEA. Famity NEPHROPSIDAE. There are three genera occurring in Irish waters :— A. Eyes small, without Bee no antennal scale, . s: Nephropsis. B. Eyes large, well et antennal scale present.— 1. Eyes very large, reniform, broader than stalks ; antennal scale foliaceous, .. Nephrops. 2. Eyes large, but not broader than stalks ; antennal scale spine-like, .. _.» Homarus. GEeNus Nephrops, Leach. Nephrops norvegicus, Linne. Nephrops norvegicus, Bell, 1853. Nephrops norvegicus, Heller, 18638. Nephrops norvegicus, Ortmann, 1892. Nephrops norvegicus, Hansen, 1908. This species, the Norway Lobster, or ‘“‘ Dublin Prawn,” is so well known that it is quite unnecessary to give a description of its characters here. Size.—The largest specimen taken by the Helga is a male from the west coast ; it measures 240 mm. from the tip of the rostrum to the end of the telson; carapace, 108 mm.; abdomen, 182 mm.; rostrum, 34 mm.; breadth of carapace, 44 mm. This individual was taken along with six others in the great depth of 337 fathoms. The average length of adults is about 165-180 mm. for males, and 120-140 for females. General Distribution.—The most northerly locality for the species is off the south coast of Iceland (Hansen), where it is so plentiful that it forms the chief food of the cod. It occurs on all the Scandinavian coasst (Sars, Meinert, etc.), on the coasts of Belgium and France (Van Beneden, Bonnier, Caullery), in the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller, Senna), and on the coast of Moroceo (Milne Edwards). It is also present in great numbers on the coasts of England and Scotland, but it is not known to occur in the Hebrides, Shetlands or Faeroes (Hansen). Irish Distribution.—It is found all round the Ivish coasts, but it is specially plentiful in the Irish Sea between the Isle of Man and the coasts of Louth and Down. In this region several hundred specimens are frequently taken in one haul. 48 Vertical Distribution.—The species occurs in greatest numbers in depths of 10-40 fathoms in the Irish Sea; on the west coast it also extends nto deep water down to more than 300 fathoms. The Helga took seven specimens, two of them very large, in 337 fathoms, the greatest recorded depth for the species, with the exception of one given by Senna (1903), from the west of Sicily, 416-450 fathoms. GENuS Nephropsis, Wood Mason. Nephropsis, Wood Mason, 1878. Nephropsis, Norman, 1882. Nephropsis, Alcock, 1901. Nephropsis, Stebbing, 1908. The rostrum is fairly long, robust, usually furnished with lateral spines. Carapace more than half as long as the abdomen ; cervical groove very distinct ; telson quadrate. The eyes are hidden beneath the rostrum; they lie close together, are very small, and devoid of pigment. The first joint of the antennular peduncle has no stylocerite ; there is no anten- nal scale. First three pairs of legs chelate ; first pair large and massive, very slightly unequal m both sexes; second pair slightly stouter than the succeeding pairs. Nephropsis atlantica, Norman. Pl. VII, figs. 1-18. Nephropsis atlantica, Norman, 1882. Nephropsis atlantica, Caullery, 1896. Nephropsis ailantica, Aleock, 1901. Nephropsis atlantica, Hansen, 1908. The surface of the. carapace is granular and bears a fairly dense coating of hair. The large rostrum, slightly upturned near the tip, is about half as long as the carapace; it bears a fringe of setae low down on either side. Normally it has two pairs of large lateral spines, but occasionally there are three pairs, and sometimes two on one, and only a single spine on the other side. At the base of the rostrum there are two large spines directed outwards and forwards, and behind these, two smaller ones. Between these two pairs there is a double divergent row of small teeth which decrease in size backwards. Enclosed by these, on the median line there is a blunt oval tubercle. At each side there is a large spine over the base of the antenna. There is a slight furrow running along the median line from the rostrum to the very prominent cervical groove ; behind the latter it becomes much fainter, but can be traced to the posterior margin of the carapace, which is slightly concave. A distinct ridge divides the cardiac from the branchial area. From the posterior angle of the carapace there runs a very prominent | ridge downwards and forwards parallel to the latero-ventral 49 margin till it meets the cervical groove. Starting from the same point and keeping parallel to this ridge, but between it and the margin, there is a shallow groove. The abdomen is of almost uniform breadth throughout, narrowing very slightly about the fifth and sixth segments. From the second to the sixth segment there is a low ‘median carina. The terga are all coated with a dense covering of setae. They are separated from the pleura by prominent curved ridges. On .the first segment the pleura are very slightly developed, but in the other segments they are large. On the second to the fifth segments they taper rapidly downwards and are produced into very long sharp points. Both anterior and posterior edges are minutely serrate. Half way down the anterior border of the pleura of the second segment there is a single spine.* The pleura of the sixth segment are much blunter than the others. They have a sharp spine projecting backwards over the base of the uropods. The telson is almost quadrate in outline, the posterior margin being very slightly convex. On its surface there are two ridges which diverge backwards and terminate at the external angles in sharp spines. It is covered with short scattered hairs and fringed with long setae on the posterior and lateral margins. The eyes are devoid of pigment and are very small. They lie close together beneath the rostrum. The first and third joints of the peduncle of the antennules are almost equal, the third being very slightly larger. The second is about half the length of the third. The outer flagellum is thicker and slightly shorter than the inner which is consider- ably less than twice the length of the peduncle. The flagella of the antennae are extremely long, sometimes nearly two and a-half times the total length of the body. The peduncle is equal to that of the antennules. The opening of the renal tubercle is conspicuous on the lower side. The antennal peduncle is practically hairless, but that of the antennules bears heavy fringes of pinnate setae. The mandibles are massive, and have no toothed edge. There is a three-jointed palp, the basal jomt very small. _ The first maxillae have a two-jomted palp, the distal joint very much more slender than the proximal, at the base of which there is a dense brush of setae. The inner edge of the upper endite bears rows of strong teeth, and the lower one spines and long pinnate setae. In the second maxillae the palp is very long, extending beyond the tip of the scaphognathite. The endopodite of the first maxillipedes is two-jointed, the first jomt more than twice as long as the second. The exopodite is very long and slender, and its distal part is multiarticulate. The epipodite is large and foliaceous. *In a male specimen taken in 610-680 fms., at station S. R. 331, each of the pleura from the second to the fifth segment has two large spines on the anterior border. In all other respects the specimen is quite normal. 4 50 In the second maxillipedes the merus is the longest joint. The propodite is short and inflated; the dactyl bears a few terminal spines. The exopodite is very long and slender ; its peduncle reaches beyond the distal] extremity of the merus, and its flagellum well beyond the tip of the dactyl, when the appendage is straightened out. The epipodite is rather slender. The teeth on the crest of the ischium of the third maxillipedes are rather blunt. The merus is slightly shorter than the ischium. None of the jomts are armed with large spines. The carpus, propodite, and dactyl are nearly equal in length. The exopodite is short, not reaching the distal end of the merus. The chelipeds are massive, are densely setose, and have more or less rounded angles. They are slightly unequal. They are longer in the male than in the female. In the specimens taken by the Helga the chelipeds are -71 of the length of the body in the males, and only -59 m the females. The merus is very slightly shorter than the propodite, though Norman, in his. original description of the species (1882), says the merus is the longest joint. At its distal end the merus bears two spines, one above and one below. It is thicker distally than at the proximalend. The carpus is short and stout and bears several spines, three on the inner side, one on the outer, and one below. Sometimes, however, only four spines are present. The propodite is the largest joint; it 1s quite unarmed and is very thickly covered with hair; the palm is slightly longer than the fingers, the tips of which cross when closed. The whole surface of the appendage is more or less granular. The setae are thickest on the carpus and propodite. The second pair of legs are rather stouter than the next three, which are long and slender. The second and third pairs are chelate, and their coxae bear on the inner side large flattened lobes, which in the third pair end m a conspicuous hook at the outer side. These lobes are almost entirely absent in the female. The fourth legs are the longest ; the fifth are a little shorter, and the third and second slightly shorter still. In the male the first pleopods lie close together, and are pressed against the ventral surface. In adult specimens they reach as far as the base of the second legs. They consist of two joints, the first of which is very short. The second is expanded into a flattened blade, which is concave on the inner side, so that when pressed together the two pleopods form a tube. On the inner surface of each there are two rows of stiff setae, one on the margin, and the other springing from a low ridge that runs from the proximal into the concave distal part; the setae all point forwards. In the female the first pleopods are very slender and short ; the distal part is multiarticulate and is fringed with long pinnate hairs. in the male the second pair of plecpods has a large appendia masculina attached to the endopodite. - It usually lies closely | pressed against the first pair. It is nearly as long as the pleopods 51 themselves, is much stouter, and ends in a group of long, sharp teeth. The following pairs of pleopods are long and slender and bear fringes of long pinnate setae. A small and feeble appendi« interna is present on the second to fifth segments, in the female, and third to fifth in the male. In the latter it is wanting on the second segment. It is never more than about half the length of the endopodite, and becomes smaller on the posterior seg- ments. The exopodites of the uropods have a transverse suture. Both exopodite and endopodite are strengthened by two ridges, one median and the other along the outer border. The latter ends in a sharp tooth. The base of the uropods also bears a spine pointing backwards. The hind margins of the uropods are fringed with long setae. The branchial formula is as follows :— _- te ey Be, a ER ET: XE) eV, Podobranchs. ep. ep. i+ep.l+ep.l+ep.l+ep.l+ep. — Arthrobranchs. — — 2 2 2 2 2 — Pleurobranchs. — — — — 1 1 1 1 In the females there is situated between the bases of the fourth pair of thoracic legs a structure corresponding to the thelycum oi the Peneidae. So far as I know such an organ has not hitherto been described in this species.* It consists of two plates lying in contact on the sternal surface between the coxae of the last two pairs of legs. At the anterior end they coalesce and are rounded ; at the posterior end, on, the other hand, they diverge and end in narrow points beside the fifth coxae. The two plates are arched and rise steeply from the sternum on either side. Between them there is a deep groove which is widest posteriorly and gradually narrows towards the front. It leads to the minute opening into the interior of the spermatheca. If one of the plates is removed it is found that the interior is filled with a whitish friable substance, in which I have suc- ceeded in finding spermatozoa. The interior of the one plate is In communication with that of the other by the anterior portion where they are united. There seems to be no doubt that the structure is a genuine spermatheca. It is not merely a body produced by the close adherence of two spermatophores, such as has been erroneously described as a spermatheca in some of the Eryonidae (Andrews, 1911), for in this case it is invariably present in females, and possesses perfect bilateral symmetry, two features which are wanting, for mstance, in Polycheles sculptus, in which species spermatophores found adhering to females have been taken for a spermatheca. ; * Since writing the above I have found this structure mentioned by Caullery (1896). ; 52 The coxae of the third pair of legs, which bear the large oval genital openings, are much swollen, and project mwards, so that they be immediately in front of the spermatheca. In a male specimen from station S.R. 477 there was found a spermatophore projecting from the genital orifice to a distance of 9 mm. It consists of a slightly convoluted cylindrical tube within which the spermatozoa are densely packed. The tube is embedded in a flattened translucent mass of a brownish-yellow colour. This is narrowed to a point at the anterior end. The spermatozoa themselves are flask-shaped bodies which are surrounded, except at the tip, by a thick transparent envelope. A specimen which was taken by the Thor at 49° 23’ N.L., 12° 13’ W.L., is peculiar m having some of the male characters - united with those of the female. There is a spermatheca present exactly as in a normal female, and the first pair of pleopods are of the female type. On the coxae of the third pair of thoracie legs, however, there are flattened plates ending posteriorly in hooks as in male specimens. There are no genital openings on the third coxae, but there are on the fifth. Thus in the one individual we have the male genital openings and the male hooks on the third coxae, and also a spermatheca and first pleopods of the female type. The internal sexual organs are those of a norma! male; no trace of ovaries is to be seen. The hermaphroditism here is not so complete as in Calocaris Macandreae, where the first pleopods are of the male type, and both male and female genital openings are present (see p. 93.) General Distribution.—The species was first described from a single specimen taken by the Knight Errant off the north of Scotland (Norman, 1882), and it was again taken in the same region, In the Faeroe Channel, by the Michael Sars in 1902. It has also been recorded from the Bay of Biscay (Caullery), from South Africa (Stebbing), and from the Arabian Sea (Alcock). Two specimens have also been taken by the Thor off the south-west coast of Ireland, just outside the Irish marine area. Irish Distribution.—The Helga has taken the species on several occasions, always off the south-west coast. S. R. 327—8 v ’06. 51° 43’. 30’—51° 38’ N., 12° 15’— 12° 18’ W., 550-800 fms. 'Trawl—One female, about 85 mm. (rostrum broken). S.R. 3381—9 v ’06. 51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fms. Trawl—Five, three males, two females, 103-52 mm. S. R. 3838—10 v ’06. 51° 37’ N., 12° 9’ W., 557-579 fms. Trawl—Temp. at 500 fms. 9-2° C., Salinity 35°1°/,, —One female, 101 mm. S.R. 384—10 v ’06. 51° 35’ 30’ N., 12° 26’ W., 500—- 520 fms. Trawl—One male, 84 mm. S. R. 368—10 vir ’06. 51° 22’ N., 12° W., 695-720 fms. | Trawl—One female, 70 mm. 53 S.R. 400—5 m 07. 51° 21’ N., 11° 49’ W., 525-600 fms. Trawl—Two. S. R. 401—5 m 707. 51°14’ N., 11° 51’ W., 600-660 fms. Trawl. Temp. at 580 fms. 8:35° C., Salinity 35-5 °/,, —Two females, 75-73 mm. mie A —eS- vin U7. ol loy Nol 47" W., 70% 710 fms. Trawl. Temp. 7:19° C.—Two males and two females, one ovigerous, 94-84 mm. 5. R. 484—30 vit *07: 51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W., 602- 610 fms. Trawl—One male, 84 mm. S. R. 506—12 rx ’07. 50° 34’ N., 11° 19’ W., 661- moves. ims. Trawlon Temp..at; 600 ims: :8-227;.€., Salinity 35-53 °/,,—Two males and two females, 79-70 mm. S. R. 593—6 vit 08. 50°31’ N., 11° 31’ W., 670-770 fms. itrawls- Temp. ac 650 fms. %-75°>.. C.,.. Salumty 35:53 °/,,—Four females, one ovigerous, 97 mm. Vertical Distribution—The depths at which this species has been found range from 350 fms. (Caullery) to 740 fms. (Alcock). It appears to reach its greatest frequency between 600 and 700 fms. Genus Homarus, H. Milne-Edwards. Homarus vulgaris, Milne-Edwards. Homarus vulgaris, Bell, 1853. Homarus vulgaris, Heller, 1863. Homarus vulgaris, Carus, 1885. Size-—Though as a rule it is considerably smaller than the elosely-allied American Lobster, the European species some- times attains a very large size. The largest specimen of whicno E have been able to find a record is one measuring 20 inches from the rostrum to the telson; it was taken in Guernesy in 1873. A very large individual was taken in the Irish Sea in 1911; it measures 19 inches from rostrum to tip of telson and has the following additional dimensions :— Length of. carapace (including rostrum) Mis ug .. 219mm. (8% ins.) Breadth of carapace 7 .. 108 mm. (44 ins.) Tip of longest ogg to tip of telson .. .. 784mm. (81 ins.) Length of crushing chela .. 292 mm. (11#ins.) Length of cutting chela .. .. 273 mm. (102in.) General Distribution.—The northern limit of the range of the FKuropean Lobster is about Troms6 on the north-west coast of Norway ; it is, however, much more plentiful on the south- west coast (Appellof). It occurs commonly in Swedish and Danish waters (Goés, Meinert), and along all the coasts of the North Sea. It is found all round Britain, and extends south- wards through theBay of Biscay to the coast of Spain and 54 Portugal, and into the Mediterranean. It does not occur there in such large numbers as in Northern Europe, and is of less importance from an economic point of view than Palin- urus vulgaris, the ‘‘ Langouste.” Its range is not bounded eastwards by the Adriatic as stated by Herrick (1911), as it extends into the Aegean (see Calman and D’Arcy Thompson, Nature, 1911). Irish Distribution.—The Lobster is found on all the coasts of Ireland, and is the basis of a fishery which is growing in value and importance, as may be seen from the tables given below. In 1912 the total catch was more than half a million for the first time. The figures for England and Wales, and for Scotland, are given below in parallel columns for com- parison. The greatest numbers are landed on the west and south coasts. In the last half-century an extensive literature on the lobster has grown up, and experiments have been carried out in many countries with a view to devising some practical method of lobster-culture, which would counteract the serious depletion of the supply which has been brought about by over-fishing. I have thought it useful to give here references to a few of the most important papers dealmg with the lobster and its fisheries. 1888, Ewart and Fulton; 1894, Ehrenbaum; 1895, E. J. Allen ; 1896, E. J. Allen ; 1896, F. H. Herrick ; 1909, Appelléf ; 1911, F. H. Herrick. The most complete account of the European lobster is to be found in the paper by Appellof (1909). Herrick’s splendid monograph (1911) gives a most exhaustive and detailed account of the structure, relationship, habits, development, and fisheries of the American lobster; it also includes a large amount of information on the European species, and contains an almost complete bibliography of the literature of both. NUMBER AND VALUE OF LOBSTERS LANDED IN IRELAND, ENGLAND AND WALES, AND SCOTLAND FROM 1900 To 1912. IRELAND ENGLAND AND WALES SCOTLAND Number Value Number Value Number Value £ c = 1900 285,821 8,321 654,152 28,590 672,093 31,609 1901 244,854 7,351 650,491 28,735 790,310 36,621 _ 1902 193,820 6,585 648,736 29,403 789,504 ° 37,3029 1903 176,656 6,120 549,351 25,431 1,195,788 34,568 1904 190,902 6,452 *546,001 *25,566 *747,121 *35,736 1905 234,592 eur 585,789 26,712 1,239,317 36,320 1906 196,502 6,733 520,657 25,256 828,252 35,966 1907 323,030 10,088 495,781 23,802 725,421 35,505 1908 374,185 11,883 512,478 24,377 685,371 33,920 1909 420,830 11,361 546,823 26,288 688,526 33,688 1910 324,585 . 12,499 533,008 25,435 688,856 34,795 1911 493,465 16,722 570,272 27,436 640,797 32,091 1912 508,986 17,490 640,860 30,576 624,703 32,173 * Kleven months only. 55 ANOMURA. Trine GALATHEIDEA. The three families having representatives in Irish waters may be separated as follows :— A.—Posterior half of abdomen bent under the first, but telson not tucked under last segment ; telson broad, made up oi separate plates suggestive of a tergum and pair ol modified appendages ; antennal peduncle four- jointed ; no acicle; arthrobranchs normally placed, ies ne .. GALATHEIDAE, Dana. B.—Abdomen bent as in Galatheidae, but in addition the telson and uropods are tucked under the last abdominal segment; telson narrow, weak, and transversely fissured ; antennal peduncle five-jointed ; second joint usually with an acicle; arthrobranchs placed on side of thorax, .. URoprycHIDAE, Henderson. C.—Cephalothorax very broad, almost circular in outline; abdomen bent and closely- pressed against sternum as in Brachyura ; third maxillipedes have ischium much flattened, and merus with broad internal lobe; in the male a single pair of pleopods present, on the second segment; antennal peduncle four-jointed; no acicle; arthro- branchs normally placed, PORCELLANIDAE, Henderson. Famity UROPTYCHIDAE. Chirostylidae, Ortmann, 1892. Diptycinae, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Uroptychidae, Alcock, 1901. The two genera included in the family may be separated as follows :— Rostrum spiniform ; lateral margins of cara- pace very obscure; no acicle on antennae ; chelipeds often more than five times length of carapace and abdomen ; walking legs very long, me Bs x Adda Gastroptychus. Rostrum flat and triangular ; lateral margins of ‘carapace well defined; well developed triangular acicle; chelipeds long; walking legs moderately long, 3 .. Uroptychus. 56 Genus Uroptychus, Henderson. Diptychus, Milne-Edwards, 1880. Diptychus, Bonnier, 1888. Uroptychus, Henderson, 1888. Diptychus, Milne- Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (a). Uroptychus, Alcock, 1901. Uroptychus, Stebbing, 1903. The two Irish species may be distinguished from one another by the following characters :— Dorsal surface of carapace bearing numerous fine hairs, especially on branchial and hepatic areas; no movable spines on lower edge of propodite of walking legs; upper and lower surface of chelipeds covered with small scales, which bear each a row of long hairs, .. U. rubrovittatus. Dorsal surface of carapace devoid of hairs, very smooth and shining, minutely punctate ; lower edge of propodite of walking legs bears a row of movable spines; chelipeds quite smooth, without scales, and without hairs, except at the tips of the fingers, U. nitidus, var. concolor. Uroptychus rubrovittatus (Milne-Edwards). Pl. VIII, figs. 1-4. Diptychus rubrovittatus, Milne-Edwards, 1881. Diptychus rubrovitiatus, Bonnier, 1888. Uroptychus rubrovittatus, Caullery, 1896. - Diptychus rubrovittatus, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Uroptychus rubrovittatus, Hansen, 1908. The carapace is broadest in the branchial region ; it is slightly narrower behind, and considerably so in front. The rostrum is large and triangular, with very slightly crenulated margins; it is slightly hollowed out on the upper surface. The carapace is arched from side to side,and is almost quite smooth ; the cervical groove is represented by a faint crescent-shaped de- pression. There is a sparse covering of tufts of fine hairs which are most plentiful on the branchial and hepatic areas, and also occur on the upper surface of the rostrum. The posterior margin is slightly concave. The lateral margins have a row of very small tubercles which do not come to sharp points. There js an inward curved spine at each antero-lateral angle, and there is a smaller spine on the anterior margin above the base of each antenna. The linea anomurica is distinctly marked. The sub- marginal parts of the carapace bear a number of small and rather obscure tubercles, which, however, are absent from the central part. | 57 The first abdominal segment is very narrow and almost entirely hidden by the carapace. The pleura of the second segment are poorly developed and its lateral margins are concave. In the third to sixth segments the pleura are well developed, and are fringed with-setae. The terga are smooth and have a very sparse covering of setae. The abdominal segments are much broader in the female than in the male, and in the former the pleura completely enclose the space in which the ova are carried before hatching. The telson is folded against the lower surface of the sixth abdominal segment. It is divided into a proximal and a distal portion by a transverse suture. Both are thin and feeble, but the proximal part is slightly calcified, while the distal part is wholly membranous and transparent. The lateral borders have each a deep sinus opposite the suture ; the posterlor margin is concave ; the posterior angles are rounded ; the lateral and posterior margins are fringed with fine setae. The telson as a whole is much narrower than the abdominal segments which precede it. The eyes are small and reach only to the middle of the rostrum. The eyestalks are cylindrical, and the border between stalk and cornea js entire and straight. The eyes (in spirit) are of a bright reddish-brown colour. The basal joint of the antennules is short, and bears a strong curved spine at its upper and outer extremity ; this spine bears two or three small teeth on its margin. The second joint is roughly cylindrical, and the third is very much thickened distally. The upper flagellum consists of about a dozen joints, and the lower, which is much shorter and very slender, of three to five joints. There are no hairs springing from the distal end of the third peduncular joint as in some of the Galatheidea. The peduncle of the antennae is five-jointed. The basal joint is short and broad, with the opening of the renal gland on its lower surface. The second joint bears a well developed scale, which tapers to a fine point ; its inner border is entire, but the other is very slightly denticulate, and bordered with hairs. The third and fourth joints are short and thick, the fifth long and slightly thickened distally, bearing a thin flagellum which reaches beyond the merus of the chelipeds. _ The third maxillipedes are long and pediform ; the propodite is the longest individual jot. When extended they reach beyond the merus of the chelipeds. None of the joints bear ‘spines, with the exception of the ischium, which has the usual linea cristata. The carpus is very short and broad. The propodite is as long as the merus and the carpus together ; cn its inner suriace there is a broad obtuse process which reaches its greatest size in the proximal third of the jomt. The inner surface of the dactyl, the distal two-thirds of the propodite, and the carpus bear dense fringes of setae. The peduncle of the exopodite reaches just beyond the middle of the merus; its flagellum is nearly as long as the peduncle. 538 The chelipeds are longer than the whole body of the animal. The first two joints are not much larger than those of the walking legs; the ischium is narrow, flattened, and quite short; the merus is very much thicker,and is practically cylindrical ; the carpus is about as long as the merus and the ischium together, and becomes thicker at the distal end; the propodite is the longest and stoutest joint of the appendage,and is almost as long as the merus and carpus together; the dactyl is about half as long as the palm of the propodite. On the cutting edge of the dacty] there is a large prominence near the base. The tips of the fingers are incurved,and cross one another. The whole surface of the appendage is covered with a large number of scale-like protuberances arranged in longitudinal rows, and each bearing three or four setae pointing forwards. The scales are not always easy to see; they are most prominent on the lower surface of the merus, and decrease gradually till they disappear about the base of the dactyl. Two teeth are present at the anterior end of the lower side of the merus and also of the carpus. The three pairs of walking legs which follow also bear scales furnished with hairs, but they are often very difficult to detect. The three pairs are sub-equal. The posterior margin of the dactyl bears a row of teeth, of which that at the tip is the largest. The fifth pair of pereiopods are very much reduced ; they end in chelae covered with long setae. The sternum of the fifth pair is obsolete. In the male the only pleopods present are those of the first and second pairs. In the female, on the other hand, only the appendages of the third and fourth segments are present ; these are slender and three-jointed. The first and second pleopods of the male are similar to those of U. nitidus var. concolor. The uropods are tucked underneath the sixth abdominal segment along with the telson. They are rather narrow, and have rounded posterior margins fringed with fine setae. There is no transverse suture on either endopodite or exopodite. Size.—Hansen (1908) mentions some very large specimens which were taken by the Thor off the south of Iceland, a male and a female, measuring 38mm. and 40 mm., respectively. The usual size seems to be about a quarter or a third less than this. General Distribution.—The species is known from the west coast of Africa as far south as Cape Bojador (Milne-Edwards), from the Canaries and Azores (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), from the Spanish coast (Bonnier), and the Bay of Biscay (Caullery, Kemp). More recently it has been recorded by Hansen from the south of Iceland. Irish Disiribution.—So far as I know this species has not hitherto been correctly recorded from British or Irish waters. Calman (1896) gives “‘ Uroptychus rubrovittatus ’’ in the list of species from the south-west of Ireland, but I have had the opportunity of examining these specimens in the Irish National 59 Museum, and I find that all of them must be referred to U. nitidus var. concolor. The Helga has taken this species on two occasions. Helga. S.R. 228.—12 v °05. 58° 7' N., 14° 50’ W., 410-500 fms., coral. TTrawl.—One, 17 mm. ob 27. —o vy 0G, 5 46° S0—5E° 38" 'N. O12? °-15"— 12° 18’ W., 550-800 fms., ooze. Trawl.—Three. Vertical Distribution.—The species appears to occur most frequently in depths of 300-700 fathoms, but it has been taken in 160 fathoms on the one hand and 766 fathoms on the other. Uroptychus nitidus, var. concolor (Milne-Edwards). Pl. VIII, figs. 5-10, Pl. TX, fig. 1. Diptychus nitidus, var. concolor. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (b). Uroptychus nitidus, var. concolor, Caullery, 1896. Diptychus nitidus, var. concolor, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Diptychus nitidus, var. concolor, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. In general appearance this species resembles U.rubrovittatus, but is distinguishable by well-marked characteristics. The surface of the carapace and abdomen is quite smooth and glistening; it is sparsely punctate, but this can be seen only when the specimens are dry. The carapace is narrower than in the last species,and is devoid of hairs. The cervical groove is barely distinguishable. The lateral margins are slightly granular, with here and there a denticule. The antero-lateral spine curves slightly more inwards than in U. rubrovitiatus. The tooth above the base of the antenna is blunt. The rostrum is narrower and rather longer than in U. rubrovittatus, and its margins are quite entire ; it is quite free from setae. The basal part of the rostrum curves downwards, and the tip is elevated, so that when seen in profile it has quite a different appearance from that of the last species (Pl. VIII, figs. 2, 5.). The abdomen resembles that of U. rubrovittatus, but is free from setae. The eyes are large and oval; they reach beyond the middle of the rostrum, and almost to the end of the antennal peduncle. The stalks are slightly swollen just below the cornea, which is of an orange yellow colour (in spirit). The antennules much resemble those of U. rubrovittatus. The curved process springing from the basal peduncular joint bears two large sharp teeth. The upper flagellum has fourteen joints, and the lower only four. 60 The scale of the antennae is narrower than in the last species, and on neither edge has it any setae or teeth. The slender flagellum does not reach the distal end of the merus of the chelipeds. The third maxillipedes differ from those of U. rubrovittatus in having a groove on the outer surface of the merus. The teeth of the linea cristata are also longer and sharper. The chelipeds differ greatly from those of the last described species in having no covering of setiferous scales. Setae are absent, except for the tufts at the end of the fingers. The ischium is short and slender ; on its lower surface it bears two or three rows of fairly sharp tubercles which point forwards. The merus is a much longer and stouter joint, and its lower surface is furnished with three or four rows of similar but larger tubercles ; the rows vary somewhat in distinctness. The merus is more or less cylindrical, but the two succeeding joints are slightly com- pressed. The carpus is considerably longer than the merus, and the propodite again is longer than the carpus. The carpus, the upper surface of the propodite, and merus are all quite smooth, and are sparsely and minutely punctate. On the lower surface of the propodite, however, there are five or six longitu- dinal rows of very minute tubercles ; they are often very difficult to detect, and are most easily seen in dry specimens ; they may be felt by passing the finger backwards along the jomt. The dactyl is only about one-third as long as the propodite. Both fingers bear tufts of long setae which are most crowded near the tip. When closed the fingers are in contact for nearly the whole of their length. The inner edge of the dactyl bears near its base a formidable tooth or process which is almost rectangular, and is about a quarter of the whole length of the cutting surface. There is a slight depression in the inner edge of the other finger opposite this tooth ; the edges of the latter are crenulated. The teeth on the cutting edges of the fingers are not sharp, but are rounded. The tips of the fingers curve towards one another, and cross when closed. The whole surface of the chelipeds is bright and glistening. The next three pairs of perejopods are nearly equal, but the middle pair, the third pereiopods, are the shortest. The merus in the second and fourth pereiopods is flattened laterally, but in the third it is cylindrical. In the second and fourth the carpus is shehtly thickened distally, but not in the third. The propodite is more slender in the second pereiopods than in the next two pairs. In each case the dactyl is robust, strongly curved, and bears numerous teeth on its lower surface. The lower side of the distal half of the propodite bears a row of long, mobile spines, and these, together with the teeth of the dactyl when bent back, form a very efficient subchela, which enables the animal to get a firm grip of the coral on which it lives. The teeth on the dactyl are broad, and not long and narrow as in U. rubrovittatus ; there are usually ten or eleven. : = = | 61 The merus of these walking legs bears a very few long hairs ; on the carpus they are more numerous, especially on the dorsal side, except in the third pereiopods where they are almost absent. The distal half of the propodite bears tufts of long hairs in all three pairs of appendages, and they are also present on both surfaces of the dactyl. The fifth pereiopods are very slender and reduced. ‘They end in a chela, and the propodite and dactyl are covered with long plumose hairs. In the first pleopods of the male the distal jomt is expanded into a broad membranous lamella with incurved edges. Its inner surface bears a few short bristles. The second pleopods of the male have a long cylindrical proximal joint, and a much shorter distal joint, which is greatly expanded and flattened. This part is partially divided into two lobes, both of which are fringed with stiff hairs. In one lobe these are much shorter than in the other, and the same lobe has its surface covered with short bristles. The opposite edge ol the distal joint is curled downwards, and bears short, slender bristles on its inner edge. The lobe bearing the bristles represents the appendix masculina, which has become fused with the internal ramus of the pleopod. The external part is represented by a small, blunt process at the extremity of the proximal joint. In the female, pleopods are present on the third and fourth abdominal segments only. They are very slender and serve for the attachment of ova. The latter are large and never numerous. One of the Helga specimens bears seven eggs and the other twenty. In ovigerous females the telson is not folded against the sixth abdominal segment, but is extended so that it rests on the surface of the thoracic sternum. The uropods are similar to those of U. rubrovitiatus. Size—The largest specimen taken by the Helga is an ovigerous female, measuring 27 mm. The chelipeds of the same specimen are 45 mm. long. General Distribution.—The typical U. nitidus is confined to West Indian waters. The var. concolor is, on the other hand, widely spread. It has been found in many parts of the eastern Atlantic (Mine-Edwards, Bouvier, Caullery), on the west coasts of France, Spain, and Morocco, at the Azores and Cape Verdes. Its most northerly record is from the south-west of Iceland (Hansen). It is also recorded from South African waters (Stebbing), and from the Laccadive Islands and Bay of Bengal (Alcock). The species is represented in the Pacific Ocean by a var. occidentalis, Faxon, which was taken by the Albatross in the Gulf of Panama. Irish Distribution.—The species has previously been taken in Irish waters, viz., by the Lord Bandon expedition in 62 1888 off the south-west coast, but the specimens were re- corded under the name of U. rubrovitiatus (see p. 58). The Helga has taken this species at three stations. Helga. S: BR: 493.—S8 rx °07> 51°58" Ne 12° 25. We es5-570 cee Trawl.—One, 21 mm. S.R. 494.—8 rx ’07. 51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550-570 ims. Trawl.—One, 27 mm. S.R. 500.—11 rx 707. 50° 52’ N., 11° 26’ W., 625-666 ims. Trawl.—One, 25 mm. Vertical Distribution.—The species is most commonly found in depths ranging from 400 fathoms to 650 fathoms, but it has been found in 318 fathoms and in 808 fathoms. GENUS Gastroptychus, Caullery. Ptychogaster, Milne-Edwards, 1880. Ptychogaster, Henderson, 1888. Chirostylus, Ortmann, 1891-94. Gastroptychus, Caullery, 1896. Ptychogaster, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Ptycho- gaster, Alcock, 1901. Gastroptychus formosus (Milne-Edwards). Pl. IX, figs. 2-8, Pl. X, fig. 1. Piychogaster formosus, Fithol, 1886. Ptychogaster formosus, Perrier, 1886. Ptychogaster formosus, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (b). Gastroptychus formosus, Caullery, 1896. Ptychogaster formosus, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900 The carapace is much narrower in front than behind; its broadest part is a short distance behind the cervical groove. In front there is a narrow spiniform upturned rostrum, about twice the length of the eyestalks ; its margins are entire. The gastric region of the carapace is inflated and sharply marked off from the surrounding parts. The carapace is furnished with a large number of spines. At each side of the base of the rostrum, above the eyes, there is a large spine ; behind these, and much wider apart, is another pair of large spines ; near the posterior edge of the gastric area there are two spines opposite the supra- orbital ones in front ; on the centre of the gastric area there is a large unpaired spine, so that on this part. of the carapace there is a ring of six large spines enclosing a single median one. Just behind the cervical groove there are two median spines, and farther back a similar pair, while a third pair is situated on the posterior margin of the carapace. On the hepatic region there are two large spines on each side, and between these and nearer the median line is another spine. There are rows of smaller spines on the branchial regions, running parallel to the lateral! margin of the carapace. Between the spines the surface of the carapace is perfectly smooth. The cervical groove is 63 distinct in its central part, but becomes obscure at the sides. The sternum becomes very narrow anteriorly, and is furnished with two or three large spines at the base of the chelipeds. It is divided by three deep, transverse furrows. The sternal plates of the last thoracic segment are atrophied, being represented merely by a patch at the base of each of the fifth pereiopods. The linea anomurica is distinct, and is deepest in its posterior part. Below it the flanks of the carapace bear a number of small, irregularly-arranged spines. The first two abdominal terga bear a transverse row of spines, some of which are much larger than others. The first abdominal segment is very narrow and its pleura are rudimentary. All the other segments are much broader and have well-developed pleura ; the latter are largest and most sharply pointed in the second segment, and become successively smaller and blunter backwards. The third, fourth, and filth terga are practically smooth ; the sixth tergum, however, bears about a dozen spines arranged in two roughly crescentic rows, in addition to three on the posterior margin, which are pressed against the under surface of the thorax. The terga bear very short setae on the smooth parts of their surface. The anterior edges of the pleura are furnished with setae, and in the second segment bear a few small teeth. The telson and uropods are completely folded under the last part of the abdomen, which in its turn is bent on itself,so that the end of the sixth segment is pressed against the thoracic sternum. The telson is quite thin and membraneous; it is slightly concave laterally and posteriorly, and is divided by a transverse suture... The eyes reach the middle of the rostrum. The corneal part is wider than the cylindrical stalk. The antennular peduncle extends well past the tip of the rostrum. The basal joint is thicker than the second and third ; the opening of the otolith-chamber is elevated into a ridge fringed with bristles. The third joint is the longest ; it is very slightly thickened distally. The internal flagellum is thick at the base, but tapers rapidly to a fine point ; it is composed of about twenty joints and bears a heavy fringe of hairs. The outer flagellum is much shorter, is quite slender throughout, and is composed of very few joints. The antennal peduncie is very slender and quite short; it extends just beyond the cornea of the eye. The flagellum is also short, being very slightly longer than the antennules. The peduncle is five-jomted and has a rudimentary scale. There is a slender spine at the distal end of the terminal joint. The mandibles have a well developed three-jomted palp. The anterior four or five teeth on the cutting edge are much larger than those behind. The exopodite of the first maxillae is represented by a mere rudiment ; at the tip of the pistopodity there are three or four sharp spines. | 64 The second maxillae are normally developed. The first maxillipedes have a rudimentary epipodite; the basal part of the exopodite is very much flattened. The exopodite of the second maxillipedes is longer than the endopodite, and its peduncular portion is expanded. The coxa of the third maxillipedes has a strong spine on the inner edge; the ischium has the usual linea cristata. There is a short spine near the distal end of the outer margin of the merus, and a longer and sharper one in the same position on the carpus. The propodite is long and massive, and bears a rounded protu- berance near its extremity on the lower side. Neither the pro- podite nor the dactyl have any spines, but bear thick tufts of setae. The exopodite is very slender; its peduncle reaches the middle of the merus ; the first joint of its flagellum is much longer than the succeeding ones. The chelipeds are developed to an extraordinary extent, being between five and six times as long as the carapace and rostrum. They are slender and cylindrical and thickly covered with sharp spines which are arranged in longitudinal rows. There are six or seven rows on each joint. The longest joint is the merus, and the spines also reach their maximum develop- ment there; here and there among the spines there are long setae. The spines are similarly arranged on the carpus and the propodite. The carpus is slightly shorter than the latter. The dactyl is less than a third of the length of the propodite. The fingers bear only a few small spines; both margins are setiferous; on the inner edge, near the base of each finger, there is a blunt tubercle ; the cutting edges bear isolated teeth which crowd more closely together towards the tip ; the fingers end in sharp and curved claws which cross one another; the cutting edges do not come in contact with one another except i their distal half and where the two tubercles meet. The next three pairs of pereiopods are more slender than the chelipeds and are subequal in length. They are very much shorter than the chelipeds, reaching only to about the middle of the carpus of the latter. In the merus, which is the longest and stoutest joint, the spmes are arranged as in the chelipeds. In the carpus the lower and outer edges are almost free from spines. The propodite is longer and thinner than the carpus, and bears a dorsal tuft of setae at its distal extremity ; on the distal half of its lower margin there is a row of about a dozen mobile spines, interspersed with setae. The dactyl ends in a strong curved claw and also bears a row of about eight or nine spines on its lower surface ; these spines increase in size distally. The fifth. pereiopods are very small and feeble, and are carried bent on themselves in the manner usual in the group. There are no pleopods on the first abdominal segment in the female, but they are present on the second to filth segments. They are uniramous and two-jointed, bearing tufts of long setae at the extremity of each joint. In the male the distal joint of the first pleopods is eepaatied 65 into a wide lamella, which has the edges slightly, and the tip very much, curled mwards. In the second pair in the male the peduncular joint is long and robust. The distal jomt is of peculiar structure, being slightly twisted into a spiral; near the tip there is a wide ear- shaped plate standing out almost at right angles to the axis of the joint. The rounded margin of this plate, which half encircles the joint, is densely covered with short bristles. It is much thicker at one side than the other, and the bristles all point towards the thick part. A few setae are present on the tip of the jomt, and below the plate-like expansion there is a fringe of longer setae on the margin. The other pairs of pleopods are represented by mere rudiments in the male. The uropods are thin membranous structures, and are folded under the abdomen with the telson. They have no transverse suture on either branch ; their lateral and posterior edges are setiferous. When alive the animal is bright scarlet, and the eyes have a bronze lustre. Size.—The largest specimen taken by the Helga measures 44 mm., when the abdomen and telson are fully extended. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier mention specimens 52 mm. long. General Disiribution—The species is known hitherto only from those regions with which the names of the Travailleur, Talisman, and Caudan are associated. It has been recorded from stations ranging from Rochefort, in the Bay of Biscay, to the Canaries. More recently it has been taken further north, two specimens having been captured by the Huzley, in the latitude of Brest, long. 8° 13’ W., (Kemp). The specimens taken by the Helga extend the range of the species still further in a northerly direction. Irish Distribution.— Helga. CX X.—24 vir 701. 77 mils. W.N.W. of Achill Head, Co. Mayo, 882 fms. Trawl.—One. ) S. R. 223.—12 v 705. 58° 7' N., 14° 50’ W., 410-500 fms., coral. Trawl.—Two, 44-34 mm. Vertical Distribution.—The depths in which the species has been taken range from 382 fms. (Helga) to 929 ims. (Caudan). The other specimens were captured in over 444 ims. eon): 517 fms., and 482 fms. (Travailleur and Talisman). fear GALATHEIDAE. There are two sub-families :— A.—Integument crisp; exopodite of the first maxillipedes terminates in a flagellum ; eyes facetted and well pigmented, .. GALATHEINAE. 66 B.—Integument very strongly calcified and very thick; exopodite of first maxillipedes does not end in a flagellum ; eyes opaque, not facetted, and devoid of pigment, .. MUNIDOPSINAE. SuB-Famity GALATHEINAE. A.—Rostrum broad and flattened, armed with teeth, .. * ey 2 Galathea. B.—Rostrum spiniform; supra-orbital spines very long, 3 ae % Munida. GEeNus Galathea, Fabricius. Galathea intermedia, Lilljeborg. Ph Sal ¢ fists (112, Galathea Andrewsi, Kinahan, 1857 (d). Galathea Andrewsi, Kinahan, 1861. Galathea intermedia, Bonnier, 1888. .The carapace is roughly pear-shaped. It ends in front in a large triangular rostrum, and is slightly concave on the hind margin. Its surface is traversed by grooves running from one side to the other; they are bordered by fringes of fine setae. | The rostrum has four spines on each side but they are not all well developed ; the last pair, especially, are very small. The central point is longer than any of the lateral spines. The rostrum is longer and narrower in the male than in the female. The lateral margins of the carapace bear each a row of spines, of which those at the antero-lateral angles are the largest. There is a short, transverse groove surmounted by two spines at the base of the rostrum, separating it from the gastric area. Below the lateral margin there is a distinct linea anomurica, and beneath the latter are a number of oblique grooves running forwards and downwards. Each of the abdominal] terga bears a single transverse furrow. The pleura point slightly forwards,and are of equal size from the second to the sixth segment ; in the first segment they are much reduced and more or less hidden by the carapace. The telson is bisected by a longitudinal groove,and further divided by lines running obliquely inward from the postero- lateral angles. Its dorsal surface bears minute scales from which spring groups of bristles and spines, all directed backwards. The eyes are smail,and the eyestalks cylindrical,and partly hidden by the rostrum. The basal jomt of the antennules bears two long pointed processes, from which spring a few bristles near the tip. On the upper surface of the jomt there is a deep groove into which the distal portion of the appendage can be folded. When in a a 67 this position the antennules are protected by the massive basal joint below,and by the rostrum above. On the same joint there is the slit-like opening of the auditory sac. From the exterior margin of the latter there grow inwards a row of long hairs, which form a protective covering to the opening. The slit widens towards the proximal end,and is here partly covered by a rounded flap. The second and third peduncular joints are about equal in length. The outer flagellum is very thick at the base, but tapers rapidly ; it is composed of fifteen joints, and has a dense fringe of setae on its inner margin. The inner flagellum is composed of only six joints and is uniformly slender throughout. The first, and largest, jomt of the antennal peduncle has a sharp spine at the antero-interior angle; there is no trace of a scale. The flagellum is as long as the chelipeds in the female, but scarcely reaches to the middle of the propodite in the male. The first two joints of the third maxillipedes are short and broad. A small epipodite is attached to the coxa. The exopodite has a long peduncle which extends beyond the merus ; it narrows suddenly in its distal third ; the flagellum has one Jong basal joint, the rest being made up of short joints, each of which bears two long setae. The ischium is shorter than the merus, its lower distal extremity ends in three teeth. The linea cristata bears about twenty-two teeth. On the inner side of the merus there are two large spines; one is situated at the distal end, and the other near the middle, but rather nearer the distal than the proximal extremity. Both ischitum and merus bear fringes of long setae. The carpus is slightly swollen in its second half, and is of about the same length as the propodite. The dactyl is shorter than both. In the young male the chelipeds are similar to those of the female; in the adult, however, they become developed to a relatively enormous size, being about twice the length of the body (with the abdomen in its natural folded position). The elongation is accompanied by great thickening, and the unwieldy . appearance of the appendage is enhanced by the fact that the first three joints remain slender. The thickening begins at the proximal end of the merus. The largest joint is the propodite. The two chelipeds are unequal, sometimes the right, sometimes the left, being the larger. In the latter the distal part of the propodite is peculiarly modified ; the fixed finger curves strongly outwards from the point of articulation of the dactyl, and meets the latter only at its tip. Opposite the curve there is a strong tubercle on the inner margin of the dactyl. The surface of the chelipeds is covered with scale-like tubercles, especially in adult males. The curve in the fixed finger does not seem to develop until the animal has attained maturity. Of two large males. in the collection at my disposal, one has the curve and opposite tubercle very prominently developed, whereas in the other, which is only very slightly smaller, there is no trace of it, and the fingers are in contact throughout their entire length. 68 The spines on the chelipeds of the adult male are much reduced | compared with those on the female or the young male. The extreme tip of the chelipeds is characteristic of the species. Both fingers end in a broad, curved tooth which terminates the inner margin, and above this there is another smaller and sharper tooth in line with the outer margin. The second, third, and fourth pereiopods resemble one another closely, and are of much the same size ; the merus and propodite are long, the other joints short. All three end simply. The fifth pereiopods are very feeble, and are usually carried folded on themselves, and half inside the branchial chamber. The merus and carpus are long and slender, the flexure taking place at their point of articulation. The appendage ends in a small chela, thickly covered with setae. The pleopods are quite different in the two sexes. In the male the first pair of pleopods consist of a slender peduncle, which is followed by a single lamellar joint of peculiar structure. It consists of a thin plate, the inner edge of which is curved, and is fringed with short bristles ; the outer edge is not curved except near the distal end, where it is folded inwards, so as to form a flap, which bears some longer bristles. The second pleopods are longer than the first, and consist of a fairly stout peduncle, at the end of which there is a small blunt process of one joint which represents the exopodite. The endopodite slopes inwards and broadens out half-way to the tip, after which it narrows again ; the distal half has a covering of short, stiff bristles. This portion probably represents the appendia masculina united to the endopodite. The third, fourth, and fifth pairs of pleopods have thin lamellar peduncles, which are straight on the outer side and curved on the inner; the latter bears a row of long plumose hairs from seven to fourteen in number. At the extremity of the exterior margin there is a short, blunt process representing the endopodite. Of this process Bonnier says: “‘ ason extrémité distale ... se trouve un rameau interne, d’un seul article et trés réduit.’’ In the large number of speci- mens collected by the Helga quite a number cf males have this process composed of two joints. In the majority of cases those in which two jo‘nts are present are larger than those with one. Altogether fifteen males have only one joint, and eight have two. In some of the latter the second joint is much shorter than the first, while in others the two joints are equal. Probably the possession of one or of two joints depends upon age. In the female the pleopods of the first segment are altogether absent. Those on the following segments are slender and three- jointed. ; The borders of the uropods are furnished with fringes of long, pinnate setae, and also bear rows of large and small spines. The spines are best developed on the posterior edge of the endopodite. The surface also bears small groups of- spines and bristles, all pointing backwards. | 69 Epipodites are present on the chelipeds, but not on the other perelopods. Branchial formula :— — WER. OVEER "ES: Moe) Pek CUE UT... EV. Podobranchs. ep. — ep. ep... — _- — — Arthrobranchs. — — 2 2 2 2 2 — Pleurobranchs. — — — — 1 1 1 1 Size —This is by far the smallest of the British species of Galathea. Adult specimens usually measure from 12 mm. to 20 mm. The largest specimen taken by the Helga is an ovigerous female which is 21 mm. long. General Distribution.—The species is found in all the seas of western Europe. Norway (Lilljeborg, G. O. Sars), Skagerrak and Kattegat (Meinert), Scotland (Norman, Kinahan, Hender- son) ; North Sea (Hoek), Cornwall (Carrington), English Channel (Crawshay), Bay of Biscay (Bouvier), Spain (G6es), Mediter- ranean (Milne-Edwards), Madeira, Azores (Barrois). Trish Distribution.—It is very plentiful all round the coast, and is often taken in very large numbers. A large proportion of the females taken by the Helga are ovigerous, especially those taken in March, April, and May. Vertical Distribution.—It extends from the littoral zone down to considerable depths, the Talisman having taken a specimen in 123 fathoms. It occurs in greatest abundance in depths of 8—50 fathoms. | Galathea squamifera, Leach. Galathea squamifera, Bell, 1858. Galathea squamifera, Kinahan, 1861. Galathea squamifera, Bonnier, 1888. Both upper and lower surfaces of the chelipeds, and the upper surface of the rostrum are densely covered with scaly tubercles. The chelipeds are somewhat flattened, and bear long spines on the inner surface, except on the propodite, where the spines are on the outer margin. The basal joint of the antennular peduncle has three sharp spines. The ischium of the third maxillipedes is shorter than the merus. On the distal half of the inner margin of the merus there is a row of three or four small teeth, and beyond these, at the distal extremity, a single large spine. The endopodites of the third, fourth, and fifth pairs of pleopods | of the male are three-jointed. The first three pairs of pereiopods have enipodites Size.—It is usually considerably smaller than G. strigosa, C-60 mm., being a common size for adults. 70 General Distribution.—The range is very much the same as that of G. intermedia. Norway (G. O. Sars, Loven), Kattegat (Meinert), Skagerrak (Stephensen), British and French coasts (Bell, Norman, Bonnier), Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller), Azores and Cape Verde (Barrois). Trish Distribution.—Common all round the coast, but not occurring in such large numbers as G. intermedia. Vertical Distribution—Commonest from tide-marks to about 3-4 fathoms, but occasionally it is found at depths of about 40-50 fathoms. The species migrates shorewards in spring, being found in large numbers under stones between tide- marks. Galathea nexa, Embleton. Galathea nexa, Embleton, Proc. Berwickshire Nat. Field Club, 18—. 7 Galathea neva, Bell, 1853. Galathea dispersa, Bate, 1859. Galathea nexa, Kinahan, 1861. Galathea dispersa, Kinahan, 1861. Galathea nexwa, Henderson, 1886. Galathea dispersa, Henderson, 1886. Galathea nexa, Bonnier, 1888. Galathea dispersa, Bonnier, 1888. Galathea nexa, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Galathea dispersa, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Galathea dispersa, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Galathea nexa, Appellof, 1906. : Galathea nexa, Hansen, 1908. Galathea newa, Kemp, 1910. Galathea nexa, Crawshay, 1912. Galathea dispersa, Crawshay, 1912. The majority of recent writers on the Galatheidae have united G. nexa and G. dispersa as one species ; this is done by Appellof, Hansen, Kemp, and others, while Milne-Edwards, Bouvier, and Crawshay keep the two separate. The most detailed description is that given by Bonnier (1888). The character on which he chiefly relies for their separation is the number of spines on the inner margin of the merus of the third maxillipedes. In neva there is a single large spine on the middle of the joint, and in dispersa a large spine In the same position, followed by a varying number of more distal and smaller spines, usually three or four. Bonnier’s figure does not show this correctly, the drawing being out of proper perspective, so that the spines appear to be at the distal end of the joint. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier correct this (1899), and give a list of distinguishing characters, most of which are of very little value. The specimens taken by the Helga all approach more or less closely to the dispersa type. One hundred and eighty-eight 71 specimens were taken, and in examining these I have found that there is very considerable variation in many of the characters on which Milne-Edwards and Bouvier base their distinctions. For instance, the spines on the sides of the rostrum vary in length and sharpness, and in those most nearly approaching the neva type they are not blunter or thicker than in many of the dispersa type. The rostrum also varies in length, and it is often impossible to say whether it ‘‘ almost reaches the extremity of the antennu- lar peduncle ” or “ just passes the base of the last joint.” It depends very much on the way in which the antennules are extended. Another character given by Milne-Edwards and Bouvier concerns the teeth or spines on the transverse furrow immediately behind the rostrum. They say that in dispersa “il y a au moins deux paires de saillies spiniformes ou d’épines,”’ and in neza “il n’y a pas de saillies, ou seulement une paire de saillies a peines distinctes,”’ yet in many of the Helga specimens - of undoubted dispersa form there are no teeth or spines on this line, and in others only a single pair. Again, in the great majority of the Helga specimens of the dispersa type the lateral margins of the carapace are distinctly convex, not “‘ sensiblement droits.” The spines on the third maxillipedes show considerable variation. In some cases the large spine is followed by three or four smaller ones, in others by only one. In two large males from the west coast there is only one very small spine distal to the large one. These two specimens approach more nearly the nexa type than any of the others, and this lends support to Hansen’s view that neva has been founded on large male specimens of dispersa. Bonnier’s description of neza was taken from a single large male, and Milne-Edwards and Bouvier also saw only a single specimen, a male, whereas Appelléf and Hansen both had a large amount of material. More recently Crawshay (1912) has separated the two forms by the character of a small group of three or four setae on the third maxillipedes close to the base of the large meral spine. In neva these are simple, and in dispersa pinnate. They are pinnate in all the Helga specimens except the two large males ~ mentioned before (from Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway), in which they are simple. These two also possess the strong spina- tion and hispidation of the chelipeds of which Crawshay speaks, but the third maxillipedes bear a spine distal to the large central one, so that the characters of neva and dispersa are here to some extent combined. I am quite convinced, with Hansen, that the species neza has been erroneously founded on very large male specimens of dispersa. The dispersa forms are very much commoner than the other, but the name neva has priority and so must be used for the united species. _Size.—The largest specimen in the Irish collection is a male measuring 40 mm. General Distribution.—The distribution of this is practically 72 the same as that of the two preceding species. It extends from West Finmark along the coasts of Norway and Den- mark (Sars, Stephensen) ; it is found on all the coasts of Great Britain (Norman, Henderson, Kinahan, ete.), on the French and Spanish coasts (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), in the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller-Hansen), and at the Azores and Canaries (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). It has also been recorded from Iceland. Irish Distribution.—The species is found all round the Irish coasts. It has been recorded from Dublin and Belfast (Kina- han, Thompson), from the south-west coast (Calman), Clare Island, Co. Mayo (Farran), and has been taken with very great frequency by the Helga in the Irish Sea, and on the | south and west coasts. It was found plentifully at Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours and in Blacksod Bay. Vertical Distribution.—G. neva seems to be most plentiful at depths of about 25-40 fms., but it may be found from the shore line down to 260 fms. (Bonnier). The greatest depth at which it was taken by the Helga was 199 ims. On the west coast it was several times captured in more than 100 ims., and was very common at about 40 fms. On the east coast it occurs most plentifully in depths of about 20-30 ims. Galathea strigosa, Linne. Galathea strigosa, Bell, 18538. Galathea strigosa, Kinahan, 1861. Galathea strigosa, Bonnier, 1888. This may be distinguished from the other British species of Galathea by its large size, the great length of its chelipeds, furnished on both edges with strong spines, by the absence of epipodites on all the pereiopods and by the form of the third maxillipedes. ; Size.—Adult specimens may sometimes grow to a very large size. One specimen found in Cork Harbour is 102 mm. long, and individuals measuring 80-90 mm. are fairly common. General Distribution.—This species extends along the coasts of the east Atlantic from the North Cape to the Canaries and Azores (Sars, Appellof, Bouvier, Bonnier, etc.) It extends extends into the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller, Senna), and according to Heller has been found -n the Red Sea. Irish Distribution.—Found all round the coast. Vertical Distribution.—It is frequently found under stones between tide-marks, but also extends to considerable depths. It is common in about 4-7 fathoms. One specimen was taken by the Helga in 37 fathoms off the Calf of Man, and Bonnier mentions a case in which it was taken in 828 fathoms. 73 GeNus Munida, Leach. The two species occurring in Irish waters may be separated as follows :— Cornea of eyes surrounded by circlet of hairs, some at least of which extend far out on the pigmented surface; the sternal plates are thickly covered by scale-like tubercles or ridges, which are bordered anteriorly with short setae, ~ ie ze he M. bamffica. - Cirelet of hair at base of cornea absent or quite rudimentary ; sternal plates smooth or with at most a very few setiferous ridges, | M. tenuimana. Munida bamffica (Pennant). Pl. XI, figs. 18-14. Munida Rondeletii, Bell, 1858. Munida rugosa, G. O. Sars, 1882. Munida Rondeletii, G. O. Sars, 1882. Munida bamffica (ex parte), Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (a). Munida bamffica (ex parte), Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Munida bamffica (ex parte), Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Munida bamffica, Appellof, 1906. Munida rugosa, Appellof, 1906. Munida bamffica, Hansen, 1908. A great deal of confusion exists with regard to this and the following species. Some writers have looked upon M. bamffica, M. rugosa, and M. tenuimana as constituting three separate species, others as two, and others again as a single species. Bell (1853) changed the name of the present species to M. Rondeleiit on quite insufficient grounds, and this name should not be retained at all. Sars, however, uses it (1882) in giving three species of the genus Munida as occurring in Norwegian waters, M. Rondeletii, Bell, M. rugosa, Fabr., and M. tenuimana, Sars. He separates these mainly by the size of the eyes, and the presence or absence of a circlet of hairs at the base of the cornea, and also by the spines on the fourth (in Sar’s description the third) abdominal segment. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, after examining the specimens taken by the Hirondelle, came to the conclusion that there is a single very variable species containing several varieties, and they adhere to this opinion after seeing the specimens taken by the Travailleur and Talisman. Appellof, on the other hand, maintains with Sars that there are three distinct species, and gives a list of characters by which they may 74 be distinguished. Lastly, Hansen (1908) comes to the conclusion that M. tenuimana is a distinct species, but regards M. bamffica and M. rugosa as synonyms. After examining carefully all the specimens of Munida taken by the Helga, I have come to the conclusion that Hansen’s view of the species is the correct one. The specimens of M. tenuimana are at once separable from the rest by well-marked characteristics, but it is impossible to divide the others into M. bamffica and M. rugosa. Appello6f gives the following characters as distinguishing marks between M. bamffica (=Rondeletii) and M. rugosa. M. bamffica. (a) Eye-bulb hardly broader than the stalk. (6b) Circlet of hairs more or less rudimentary. (c) Hind margin of the cara- pace has one or two pairs of spines at the sides, the central part being quite unarmed. (d) Fourth abdominal seg- ment always without dorsal M. rugosa. (a) Eye-bulb distinctly broader than the stalk. (b) At least a few hairs ex- tend far out on corneal surface. (c) Hind margin of carapace normally has spies both at sides and in the centre. (2) Fourth abdominal seg- ment with two dorsal spines. spines. Some of the Irish specimens agree with nearly all the charac- ters of M. bamffica given above, and some with those of M. rugosa, but between these there are individuals in which the characters of both are combined. For instance, two specimens from station S.R. 196 agree with M. rugosa in regard to the eye and the fringe of hairs round it, yet the hind margin of the carapace is practically devoid of spines, having merely a hint of one at each side, and there are no spines on the fourth abdominal segment. Appellof admits that in young specimens of M. rugosa of less than 15 mm. these last spines may not be developed, but the Irish specimen is much larger than this, measuring 27 mm. Of the ten adult specimens taken by the Helga, those from stations S. R. 194, S. R. 215, and S. R. 185 agree with Appelléf’s characters of M. rugosa as regards the eyes, the cirelet of hairs, the spines on the hind margin of the carapace and on the fourth abdominal segment. Those, on the other hand, from S. R. 178, S. R. 196, and S. R. 201 all possess some of the characters of M. rugosa and some of those of M. bamffica. Several of those in which the eye and circiet of hairs are of the rugosa type have no spines on the middle part of the hind margin of the carapace, and in some even the spines at the sides are wanting. Three specimens, again, which have the rugosa type of eye and circlet, have no spines on the dorsal surface of the fourth abdominal segment. | 75 It will be seen that very few of the Helga specimens have all the characters of M. rugosa and that none have all those of M. bamffica. The majority have some of the characters of the one and some of the other. I therefore follow Hansen in regarding M. bamffica as a somewhat variable species in which the circlet of hairs is usually well developed, with some hairs extending far out on the cornea, in which the hind margin of the carapace may or may not bear spines on the central portion and sides, and in which spines may or may not be present on the fourth abdominal segment. Size—One very large specimen measuring 75 mm. was taken at station S. R. 215. Other large individuals, measuring 52 mm. and 42 mm., were also captured. Hansen’ slargest specimen was 53 mm. long. General Distribution.—The most northerly record for this species is one given by Birula, between Jan Mayen and Greenland, at 73° 34’ N., 17° 20’ W. It is also known from the Varanger Fjord in the Murman Sea (G. O. Sars) and from the south and west of Iceland (Hansen). It extends along the whole west coast of Norway (Sars, Appellof), is known from Bohuslan (G6es), and from the Skagerrak (Stephensen, Bjérck). It occurs round all the British coasts from the Shetlands to Falmouth, off the Breton coast (Bonnier), in the Bay of Biscay (Kemp), and extends southwards along the coasts of Spain and Portugal and west Morocco to Cape Bojador (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). It also extends into the Medi- terranean (Adensamer) and the Adriatic (Senna). Vertical Distribution.—The species is commonest in depths 100-300 fathoms, though it is also frequently taken in much shallower water—Appellof records it from 54 fathoms at By- fjord, and also from very much greater depths, Hansen having taken five specimens off the south of Iceland, in 691 fathoms. Irish Distribution.—Pocock, Bourne, and Calman all record this species from the south-west coast, and Thompson mentions it as having been found off Co. Down and at Youghal, Co. Cork. Helga. Helga LXXVII.—29 v1’01. 124 mls. W. by N.4N. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 53° 24’ 30” N., 18° 86’ W., 91 ims., in stomach of fish.—One. Helga CXVII.—23 vit 701. 30 mls. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 744 fms., shelly sand and gravel. Dredge.—One, small. ! Helga CXXI.—24 virt 701. 64 mls. N.W.4W. of Cleggan Head, Co. Galway, 199 fms.,sand. Trawl.—Twenty, all quite small. : S. 44.—12 11 ’02. 7 mls. off Howth, Co. Dublin, 25-27 fms., sand. Trawl.—Two. , S. 70.—9 vir 02. 7 mls. off shore, Lambay to Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 25-26 fms., fine sandandmud. Trawl.—One. 76 S. 107.—17 Iv 708. 2 mls. outside Kish Light, off Co. Dublin, 20-23 fms. Trawl.—One. S. 201.—231’04. 10mls. off Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 44-48 fms. Trawl.—Two, 23 mm. S.R. 145.—24 vit ’04. 50 mls. W.N.W. of Slyne Head, Co. Galway, 53° 24’ 30” N., 11° 88’ W., 112 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—Two. S.R. 178.—16 xr ’04. 53° 36’ 30” N., 11° 15’ 30” W., 744 fms., coarse gravel. Dredge. Temperature at depth 10:8° C.—One, 82 mm. S. R. 185.—30 1°05. 50° 20’ N., 10° 20’ W., 824 fms., fine sand and shells. Trawl. Temperature at 80 fms., LIEOa salinity 85-62 °/,,.—Four, 15-52 mm: S. R. 194.—10 11 05. 54° 49’ N., 10° 30’ W., 366 fms., rock. Dredge. Temperature at 840 Ims., 9°6° C., salinity 35-44 °/,..—Three, 20-33 mm. S.R. 196.—11 1m 705. 54° 42’ N., 10° 34’ W., 242 fms., stones and coral. Dredge. Temperature at 235 fms., 9:8° C.—Three, 27-42 mm. R.8.—3 v ’05. 164 mls. S.W. of Coningbeg Lightship, 51° 47’ 30” N., 6° 52’ W., 40 fms., mud. Trawl. Temperature at 40 fms., 8-:9° C.—Two. R. 9.—3 v ’05. 174 mls. S.W.4W. of Coningbeg Lightship, 40 fms., fine sand and shells. Trawl.—Three. S.R. 215.—9 v °05.. 52° 1’ N., 11°21’ We 106) ims aime sand. 'Trawl.—One, 75 mm. S. 823.—21 vit ’05. 6 mls. off Howth Head, Co. Dublin, 214-234 fms., fine sand. Trawl. Temperature at depth 13-5° C.—One. © S.R. 860.—8 vit ’06. 52° 4’ N., 11° 27’ W., 108-120 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—Two. S. R. 867.—11 vir ’06. 51°88’ N., 11° 37’ W., 287-332 tms:, mud and sand. Traw!.—Two, 22 mm. R. 29.—17 vir ’06. 15 mls. S.E. by S. of Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 40-42 fms., shelly sand and gravel. Trawl. Temperature at depth 9-6 C.—One, small. S.457.—15 x ’06. 194 mls. W.S.W. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 41-80 fms., mud. Trawl.—Two. S. 476.—19 x 706. 6mls. E.S.E. of Bailey Light, Co. Dublin, 23 ims., shelly sand. Trawl. Temperature at depth 12-6° C.—One. | S.R. 899.—5 mr 07. 51° 28’ N., 11° 33’ 30” W., 342 fms., mud and stones. Dredge.—One, 12:5 mm. S.R. 447.—18 v 07. 50° 20’ N., 10° 57’ W., 221-843 fms., fine sand. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fms., 9-87° C., Salinity 35-48 °/,.-—One, small. S.R. 581.—31 vit 08. 44 mis. S.W. by S. of Hook Light, Co. Wexford, 48 fms., coral sand and gravel. Trawl. Temperature at depth 8:8° C., Salinity 35-05 °/,,.— One. at Munida tenuimana, G. O. Sars. P\ Se} figs. 25-16: Munida tenuimana, G. O. Sars, 1871. Munida tenuimana, G. O. Sars, 1882. Munida tenuimana, Appellof, 1906. Munida tenuimana, Hansen, 1908. This species is very closely allied to M. bamffica, but it is separable from the latter by certain well-marked characters. Appellof (1906) gives the following summary of its characters : ‘** Eye-bulb broader than in M. rugosa ( =bamffica) ; circlet of hairs quite rudimentary or altogether absent; spines always present on the middle part of hind margin of carapace ; two spines on fourth abdominal segment ; dorsal surface of abdominal segments with 6-7 furrows; limbs slenderer than in rugosa ( =bamffica).” All these characters are reliable, but Hansen points out that Appellof has not observed the best distinguishing mark, viz., the surface of the sternal plates. He says: “In both species the sternum is divided into four segments by raised cross-lines furnished with marginal hairs. In M. bamffica it is further, as if covered with scales almost everywhere, which is due to the presence of numerous large and small, slightly-arched tubercles, the convex, anterior, or outer margin of which is well marked off and provided with hairs. ... In M. tenwimana the sternum is very shining and without the scale-formations as in M. bamffica ; there are some rows of bristles on a part of the first sternal segment, but the scale-like tubercles are rudimentary, and as a rule the second, third, and fourth segments are smooth, with altogether extremely few short rows of hairs, chiefly out towards the lateral margins ; sometimes, also, we meet with a small number of such rows scattered over the surface of the segments, but the scale-formation, 7.e., the raised, seemingly imbricate areas are never developed.”’ M. tenuimana is, on the whole, more slightly built than M. bamffica ; the carapace is not quite so broad, and its margins are not so convex as in the latter species. The pereiopods, and in particular the first pair, are longer and more slender. The circlet of hairs round the eye is almost entirely absent, and in some specimens completely so. The eyes are usually slightly larger than in bamffica. The sternum is as described by Hansen in all the specimens taken by the Helga. In some cases there are a few hair-fringed ridges on the second and third plates, but otherwise they are absent except near the anterior edge of the first sternal plate. In all the specimens of bamffica, on the contrary, the sternum is covered throughout with curved ridges and tubercles. In all the specimens which I have examined the supra-orbital spines are elevated at a greater angle than they are in bamffica, in which, indeed, they lie almost in the same plane as the rostrum. 78 Another character which holds for all the Irish specimens, is the difference in the antero-lateral spines of the carapace. In bamffica these are barely half as long as the supra-orbital spines, and are thickened near the base; in tenuimana, on the other hand, they are very slender throughout, and are often very nearly as long as the supra-orbital spines. Appellof’s distinction, based on the number of tergal furrows, is reliable only in the case of adult specimens, as the number of furrows varies with age. In bamffica there are from nine to fifteen, and in tenwimana, only six or seven. The differences between the two species may, therefore, be tabulated as follows :— M. bamffica. Eyes surrounded by circlet of hairs, some of which extend far out on corneal surface. Sternal plates covered closely with raised tubercles and ridges which are bordered anteriorly with hairs. Spines on middle part of hind margin of carapace sometimes present. Spines sometimes present on tergum of fourth abdominal segment. Supra-orbital spines horizon- tal or very slightly elevated. Spines at antero-lateral angles of carapace, about half as long as the supra-orbital spines. - M. tenuimana. Circlet of hairs absent or rudimentary. Sternal plates devoid of such ridges and tubercles altogether, or having at most a few widely- scattered. Spines always present on middle part of hind margin, and usually larger than in bamffica. Spines always present on fourth abdominal segment, and larger than in bamffica. Supra-orbital spines elevated at a considerable angle. Spines at antero-lateral an- gles of carapace, very long and slender, very nearly as long as the supra-orbital spines. Dr. Lundbeck, of Copenhagen, has kindly sent me a specimen of M. bamffica, from the Faeroes, and three of M. tenuimana from the Skagerrak. These were named by Dr. Hansen, and I find that they agree exactly with the Irish specimens of the respective species. Size.—The largest specimen measures 59 mm., and others in the collection are 58 mm., 53 mm., 51 mm., and 46 mm. Hansen mentions a female taken in the Skagerrak which was 87 mm. long, and a male taken by the JIngolf was about 74 mm. long. ae ey ee ee a ee 79 General Distribution.—lt is difficult to tell which records of this species are trustworthy owing to its having been confused with M. bamffica by Milne-Edwards, Bouvier, Senna, Aden- samer, and others. It has been taken in the Norwegian fjords (Sars), in the Skagerrak (Stephensen, Bjérck), at a large number of stations to the west and south of Iceland (Hansen), and in Davis Straits (Stephensen). The Helga records are the first for the Irish marine area, but it is known from the Shet- lands (Norman). It is at present impossible to mention a limit to its southern extension owing to its probable confusion by various authors with the last species. Vertical Distribution —M. tenuimana is a deep-water form, uniformly inhabiting greater depths than does M. bameffica. Sars took it in the Norwegian fjords in depths of 300-672 fms. Hansen records a remarkable haul of 104 specimens taken by the Ingol/ off the south-west of Iceland, in a depth of 799 fms., the greatest yet recorded for the species. The Helga specimens were taken in 550-795 fms. Occasionally it seems to be found in comparatively shallow water, as Bjérek (1913 (a) ) records it from 53 fms., from the Skagerrak. Irish Distribution.—All the stations at which this species was taken lie close together, about 60 or 70 miles south-west of Tearaght, Co. Kerry. Heiga. S. R. 331.—9 v ’06.—51° 12’ N., 10° 55’ W., 610-680 fms., ooze. Trawl. Surface Temperature 10-:75° C.— Two, 43-50 mm. S. R. 353.—6 vir 06. 50° 37’—50° 40’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-— 542 fms., mud and sand. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fms., 8-58°C. Salinity 35-46°/,,—Two, 26-46 mm. S. R. 363.—10 vit ’06. 51° 22’ N., 12° W., 695-720 fms., ooze. Trawl.—24-58mm. S. R. 364.—10 vit ’?06.—51° 23’ 30” N., 11° 47’ W., 620- 695 ims., ooze. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fms., 792° C., Salinity 35°37 °/,,.—One, 32 mm. S. R. 401.—5 11 07. 51° 14’ N., 11° 51’ W., 600-660 fms. Trawl. Temperature at 580 tms., 8-35° C., Salinity 35:5 °/,,.-—One, 34 mm. S. R. 477.—28 vit ’07. 51°15’ N., 11° 47’ W., 707-710 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature at depth 7:19° C.— Four, 28-53 mm. S. R. 491.—7 rx ’07. 51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 13’ W., 491-520 fms. Trawl. Temperature at depth 8-53° C., Salinity 35-44 °/.—One. | S.R. 497.—10 rx 07. 51° 2’ N., 11° 86’ W., 775-795 fms., ooze. Trawl.—One, 43 mm. s. R. 499.1} re 707. 50° 55’ N., 11° 29’ W., 666- 115 mise. itawl. ~ Temperature.’ ‘at 600 fms., 8-22° C., Salinity 35-41 °/,,.—One. 80 S. R. 504.—12 1 707. 50° 42” .N., LA 1S) Wo 627-724 ime coral. Trawl.—One. S. R: 506;-=12) rx 707.) 507 B47 aa nl a 672 fms. Trawl. Temperature at 600 fms., 8-22° C., Salinity, 35-53 °/,,.—One. S. R. 598.—6 vii 708. 50°:31 N., 11° 3’ W2.6702770 mmee ooze. Trawl. Temperature at 650 fms., 7-75° C., Salinity, 35-53 °/,..—Two, very small. S./R; 752:—-16, 17 vl09 281 ASO Ne Ie soe soundings 523-595 fms., ooze. Midwater otter trawl, 0-595 fms. Temperature at 500 fims., 8-9° C., Salinity 35-43 °/,.—Five, small. S. R. 753.—17 v ’09.—51° 24’ N., 11° 59’ 30” W., 561—572 ims, ooze. Trawl. ‘Temperature at 550 ims., 3°79 908 Salinity 35-46 °/,..—One, 59 mm. S.R. 805.—14 vit 09. 60 mls. W.4N. of Tearaght Light, Co. Kerry, 51° 50’ 30” N., 12° 14’ W., 589-544 fms., ooze. Trawl.—One, 21 mm. S.R. 1242.—14 vii 711. 51° 27’N., 11° 55’ W., 550-590 ims. Trawl.—Two, 44-51 mm. GENUS Munidopsis, Whiteaves. Munidopsis, Whiteaves, 1874. Galathodes, A. Milne-Edwards, 1880. Orophorhynchus, A. Milne-Edwards, 1880. Elasmonotus, A. Milne-Edwards, 1880. Anoplonotus, S. J. Smith, 1883. Galathopsis, Henderson, 1885. Munidopsis, Henderson, 1888. Elasmonotus, Henderson, 1888. Munidopsis, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (b). Galathodes, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (b). Elasmonotus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (b). Orophorhynchus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (b). Bathyankeristes, Alcock and Anderson, 1894. Munt- dopsis, Faxon, 1895. Munidopsis, Alcock, 1901. Following Faxon and Alcock, I have united the various genera into which this group has been split up, in the single genus Munidopsis. The two species which have been taken in Irish waters, M. tridentata and M. curvirostra, are widely different, and might well be placed in separate genera were it not for the fact that they are connected by transitional forms which make it impossible to draw any hard and fast line between the various groups. Alcock (1901) gives the genera proposed by Milne- Edwards and Bouvier, and his own genus Bathyankerisies, the rank of sub-genera with a synopsis of their characters. The two Irish species are easily separable by the form of the rostrum :— Rostrum spiniform ; strongly upturned, M. curvirostra. Rostrum broad, ending in three teeth, ) the central one the longest, .. M. tridentata. _— 81 M. tridentata belongs to Alcock’s sub-genus Galathodes, and M. curvirostra to Munidopsis proper. Mundiopsis (Galathodes) tridentata (Esmark.) Pl. XI, figs. 1-5. Galathea tridentata, Esmark, 1856. Galathodes rosaceus, A. Milne-Edwards, 1881. Galathodes tridentata, G. O. Sars, 1882. Mumnidopsis rosacea, Aleock and Anderson, 1899. Galathodes tridentata, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Mumidopsis tridentata, Aleock, 1901. Galathodes tridentata, Appellof, 1906. The carapace, excluding the broad, flattened rostrum, 1s roughly quadrilateral. The two lateral margins are very slightly convex, and each bears four small teeth. The posterior tooth is situated immediately behind the cervical groove, and the anterior and largest one forms the antero-lateral angle of the carapace. The rostrum is less than half the length of the carapace, and is slightly but distinctly carinated in the median Ime, ending in a trifid tip, the central point of which is the longest. Between the base of the rostrum and the antero-lateral spine there is a sharp tooth above the base of the antenna. The hind margin of the carapace is smooth and very slightly concave. The whole dorsal surface is rugose and covered with short hairs. The cervical groove is most distinct at the sides and is more vague in outline in the middle. On the central part of the cardiac region there is a short transverse furrow which extends about half way to either lateral margin and has at each end a circular depression. There is another depression just in front of the hind margin. The linea anomurica is distinct. The sub-lateral surface of the carapace is rugose like the dorsal part. The abdomen, when straightened out, is of about the same length as the carapace, excluding the rostrum. None of the terga bear spines. The covering of setae is not so dense as on the carapace. | The second and third abdominal segments have a dorsal transverse groove which is wanting on the other segments. The pleura of the second segment are broader than the others. The basal part of the telson is bounded by a straight line in front and rounded behind. It is followed by a very small triangular plate. The hind part of the telson is divided by a deep median and two oblique lateral grooves. The eyes are not facetted and are devoid of pigment. They are terminal on the sub-cylindrical eyestalks. Immediately to the exterior of each stalk there is a small sharp tooth. The antennules are short, reaching only slightly beyond the tip of the rostrum when extended. The basal joint is massive 6 t 82 and bears two long spines. The second and third joints are about equal and become thicker distally. The two flagella are both quite short, the internal one consisting of only four joints, and being slender throughout, while the outer is made up of about fifteen joints and is broad at the base but narrows rapidly into a long, thin distal portion. The tip of the last peduncular joint bears a semicircle of long plumose hairs which surround the base of the exterior flagellum, which also has a dense fringe of hairs along its inner margin. The antennal peduncle consists of four joints, the basal one of which is embedded in a sinus in the sub-marginal part of the carapace just at the end of the linea anomurica. It gives off an internal and an external spine, of which the former is the larger ; both are thick and blunt. The second joint has a sharp spine at the outer side. The flagellum is very slender and is about one and a-half times as long as the carapace, including the rostrum. The ischium of the third maxillipedes is triangular in section. It thickens very considerably towards the distal end, which bears two sharp teeth. The merus has two long spines on the inner side; the carpus is swollen and rough; the propodite is club-shaped. The chelipeds are as long as, or longer than, the body from rostrum to tip of extended telson. They are well developed in both sexes, but are more massive in the male. They are covered above and below with little elongated tubercles or scales, from which spring groups of setae. The three basal joints are slender ~ compared with the others. On the merus, which is more or less quadrilateral in section, there is a dorsal row of four or five teeth ; on the upper distal part of the internal face a single large spine ; near the proximal end of the lower side and pointing inwards, a row of three large spines ; and at the distal extremity four sharp teeth. The carpus is short and bears several spines, including one large one on the inner face. The propodite is the largest joint of the appendage ; the palm is nearly twice as long as the fingers ; it bears no spines. The fixed finger curves slightly outwards at its base and touches the dactyl at the tip only. The interior edges of the fingers are minutely serrate. Opposite the hollow of the fixed finger the mner margin of the dactyl curves towards the latter, but not far enough to hring the two into contact. It should be noted that the form and aienenGione of the chelipeds of this species are extremely variable. Among 2387 specimens Alcock could not find two in which the arrangement ef spines was identical. The next three pairs of legs are very similar in appearance. The dorsal side of the merus bears a row of sharp, forward- directed spines, the last of the row projecting distally beyond the jomt. There is also a distal spine. at the lower end of the merus. The carpus bears a similar sharp dorsal tooth at the tip, but the row of spines is continued on this joint merely by 83 a very fine denticulation. The propodite is sub-cylindrical with a slight dorsal ridge ; the lower side bears two small distal teeth. The dactyl is only about half the length of the propodite, and its posterior edge bears about ten small teeth ; it terminates in a sharp curved claw. The fifth legs are feeble and are carried folded in the manner usual in this group of Decapods. The first pair of pleopods arise very near the median line in the male; they have a stout basal part and a distal joint, which expands into a broad lamella which is curved down- wards. The basal joint has a distal tuft of setae, and the inner edge of the lamella is fringed with hairs, which are longest at the proximal end. The second pleopods in the male have a very long and thick peduncular part which bears at its end a short, blunt tubercular process which represents the exopodite. The inner branch and the appendia interna are united to form a large flattened and twisted structure. It is heavily fringed with setae, and the outer portion at the broadest part is covered with short, stiff bristles. It is this part which constitutes the appendiz masculina, and has become fused with the endo- podite of the pleopod. The pleopods of the third, fourth, and fifth segments are feeble and rudimentary. In the female, pleopods are present on the second to filth seg- ments, and are all slender and feeble. The exopodite of the uropods is rough and calcareous towards the outer edge, but the inner part is smooth. The endopodite is rough all over, and bears short transverse ridges armed with groups of little teeth. Both have marginal spines and fringes of setae. Size.—The largest specimen taken by the Helga is a male which measures 33 mm. General Distribution.—The species is found, but not com- monly, on the west coast of Norway: Lofoten (Esmark), Hardangerfjord (Sars), Trondhjemfjord (Norman). It has been recorded from the Bay of Biscay (Caullery, M. Edwards and Bouvier), off the west coast of Morocco and the Sudan, from the Azores, and Cape Verde (M. Edwards and Bouvier). It has also been taken plentifully in the Indian Ocean: Arabian Sea, North Maldive Atoll, Travancore coast, off Ceylon (Alccck). Irish Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded from British waters. Helga. S.R. 385:—12 v 06. 51° 12’ 307-51° 17’ 30” N., 12° 18’ 12° 16’ W., 893-673 fms. Trawl and Sprat net on Trawl.—Four. S.R. 504.—12 1x 07. 50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627-728 ims., coral. Trawl and Sprat net on Trawl. —Two, one male and one immature. 84 S.R. 1004.—12 vit 710. 51 mls. W4S. of Great Skellig, 51° 22’ 30” N., 11° 44’ 80” W., 641-636 fms., fine sand. Trawl. Temp. at 630 fms., 7:°12° C.—Two, one male, 83 mm., one female, 28 mm. Vertical Distribution.—Like the other members of the genus, it inhabits deep water, occurring most commonly in depths of 550-750 fms. In the Bay of Biscay it was taken in 808 fms. In the Indian Ocean it apparently inhabits shallower water, the depths given by Alcock ranging from 210 fms. to 4380 ims. Very often the specimens are found clinging to coral, especially Lophohelia prolifera. Munidopsis curvirostra, Whiteaves. Pl. XIII, figs. 1-4. Munidopsis curvirostra, Whiteaves, 1874. Munidopsis longirostris, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Mumnidopsis curvirostra, Hansen, 1908. Munidopsis curvirostra, Stephensen, 1912. Hansen (1908) examined a specimen of M. longirosiris taken by the Talisman off the west coast of the Sudan, and found that it agreed perfectly with the specimens of M. curvirostra, taken by the Ingolf. Neither the Talisman nor the Ingol} specimen, however, agrees with Milne-Edwards and Bouvier’s figures (1900), which show the carapace wider in front than behind, and with very long and broad antero-lateral processes. The sides of the carapace are almost parallel, converging very slightly in front. The lateral margins are entire and do not come to a sharpedge. The postero-lateral angles are rounded, and the posterior margin is feebly concave and unarmed. At each antero-lateral angle there is a large horizontally-projecting spine, with a broad, rounded base, and tapering rapidly to a fine point. The anterior edge of the spine bears a small accessory tooth near the tip. The front of the carapace is rounded and unarmed, except for the very long and slender upturned rostrum, which is usually about two-thirds the length of the carapace. The gastric region is more or less inflated and bears a variable number of spines. Behind this lies the deeply-channelled cervical groove, which on either side gives off a groove which runs forwards to the antero-lateral angle. On the middle of the cardiac region there is a sharply-defined transverse ridge bearing a single large spine. Almost the entire surface of the carapace is marked by low, short transverse ridges which are most numer- ous near the sides. The arrangement of the spines on the gastric area is extremely variable. In the ten specimens taken by the Helga, six different arrangements can be seen. Normally there is a pair of spines in front, some distance behind the base of the rostrum, and ie pee 85 behind these one or two median unpaired spines. In some cases, however, as many as five median spines are present. (See also Hansen, 1908, Pl. III., figs. 24—2p.) The linea anomurica is distinct, and the sub-marginal part of the carapace is covered with low oblique ridges. The carapace, excluding the rostrum, is as long as_ the straightened abdomen without the telson. The first abdominal segment is partly hidden by the carapace and is very narrow. The second, third, and fourth segments have each a transverse furrow on the tergum. The second and third terga each bear a median-spine which points forwards. Sometimes a spine is present on the fourth tergum also; it occurs in only one of the Helga specimens. The pleura are well developed, and are long and narrow, with blunt ends, except those of the second segment which are broad and rounded. On the first segment they are rudimentary. On the anterior margin they are all fringed with setae, and on the sixth segment on both margins. The telson differs some- what in structure from that of M. tridentata. The basal plate comes to a truncate end and is followed by three small plates in the middle, the central one of which is prolonged in a narrow process extending to the posterior margin. The eyes are large but quite devoid of pigment. They vary somewhat in shape ; in some the cornea is more or less pointed in front, and in others is quite globular. The antennules resemble those of M. tridentata, except with regard to the basal joint of the peduncle, which bears three long spines instead of two. One of the spines, immediately at the base of the second joint, is divided into three points, and bears also two or three small teeth between the larger ones. The antennal peduncle differs from that of M. tridentata in having the spines of the basal joint represented by blunt tubercles. The flagella are as long as the body excluding the telson. The third maxillipedes are similar to those oi M. tridentata, except that the two teeth on the internal margin of the merus are shorter, and the terminal teeth on the ischium are more rounded. The chelipeds are long and slender. One is usually slightly larger than the other ; this may be either the right or the left. They are covered throughout with small scales, some of which are fringed with extremely short setae, but they are devoid ot long hairs, such as are present in M. tridentata. The first three joints are slenderer than the others, the thickening be- ginning at the base of the merus, which is more or less quad- _rangular in section. Each of the four edges of the merus ends in a Sharp dis’al spine. The carpus terminates in two double spines above, and a broader spine below, which has also some- times a double poimt. The propodite is broadest at the base o' the fingers, which are in contact throughout their whole length. The cutting edges are serrate. The palm is ee than the fingers. : 86 The next three pairs of legs are sub-equal and also bear a covering of small scales. The merus is unarmed except for one or two distal spines. On the carpus there is sometimes a distal spine on the dorsal side, but this is often absent in the third and fourth pairs. There is a small tuft of setae at the distal end of the propodite. The lower edge of the dacty1 is furnished with a row of sharp teeth which increase in size towards the point, which has the form of a strongly-curved claw. These teeth are accompanied by fringes of setae. In the male, the first pair of pleopods is practically identical in form with those of M. tridentata, but their point of attachment is not so near the median line. The second pair differs only in detail from that of the last species. The other pairs are reduced to the merest rudiments in the male. . In the female, five pairs are present and are long and slender. The uropods have no transverse suture on either exopodite or endopodite, and are usually carried half concealed under the telson. All the female specimens taken by the Helga are ovigerous. The eggs are large and few in number. In the different individuals the eggs number 12, 20, 25, 30, 88 and 45. They measure from 1:2 mm. to 1:4 mm. in diameter. Size.—The largest specimen taken is a male measuring 31 mm. Hansen’s largest one was 35 mm. long. General Distribution.—The species was first taken in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves), and has since been recorded from the east coast of the United States between 338° 85’ N. and 40° N., and off Newfoundland. More recently it has been taken in Davis Straits (Hansen, Stephensen), and to the south and south-west of Iceland (Hansen). It has also been recorded, under the name of M. longirostris, from the west coast of the Sudan at 30° N. (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). Irish Distribution.—The Helga has taken this species on only one occasion. S.R. 944.—17 v 710. 86 mls. W.4N. of Great Skellig, Co. = Kerry, 51° 22’ N., 12° 41’ W., 982 fms., ooze. Shrimp- Trawl.—Ten, three males, and seven ovigerous females, 31-25 mm. Vertical Distribution —Usually found in depths of about 700- 900 fms., but has been taken in 180 fms. (Gulf of St. Lawrence), and in 1,175 ims. (off Sudan). a —_—" 87 Famity PORCELLANIDAE. GeNus Porcellana, Lamarck. Chelipeds bear a dense fringe of long setae on their outer edge ; carpus has a denticulated lobe at its inner lower angle; hands very large, se . P. platycheles. Chelipeds devoid of setae; no denticulated lobe on carpus; hands narrow, .. P. longicornis. Porcellana platycheles, Pennant. Porcellana platycheles, Bell, 1853. Porcellana platycheles, Heller, 1863. The chief specific characters are the following : dense fringes oi long setae on the propodite of the chelipeds ; denticulated process near proximal end of carpus; carapace slightly longer than broad ; its margins setiferous ; front of carapace divided into three lobes, the central one having a slight median groove, but not divided as in P. longicornis ; chelipeds, very massive, and practically equal; edges of abdominal segments heavily fringed with setae, especially in the female; walking-legs also setiferous. Size.—Large specimens measure about 14-16 mm., from front to back of carapace. General Distribution.—This species has a more limited distri- bution than P. longicornis. It occurs on all the British coasts, even as far north as the Orkneys and Shetlands (Bell). It is also found plentifully on the French side of the Channel, and in the Bay of Biscay (Milne-Edwards), off the Spanish and Portuguese coasts, and at the Canaries (Heller). It is very common throughout the shores of the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller). Irish Distribution.—Found abundantly all round the coast. It is not apparently quite so common on the east as on the west coast, but the larger amount of shore-collecting done on the latter may explain the comparative paucity of records from the east. Vertical Distribution.—Very common between tide-marks, and extending only a short distance beyond the low-water line. Porcellana longicornis, Linn. Porcellana longicornis, Bell, 1858. Porcellana longicornis, Heller, 18638. Porcellana longicornis, Meinert, 1877. Carapace almost circular; the frontal margin divided into three lobes, the central one divided by a deep groov2; the margin of the central lobe is denticulate. Antennules reach beyond the merus of the chelipeds. Antennae, long and very 88 slender. Eyes deeply sunk in their orbits, so as to be scarcely visible from above. Chelipeds, large and unequal. The inner edge of the carpus is smooth and unbroken. The fingers touch only at their tips and are slightly twisted. The wrinkles on the carapace are more conspicuous in the females than in the males. Size.—Large specimens are sometimes 10 mm., from front to back of carapace, but the average measurement is about 6-8 mm. General Distribution.—The species extends from the south- west of Norway, along the coasts of western Europe into the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. South-west of Norway (G. O. Sars, Appelléf), Skagerrak and Kattegat (Meinert, Bjorck), Sweden (Goés), Heligoland (Ortmann), British coasts (Bell), Bay of Biscay (Milne-Edwards), Spanish and Portuguese coasts (Heller), Canaries (Heller), Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller, Carus), Black Sea (Heller). Irish Distribution.—Very common all round the coast. Vertical Distribution.—From between tide-marks down to about 20 fms. TrisnE THALLASSINIDEA. The families containing Irish species may be separated as follows :— A.—No linea thallassinica ; abdominal pleura lero, ch, at ve AXIIDAE, B.—Linea thallassinica punen : idee pleura usually small :— 1. Both endopodite and exopodite of uropods with transverse suture ; podobranchs on at least first three pairs of pereiopods, .. .. LAOMEDIIDAE. 2. Neither endopodite nor exopodite of uropods with transverse suture ; perelopods without podobranchs, CALLIANASSIDAE. Famity AXIIDAE. The family contains four genera Agius, Axiopsis, Calocaris, and Scytoleptus, but we are*concerned here with only two of these, Awviuws and Calocaris, which eG be separated by the following characters :— | Body compressed ; no median dorsal ridge on carapace ; no suture on the,exopodite of the uropods,. . .. : a F .. Aaxtus. Body almost Sagres a median dorsal ridge on the carapace ; a suture on the exopo- dite of the uropods, _ .. st Calocaris. 89 GeENus Axius, Leach. Borradaile (1903) has divided Avius into five subgenera Avius, Neazxius, Iconaviopsis, Eiconawius, and Paraxius. The only one of these with which we have to deal is the first, which is distinguished by having “‘the flat area of the back and the cer- vical groove well marked, the eyes well-pigmented, the antennal thorns both of a good size, pleurobranchs on the second to filth legs, vestiges of a podobranch and an arthrobranch on the second maxillipede, and a shallow-water habitat.” Axius stirhynchus, Leach. Pl. XIV, figs. 1-4. Axius stirhynchus, Bell, 1853. Axius stirhynchus, Norman, 1868. The carapace is strongly compressed, and very slightly narrower in front and behind than in the middle. The rostrum is short and flat, triangular in shape and furnished with a slight ridge on either margin, and a median crest; its edges are lined with short, blunt teeth, and it bears setae on the dorsal surface. The gastric area is slightly flattened. The cervical groove is very distinct. The posterior margin of the carapace is deeply concave in its central part; the lateral parts of the margin project slightly over the first abdominal segment, and buckle it to the carapace. The ridges from the margins and centre of the rostrum are continued backwards on the gastric area, but do not extend more than one third of the distance to the cervical groove. The whole carapace surface is sparsely punctate. The abdomen is very nearly twice as long as the carapace. The first segment is shorter and narrower than the others, which are practically uniform. The segments are all quite smooth, bearing no ridges, and are sparsely punctate. They have a slight sprinkling of fine setae. The pleura of the first segment are narrow and taper to a fine point, while those of the other segments are very broad and quite shallow, with rounded angles. On each pleuron of the third, fourth, and fifth segments there is a low oblique ridge from which springs a row of backward pointing hairs. The telson is as long as the preceding abdominal segment, and slightly narrower at the base, from which it tapers very slightly towards the posterior end, which is truncate. The pos- terior angles are rounded, and the margin between them is fringed with setae. There are two small spines about the middle of the dorsal surface of the telson, and also a few scales from which spring tufts of bristles all pomting backwards. There is also a median tooth on the posterior margin. The eyes are small and the eyestalks short. They are half hidden beneath the rostrum, and are fairly well pigmented. The antennulary peduncle extends beyond the tip of the 90 rostrum. The two flagella are of about equal length, but the outer is slightly thicker than the inner. The antennal peduncle is five-jomted. The basal joint is short and broad, the second much larger, ending at its upper and outer angle in a strong fixed spine. Springing from the base of the latter, and lying between it and the fourth joint, is a long mobile spine representing the scale. The third joint lies more or less alongside of and below the second. The fourth and fifth joints are roughly cylindrical; the fourth is about one and a half times as long as the fifth. The flagellum is more than twice as long as the antennules, and almost twice as long as the carapace. The lower surfac? of the last three peduncular joints and of the proximal half of the flagellum is fringed with heavy plumose setae of a brownish yellow colour. This fiinge is not absent in the female, as stated by Bell (1858). The exopodite of the second maxillipedes reaches very nearly to the distal end of the propodite, which is broad and inflated; the carpus and the dacty! are both very short ; the longest jomt is the merus, which is about three times as long as the ischium. The appendage bears an epipodite, a podobranch and a rudimen- tary arthrobranch. The third maxillipedes are pediform and unarmed. No one jomt is much longer than the others. Each joint bears a heavy fringe of setae. The exopodite reaches slightly beyond the end of the merus. The chelipeds are massive and unequal. The basal joimts and the first half of the merus are very strongly compressed. The distal part of the merus, however, expands suddenly. The carpus is very short and broad. The prododite is the largest joint of the appendage; it is slightly compressed ; the palm is one and a half times as long as the fingers; the lower margin bears a fringe of fine setae, and both fingers are covered with tufts of stiff bristles. The tips of the fingers curve towards one another, and cross when closed. The dactyl has a well marked ridge on the outer side, and bears more bristles than the fixed finger. The cutting edges are very minutely serrate, and, in the larger cheliped, there are also a few large crushing tubercles. The second perelopods are much more slender than the first. They terminate in equal chelae, and are strongly compressed. The fourth pereiopods are the largest, with the exception of the first pair, and the fifth the shortest. The last three pairs all end simply, and are compressed and slender. In the second perelopods'setae are present on the lower edge of the merus, on the distal half of the carpus, and on the whole of the propodite and dactyl; there are tufts of longer hairs at the extremities of carpus and merus. In the third pair the lower edge of the merus has only a row of short bristles ; the propodite, dactyl, and carpus have setae on their lower margins. The setae on the fourth pair are more sparsely scattered than on the third. 91 In the fifth pair they are most plentiful at the end of the propodite and on the dacty]l. Both the perfect specimens taken by the Helga are females, so I can give no description of the form of the pleopods in the male. The pleopods in the female are well developed and fringed with long plumose setae. To the inner branch there Is attached a small appendia interna. The uropods are as long as the telson, fringed with setae, rounded ; neither endopodite nor exopodite has a suture. The endopodite has a strengthening midrib which bears four small spines ; the exopodite has two similar ribs which end in small spines on the margin. The gills are trichobranchiate, with the filaments arranged in one plane. The branchial formula is as follows :— — VEE. VERE. 3 Xs XG) GD PE: ELE TN Podobranchs. ep. l+ep. l+ep. l+ep. l+ep.1l1-+ep. ep. —— Arthrobranchs. — T 2 2 2 2 a sss Pleurobranchs. a a = i ] 1 ? In the female specimens I have seen there is a curious structure situated between the coxae of the fourth perelopods. It appears to correspond to the “ thelycum ” of the Peneidae. It consists of two lateral plates, the outer edges of which are curved upwards to form sharp ridges. These extend forwards parallel to one another, but posteriorly they converge, and ultimately coalesce, at the same time becoming much flatter. Their anterior ex- tremities are narrow and pointed, and between them there is a third plate, roughly triangular in outline, and situated trans- versely to the first two. Its anterior edge is upturned to form a ridge, but this is not so high as those of the lateral plates. These three plates together form a triangular hollow in the centre of which appears a small opening. Size.—The largest specimen examined measures 72 mm. General Distribution.—There are very few records of this species, its fossorial mode of life making it difficult of capture. Probably it has a considerably wider range than is indicated by the list of localities given here. It is known from the south coast of England (Spence Bate), Channel Islands (Sinel), France (Milne-Edwards), and the Mediterranean (Bell). Vertical Distribution.—Littoral;; of burrowing habits. Irish Disiribution.—Two female specimens have been taken by the Helga, one in the Irish Sea and one in Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway. Half-digested remains have also been found on four occasions in the stomach of Raja clavata, each time in Galway Bay. In one case five specimens were found in one fish. 92 So far as I have been able to discover, the species fhas not previously been recorded from Irish waters. Helga.— | L. 288.—3 11 ’04.—Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway.—One- 72 mm. S. 259.—21 1 ’05. 15 mls. off Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 324 fms., mud. Trawl.—One. GeNus Calocaris, Bell. Calocaris, Bell, 1858. Calocaris, Aleock, 1901. Body almost cylindrical ; the back arched so that its middle point is considerably higher than the base of the rostrum. From either margin of the rostrum there extends backwards and outwards on the sides of the gastric area, a ridge armed with teeth ; it does not reach the cervical groove, which is distinct. A low but distinct carina runs from the rostrum to the posterior margin along the dorsal median line of the carapace. There are no pleurobranchiae. There is a suture on the exopodite of the uropods. Deep-water habitat. Calocaris Macandreae, Bell. Pl. XIV, figs. 5-7. Calocaris Macandreae, Bell, 1858. ? Calocaris Macandreae, Alcock, 1901. Calocaris Macandreae, Hansen, 1908. © Calocaris Macandreae, Wolleback, 1909. | | Calocaris Macandreae, Bjorck, 1918 (b). 2eet- dp arnt This species has been so well described by Bell and Alcock, that it is unnecessary to give here more than a brief summary of the main characters. : Carapace compressed, shorter than abdomen. Rostrum slightly upturned, reaching very nearly to the end of the antennal peduncle ; its margins are continued as prominent divergent ridges on the gastric area, and bear teeth. Abdomen slightly tapering, smooth; pieura broad with rounded angles, except in the first somite. Telson broad ; often more or less excavated on posterior margin ; sometimes with a minute tooth at the tip;»the sides sometimes bear two or three proximal teeth ; there are two diverging rows of spines running down the telson, but not reaching the margin. Kyes large.and pigmentless ; practically no eyestalk. The fourth joint of the antennal peduncle is by far the longest ; the scale is represented by a small spine, and to the inside of this there is a second still smaller one. The flagellum is slightly longer than the body. The two branches of the antennules are lashlike and slender ; they are longer than the carapace. 93 The third maxillipedes are pediform and slender ; the ischium is long, and bears a row of strong teeth; the merus has a single large spine near the distal end of the inner margin. The chelipeds are long and robust ; the fingers especially are very much elongated ; the merus, which is strongly compressed, bears a row of five or six teeth on the lower margin, and a single distal tooth above. The carpus is short and unarmed. The upper surface of the palm bears two crests, each of which ends distally in a tooth near the base of the dactyl. The fingers are long and compressed, and covered with tufts of setae. The fixed finger has its cutting edge serrate throughout ; the proximal half of the dactyl, however, is quite smooth, and in the distal portion only very minute serration is present. At the base of the fixed finger there is a single large tooth. The fingers are not in contact except in their distal portions; the tips cross one another. The fingers are not quite twice the length of the alm. : : The following pairs of perelopods are slender; the second pair are chelate, the others simple. The pleopods, except the first pair, are biramous, and have a small and slender appendix interna, furnished with hooklets. The outer margin of the exopodite of the uropods bears two or three spines, the distal one the largest ; the endopodite has only one spine in a position corresponding to the large one of the exopodite. The latter has an oblique suture near the tip. Branchial formula :— a xieq se Wl aged 1X. ty Xt ak PRI XILREY Podobranchs. ep. rt+tep. l+ep. l+ep.l1+ep.1-+ep. ep. == Arthrobranchs — r 2 2 2 2 2 — Pleurobranchs. — _- — — — — —_ wa On the first abdominal somite there is a pair of simple ap- pendages, the tip of which is expanded in the manner usual in male Decapods. This structure, however, is found in all adult specimens, and both the male and the female genital openings, on the coxae of the fifth and third pereiopods, respectively, are always present. In 1909 Wollebaek published a paper calling attention to the fact that Calocaris Macandreae was normally hermaphrodite. The union of sexes is not confined to the outward characters alone, but extends to the internal sexual organs ; in each speci- men there are to be found testes,and also ovaries. Wolleback examined more than fifty specimens in the Bergen Museum, all of which exhibited hermaphroditism. This species was taken by the Helga on several occasions, and in fairly large quantities. The specimens agree entirely with Wollebaek’s results. The male and female openings are distinctly developed, and I have dissected several specimens and found both testes and ovaries present. 94 Spermatophores and spermatozoa of the peculiar shape described by Wollebaek were found in the long and spirally- twisted vas deferens. The testes are very small compared with the same organs in some other Decapods, such as the Lobster. In the latter they consist of a long uniform tube on either side of the gut, the two parts being connected by a bridge in their anterior part. In C. Macandreae, on the other hand, the testes form merely a small sac-like contmuation of the first part of the vas deferens. They are attached to the gut, and are also more or less adherent to the posterior extremity of the ovaries. The vas deferens consists of three distinct parts: (1) The part nearest the testes, wh ch is fairly wide, is bow-shaped, and not spirally twisted ; it slopes downwards and backwards, and leads to (2) the middle part, which is curled and twisted in a number of small spirals; and this in its turn leads to (8) the ductus ejacu- latorius, which is wider than the last, and opens on the coxae of the fifth pereiopods. The ovaries lie in front of the testes, and extend forwards on either side of the gut, more or less surrounded by the rami- fications of the hepatic gland. In winter they are comparatively slender, but in specimens caught in summer the ova are very large, and fill a very large part of the thorax. For purposes of dissection winter specimens should be selected, as the relations on the various parts may then best be seen. General Distribution.—This species was first taken by M’Andrew in Loch Fyne, and has since proved to extend over a very wide region. It is known from the south and west coasts of Norway (Norman, Appelléf), from Bohuslan, Sweden (Goés), the Kattegat (Memert), and the Skagerrak (Stephensen). A single specimen was taken by the Ingolf off the south-west of Iceland (Hansen). It is found off the coasts of Britain (Norman, Scott, etc.), Holland and Belgium (Tesch), in the Mediterranean (Adensamer, Milne-Edwards), and the Adriatic. It has also been recorded from North American waters from the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). Two dead specimens were found floating on the surface near New Zealand in 1878, but, so far as I know, it has not Bee recorded since from that region. Alcock (1901) has recorded it from two localities in the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal, near Ceylon. Hansen (1908) looks upon these records as doubtful and after comparing Alcock’s description with the Helga specimens I am inclined to think that the Indian specimens may belong to a separate, though closely allied, species. Alcock says of the third maxilli- peds “‘ the inner border of the ischium is elegantly toothed, but that of the merus is unarmed.” In all the Irish specimens the merus bears a single prominent tooth on the inner margin near the distal end. Further, when speaking of the chelipeds, he says, “ the fingers are about three times as long as the palm,” 95 whereas in the specimens at my disposal the fingers are not quite twice the length of the palm. Vertical Distribution.—The species has a wide vertical range, extending from about 25-80 fms. down to 600-700 fms. The Helga specimens were taken in comparatively shallow water from about 30-80 fms., with the exception of the single individual from the south west, which was captured at a depth of 447-515 fms. Irish Distribution.—Bell and Stebbing mention the species as occurring in Irish waters, but give no localities. It does not occur in Kinahan or Melville’s lists. The great majority of the numerous specimens taken by the Helga were found between the east coast and the Isle of Man. A solitary specimen was taken off the south west coast. Helga.— S. 42.—30 1 02. 12 mls. off Laytown, to Drogheda bar, 28 fms. Trawl.—One, 18 mm. S. 146—29 v 708. 194 mls. off Dunany, Co. Louth, 46 fms. Trawl.—One, 24 mm. S. 163—11 vi ’08. Off Calf of Man, 37-45 fms. Trawl.— One, damaged. S. 201—28 1 ’°04. 10 mls. off Rockabill, Co. Dublin, 44-48 fms. Trawl.—One, 7 mm. S. 259—21 1 ’05. 15 mls. off Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 324 ims. Traw].—One, damaged. S. 274—24 v ’05. 11 mls. S. of St. John’s Point, Co. Down, 324-39 fms. Trawl.—Three. S. 800—14 vir ’05. 12 mls. S. of St. John’s Point, Co. Down, 38-42 fms. Trawl. Temp., 11:9° C.—Sixteen, 44-16 mm., one ovigerous. S. 344—2 xu 05. 18 mls. off Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 484-50 fms. Trawl. Temp., 10°2° C.—Six, 43-15 mm. S. 429—24 vit 06. 11 mls., S. 4K. of St. John’s Point, Co. Down, 33-45 fms. Trawl. Temp., 9:8° C.—Two. S. 457—15 x 06. 194 mls. W.S. W. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 41-80 fms. Trawl.—One, 24 mm., and 8 very small. S. 458—15 x 06. 18 mls. W. 1S. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 65-80 fms. Trawl.—EKighteen, 37-18 mm. S. 460—16 x 06. 174 mls., E. by S. of Dunany Point, Co. Louth, 82-38 fms. Trawl.—Four, 23-17 mm. S. 494—22 11°07. 23 mls. W.S. W. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 40-43 fms. Trawl. Temp., 7:03° C., Salinity 34°42 °/,..—Two, 42-29 mm. S. 497—22 11°07. 15 mls. S. by W. of St. John’s Point, Co. Down, 33-52fms. Trawl.—Twenty-four, 46-16 mm. .~R. 502—11 rx ’07. 50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fms. Trawl. Temp., 8°8° C.—One, 26mm. TN 96 S. 560—24 x 707. 15 mls. W.S. W. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 383-42 fms. Trawl.—Four, 44-40 mm., 3 ovigerous. S. 561—24 x 707. 12 mls. W. by S. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 34-38 fms. Trawl. Temp., at 30 fms., 12°75°C. Salinity 34.04 °/,..—Seventeen, 44-14 mm., 2 ovi- gerous. Famity LAOMEDIIDAE. GENUS Jaxea, Nardo. Jaxea nocturna (Chiereghin) Nardo. Pl. XV, figs. 1-8. Cancer nocturnus, Chieregnin, 1818. Jaxea nocturna, Nardo, 1847. Calliaxis adriatica, Heller, 1863. Trachelifer (juv.) Scott, 1899. Jaxea nocturna, Scott, 1900. The carapace is laterally compressed and considerably shorter than the abdomen. It is covered with a fur of short setae, which are most densely crowded on the cardiac area. There is a very distinct linea thallassinica on each side of the carapace, which is thus divided longitudinally into three parts. The middle and dorsal part is almost smooth, and projects anteriorly to form the sharp triangular rostrum, which is furnished with very fine teeth on either side. The upper surface of the rostrum is hollowed out, but this depression is not continued on the carapace proper. The lateral parts of the carapace are slightly inflated, and are covered with little tubercles which are most numerous near the lower margin. On the front margin there are three or four small teeth immediately below the beginning of the linea thallassinica. The anterior margin merges gradually into the lateral one without any sharp angle. The cervical groove is deeply marked, and doesnot cross the linea thallassinica. The posterior margin of the carapace is strongly concave, and is overlapped on each side by a short process of the first abdominal segment. The carapace is broadest about the middle of the cardiac region, and narrows slightly before and behind this. The abdomen is longer than the carapace, and is of uniform breadth throughout. The terga are quite smooth, and bear a fairly thick covering of very short setae, set close together. The pleura of the first segment are sharply triangular, those of the other segments broadly so ; they have a small projecting lobe on the posterior margin, except in the first and sixth segments. The anterior edge of the first pair of pleura bears three or four small teeth. On the following segments, both anterior and pos- terior edges of the pleura bear a number of very minute den- ticules, but these are apparently absent altogether in some cases. The telson is quadrate, and its distal part is not so strongly — i ll i ee i en Ls 97 calcified as the rest, and is almost transparent. A median groove bounded by two ridges runs down the middle. There is also another ridge exterior to this on each side, and these converge and meet near the base of the telson. The eyes are very minute and almost completely hidden by the rostrum. They are only slightly pigmented. The antennules arise close together just under the rostrum, which is about one third as long as the peduncle, reaching to about the middle of the second joint. The first joint is the shortest, and the third the longest; it is about two and a half times as long as the second. The two flagella are each about as long as the third peduncular jomt. They are both slender, but the outer one is slightly thicker, and very slightly longer, than the mner. The former bears a fringe of setae, and is composed of about twenty joints, the latter of fourteen or fifteen. The peduncle of the antennae is five-jomted. The first three joints and the last are short, but the fourth is very long, longer than all the others together. The third jomt lies partly hidden on the inner side of the second and fourth, and is not easily seen except from below. At the upper distal end of the second joint there is a broad, slightly-movable process which may represent the scale. In profile it appears as a sharp thorn. Its anterior edge bears two or three small teeth. The first joint also bears a pair of small teeth at its interior lower angle. The peduncle is longer than that of the antennules. The mandible has a three-jointed palp, and a cutting edge furnished with sharp teeth. The first maxillae have a long slender palp divided into two joints, the distal one much more slender than the proximal. The two inwardly-turned endites are fringed with teeth, which are very long and curved in the proximal one, and short and straight in the distal one. At the posterior truncated end cf the scaphognathite of the second maxillae there are three or four setae which are longer than the Ses ve geen itself. There is a slender endopodite. The first maxillipedes have a two-jointed endopodite, the distal joint of which is broad and expanded. The exopodite has a well-developed flagellum, which reaches beyond the tip of the endopodite. There is a large broad epipodite and a smail podobranch. The exopodite of the second maxillipedes is long,and bears a flagellum reaching beyond the endopodite. The epipodite is long and slender, and its margins bear delicate teeth. There is a large podebranch. The merus is the longest joint; all the others are uniformly short, and the propodite is greatly broadened by an expansion on its outer side. The third maxillipedes are long, slender, and pediform. The exopodite is not so long as the endopodite. There is a long epipodite bearmg small marginal teeth and giving off a slender process near the tip. There is a fair-sized podobranch. The 7 98 coxa bears a tuft of long hairs with serrate edges. The joints of the endopodite are unarmed, but bear fringes of setae. The chelipeds are enormously developed, being very nearly as long as the body, from rostrum to end of telson. They are of equal] size on each side. All the joints are more or less laterally compressed. The two basal joints are very short. The ischium is also short,and bears a row of four or five small teeth on its lower margin. The merus is more than twice as long as the ischium, and is strongly compressed. It is broader distally than at the proximal end, and its inner or lower border bears fourteen or fifteen teeth in a row, which is a continuation of that on the ischium ; on the outer edge there is a faint crest. At the mner distal angle there is an excavation allowing the carpus to fold back close to the merus. The carpus is very short and broad, and much thickened at its distal end, where it has a tooth on the under side. The propodite is by far the largest joint of the whole appendage. The hand is broad and massive, and shorter than the finger, which is thin and tapering. Both the fixed finger and the dactyl are straight for the greater part of their length, and curve towards one another only near the tip. In their proximal part they are furnished with large and rather blunt teeth, whereas distally they have a row of small denticules. The dactyl is slightly longer than the fixed finger. The lower border of the propodite is very minutely serrate. The mner margin of the whole appendage bears a fringe oi setae. The surface cf the propodite is not smooth, but slightly granular. The second pereiopods are very much shorter and more slender than the chelipeds. They are strongly compressed, and bear fringes of setae. The merus is the largest jomt. The propodite is very much flattened, and the dactyl can be folded back against it, forming a subchela. The edge of the dactyl is sharp, but has no teeth. } The next two pairs of pereiopods end smmply, but the filth are subchelate, ike the second. The third are slightly longer than the second, and also longer than the fourth, which in turn are longer than the fifth. In the third pereiopods the lower edge of the dactyl bears on its proximal half a row of ten or twelve sharp curved spines, which are longest near the base of the joint, and decrease in size distally. This row of spines extends only half way along the dactyl, on the distal half of which it is continued as a very close-set series of much smaller spines extending to the tip. A similar arrangement may be seen in the fourth pereiopods. In the male the pleopods of the first segment are altogether wanting ; in the female they are very slender and feeble. On the next four segments they are well developed, with strong basal jomts, and two lanceolate blades fringed with pinnate setae. Both outer and mner branches. of the uropods have a transverse suture guarded by a row of teeth. The outer margin of each branch has also three or four small teeth. There are two eT | 99 divergent strengthening ribs on the outer branch, and a single midrib on the inner, which bears a row of small spines. Each gill has the form of an axis which gives off rows of slender, somewhat flattened processes, which all le in one plane, and decrease in size towards the tip of the axis. The branchial formula is as follows :— == VET) Mais DX xX. es os DONT EL Podobranchs. I1-+ep.l1-+ep.I-+ep.l+ep.l+ep.l+ep. ep. — Arthrobranchs — 1 2 2 2 2 2 — Pleurobranchs. — ses 3 a wie a wae: ao Size.—The single Irish specimen measures 41 mm. Two specimens from the Adriatic measure 42 mm. and 49 mm. General Distribution.—The species is found most plentifully in the Adriatic, specimens from which were described by Heller and Nardo. It appears to be extremely rare in the other parts of the Mediterranean. Lo Bianco says it has been taken only once in twenty-five years in the Bay of Naples, though the larval form, the peculiar free-swimming stage known as Trachelifer, is frequently found there from May to September. So far as I know no adult specimen had been taken outside the Mediterranean until the single Irish specimen was taken in the Irish Sea in 1905.1. Dr. Scott in- forms me that an adult specimen was taken by the Sccttish Fishery Board cruiser, Goldseeker, in. Loch Fyne, in 1908. Though these are the first two adult specimens to be found in British waters, fragments of Javea were found in fish taken near Ailsa Craig, in the Firth of Clyde, in 1899 (Scott, 1899). The larval form, Trachelifer, has been taken with considerable frequency in the Irish Sea,and on the west coast of Ireland and Scotland. It is found fairly widely distributed in the Mediterranean. | Irish Distribution.—Only a single specimen, an adult male, has been found within the Irish marine area. Heiga. S. 259.—21 1 05. 138 mls. off Clogher Head, Co. Louth, 324 ims., mud. Trawl.—One, 41 mm. Vertical Distribution.—The Irish specimen was taken in 324 fms., and the Scottish in 34 fms. 1 T have compared the Irish specimen with several irom the Adriatic. which were sent to me through the kindness of Prof. Steuer of Innsbruck, and find czmplete agreement in all the characters. 100 Famity CALLIANASSIDAE. There are two sub-families which are separable by the follow- ing characters :— Rostrum large ; first perelopods equal ; no appendia interna on pleopods three to five, .. UPpoGEBIINAE. Rostrum small ; first perelopods unequal ; an appendiz interna on pleopods three to five, CALLIANASSINAE. SuB-FAMILY CALLIANASSINAE. GENUS Cailianassa, Leach. Callianassa, Heller, 1863. Callianassa, Spence Bate 1888. Callianassa, Borradaile, 1903. The eyes are flattened against one another. The ischium and the merus of the third maxillipedes are broader than the carpus and propodite. The propodite of the third pair of pereio- pods usually much flattened and expanded. Fifth pereiopods more or less subchelate. There are no epipodites on the third maxillipedes, or on the pereiopods, but there is a large one on the first maxillipedes, and usually a small one on the second maxillipedes. Borradaile (1903) divides Callianassa into five subgenera, Calliactites, Cheramus, Trypoea, Callichirus, and Scallasis. To Cheramus belongs the genuine Callianassa subterranea (Mont.), the name of which, as Stebbing (1893) has shown, has been wrongly applied to another species. Borradaile has given to this second species the name C. Stebbingi. The Irish speci- mens belong to this second species; indeed it is doubtful whether the real C. subterranea has been taken anywhere except on the south coast of England. Callianassa Stebbingi, Borradaile. Pl. XIV, figs. 8-10. ? Callianassa subterranea, Bell, 1858. Callianassa subterranea, Heller, 1863. Callianassa subterranea, Carus, 1885. Callianassa subterranea, Ortmann, 1892. Callianassa subterranea, Stebbing, 18938. Callianassa Stebbingi, Borradaile, 19038. Callianassa Stebbingt, Calman, 1911. Some confusion has arisen as to the character of the third maxillipedes in this species, some writers calling them pediform, and others, operculiform. The explanation appears to lie in the — fact that there are two distinct species which have been called | by the samename. Stebbing (1893) points out that the original een a eS 101 specimens described by Leach and Montague have the third maxillipedes pediform. A large number of authors, however, say that the third maxillipedes are operculiform, and Stebbing has seen specimens from Jersey, in which they could not be called pediform, and in which the telson was more quadrate than in the original Devonshire specimens. These specimens in which the third maxillipedes are operculiform, really belong to a differ- ent species which has been mistaken for the genuine C. sub- terranea. Borradaile, (1903) has given this second species the name of C. Stebbingi. This species belongs to the subgenus, Callichirus, Stimpson, whereas the real C. subterranea of Montague and Leach belongs to another subgenus, Cheramus, Spence Bate. The two species may be separated as follows :— Third maxillipedes pediform, slender ; telson as long as the inner branch of the uropods, C. subterranea. Third maxillipedes operculiform, third and fourth joints very broad, last three joints slender ; telson distinctly shorter than the inner branch of the uropods, .. .. CC, Stebbingi. It is not certain which species Bell had before him when he wrote his description. Under “ Generic characters ”’ he says,— * External pedipalps with the second and third joints very broad, constituting when in contact a broad oval disk, and terminating in a small seta formed of the last three joints.” Farther on, however, he says;—‘‘ The external pedipalps are rather broad, pediform.”’ ; I have compared Irish specimens with two from the Bay of Naples, and find complete agreement between them. The species has been several times described under the name of C. subterranea, and so it will be sufficient to give here merely a brief summary of its chief characteristics. Carapace smooth, less than half as long as the abdomen. Linea thallassinica and cervical groove well marked. Rostrum practically absent, represented by at most a minute projection between the eyes, which are pressed close together. Corneal surface black. Antennules short, lash-like ; peduncle as long as flagella. Antennae considerably longer than the carapace. Third maxillipedes have the ischium and the merus very broad and flattened, so that they form an opercular plate when closed. Chelipeds extremely unequal, sometimes the right being the larger, sometimes the left. The last three joints of the large cheliped are very massive, and very much broader than the slender basal joints, which support them. The inner side of the merus bears a large curved process, the edges of which are slightly serrate, and the tip of which is sharp. Lower border of ischium slightly serrate. Lower margin of carpus and propodite frmged with setae, which are also present on the upper margin of the dactyl, which also bears tufts of bristles. The second pereiopods are 102 chelate ; next three pairs simple. The propodite of the third pair is expanded into a broad quadrilateral plate. The abdomen is slightly narrower before and behind than in the middle ; the second segment is the largest. The telson is distinctly shorter than the endopodite of the uropods ; it is not quite quadrate, its angles being rounded. _Pleopeds of first and second segments slender ; those of third, fourth, and fifth seoments much more robust, and expanded into wide plates fringed with setae. | Size.—The largest specimen taken by the Helga measures only 88mm. Adults are often about 50 or 60 mm. long. General Distribution.—The species has been found in the Black Sea (Czerniavsky), in the Mediterranean (Heller, Carus, Adensamer, etc.), the Adriatic (Heller), the Bay of Biscay (Fischer), at Cape Gris Nez and Boulogne (Giard), on the coasts of Holland (Tesch, Metzger), in the Channel Islands (Sinel), coasts of England and Scotland (Bell, Scott, Sim). It does not extend as far north as the Danish and Norwegian coasts. Irish Distribution.—Few specimens have actually been re- eorded but this is due to the burrowing habits of the species, and there is little doubt that it oecurs all round the coasts, with the exception perhaps of the north. | It is more frequently found in the stomach of bottom-living fishes such as Rava clavata than in the trawl or dredge. Helga.— L. 298—8 111 ’04. Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway. Shore collecting.—One. L. 299—8 111 ’04. Ballynakill Harbour, Co. Galway. Shore collecting.—One, 33 mm. S. 561—24 x ’°07. 12 mls., W. by S. of Chicken Rock, Isle of Man, 344-884 fms., mud. Trawl. Temperature at 30 fms., 12°75° C., salinity 34°04 °/,..—One large cheliped. It has been found frequently in specimens of Raia clavata taken in Galway Bay and the surrounding areas. Vertical Distribution.—It occurs from between tide marks down to considerable depths as is shown by the record from S. 561 above. It is common in depths of about 10 or 12 fms. GENus Upogebia, Leach. Upogebia, Leach, Edin. Encyclop., art. Crustaceology, 1814. Gebia, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. 5, 1815. Thallassina, Risso, 1816. Gebios, Risso, 1826. Gebia, H. Milne-Edwards, 1837. Gebia, Bell, 1853. Upogebia, Stebbing, 1893. Upogebia, Stebbing, 1900 (b). Upogebia, Borradaile, 1903. 1038 Borradaile divides Upogebia into two subgenera, Gebiopsis and Upogebia, distinguished as follows :— The thumb of the chelipeds almost or quite as long as the movable finger ; no small tooth on anterior edge of carapace above the antenna, * .. Gebiopsis, A. Milne-Edwards. The thumb of the chelipeds distinctly shorter than the movable finger; a small sharp tooth on anterior edge of carapace above the antenna, Be .. Upogebia, Leach. There are two British species, U. deltawra and U. stellata, but the latter has not so far been recorded from Iveland. Upogebia (Gebiopsis) deltaura, Leach. Gebia deltura, Bell, 1858. Upogebia deltaura, Borradaile, 1903. Gebia deltura, de Morgan, 1910. Gebiopsis deltura, Stephensen, 1910. It has been doubted by several writers whether U. deltaura and U. stellata are really separate species. This is probably due partly to the difficulty of obtaining specimens for comparison, owing to the fossorial habits of the animals. Bell, though he gives separate descriptions, is doubtful on the subject, and is inclined to regard the differences between them as sexual, and Norman (1906) looks on the two as synonymous. Borradaile (1903), however, places them in different subgenera, separated by the characters given above. The presence of the small tooth above the antenna in U. deltaura and its absence in U. stellata has also been noticed by de Morgan (1910) who has examined numerous specimens, including ovigerous females of both species, so that there can no longer be any doubt of the differences between them being specific and not merely sexual. The two species, then, may be distinguished by the foiteseno characters. The abdominal plates are much broader in deltaura than in stellata 2nd the rostrum is less acute. Stellata is a much smaller animal and when alive is covered with orange-coloured spots. With regard to the chelipeds, the dactyl is very much larger than the fixed finger in stellata, so that the appendage might almost be called subchelate ; in deltawra, on the other hand, the two fingers are nearly equal and the dactyl is thicker. The rostrum and gastric area of the carapace are thickly covered with setae in deliaura ; they are much shorter and not so dense in stellata. Size.—Full-grown individuals are often about 100 mm. long. General Distribution—It is difficult to make out the exact distribution of the species, as it is impossible to say how 104 far it has been confused with stellata. It has been recorded from the Kattegat (Stephensen), the north-east of Scotland (Sim), the Channel Islands (Sinel), the south of England (Norman) and the Mediterranean (Adensamer). Irish Distribution.—It is not mentioned in the lists of Kinahan, Melville, and Thomson, but must nevertheless be fairly common all round the coast. Its burrowing habits make it difficult of capture. Helga. Bofin XCIX.—21 vim ’99. Shore collecting.—One male, 22 mm. Bofin CLXXVII.—7 vin ’00. Between Inishskinny and Dog-fish Rock, 6-10 ims., Mosquito net on surface.— One, immature, 5°5 mm. W. 40.—7 1x ’05. Galway Bay, Black Head to Loo Rock. 12 fms., m stomach of Raia clavata.—Three males, 80-48 mm. R. 30.—17 vu ’06. 93 mls. S.E. by S. of Mine Head, 374— 89 fms. Sand Grab.—One, 30 mm. Vertical Distribution.—From littoral zone down to about 40 fms. Upogebia stellata, (Montagu.) Gebia stellata, Bell, 18538. Gebia stellata, Meinert, 18938. Unpogebia stellata, Borradaile, 19038. Gebia stellata, Stephensen, 1910. Upogebia stellata, de Morgan, 1910. A good description of this species will be found in de Morgan’s paper (1910). Size.—It is usually about half the size of the preceding species. General Distribution.—It has been recorded from the south- west coast of Norway (G. O. Sars), Bohuslan (Loven), the Kattegat (Meinert), Heligoland and the Dutch coast (Metzger), Belgium (Tesch), Channel Islands (Norman). It is also known, from the followmg British localities: Moray Firth (Scott) Aberdeen (Sim), St. Andrews (M‘Intosh), Northumberland (Norman), and Plymouth (de Morgan). Irish Distribution.—This species has not so far been recorded from the Irish coasts. LIST OF REFERENCES. Adensamer, 1898.—‘‘ Decapoden gesammelt auf S.M.S. Pola, 1890 94.”,—Denkschr. d. Math.-Naturwiss. Classe d. K. Akad. Wien, Bd. LXV. Aleock, 1894.—‘* Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer Investigator.” Series 2, No. 1. “On the Results of Deep Sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91.”— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. XIII. Alcock, 1901.—*‘ A Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea Decapoda, Macrura and Anomala, in the Indian Museum.” Aleock and Anderson, 1894.—Journ. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, Vol. PTE Pt! 2 Aleock and Anderson, 1899.—‘‘ Natural History Notes from H.M. Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship Investigator.” . . . Series 3, No. 2. ‘‘ An Account of the Deep-Sea Crustacea dredged during the Surveying-season 1897—-98.",—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hlast.. Ser.\7, vol, ELT. Allen, 1895.—‘‘ The Reproduction of the Lobster.’”’-—Journal Marine Biol. Assoc., Plymouth, Vol. IV., No. 1. ‘Allen, 1896.—‘‘ Protection of Crabs and Lobsters.’’—Journal Marine Biol. Assoc., Plymouth, Vol. IV., No. 2. Andrews, 1911.—‘‘ Sperm transfer in certain Decapods.’’—Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Washington, Vol. 39. Appellof, 1996.—‘‘ Die Dekapoden Crustaceen.’”—Meeresfauna von Bergen. Heft 2-3. Bergens Museums Aarbog. Appellof, 1909.—‘“* Untersuchungen iiber den Hummer, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung seines Auftretens an den norwegischen Kiisten.’’—Bergen. Bate, Spence, 1859.—Proc. Linnean Soc., Zool., Vol. III. Bate, Spence, 1868.—“‘ Carcinological Gleanings, No. IV.’—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. 2. Bate, Spence, 1878.—‘‘ On the Willemoesia group of Crustacea.’’— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. 2. Bate, Spence, 1888.—‘“‘ Crustacea Macrura.’’—Report Sci. Results of Challenger Exped., Zoology, Vol. XXIV. Bell, 1853.—*‘ A History of the British Stalk-eyed Crustacea.” Bjorek, 1913 (a).—‘‘ Dekapoden aus dem Kattegat und dem Ska- gerak.’’—Arkiv. for Zoologi, Stockholm, Bd. 8, No. 3. Bjoreck, 1913 (b).—“‘ Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Dekapodenmeta- morphose. II. Uber das postlarvale Stadium von Calocarts macandreae.”—Arkiv fdr Zoologi, Stockholm, Bd. 8, No. 7. Bonnier, 1888.—‘* Les Galatheidae des Cétes de France.’’—Bull. sci. de la France et de la Belgique, Sér. 3, T. 1. Borradaile, 1903.—‘‘ On the Classification of the Thallassinidea.’— _-Ann: Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser: 7, Vol. 12. Borradaile, 1907.—*‘ On the Classification of the Decapod Crusta- eeans.:’—Ann. Mag. Nat..Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. 19: 106 Bouvier, 1905 (a).—‘*‘ Sur les Palinurides et Eryonides recueillis dans Atlantique oriental par les expéditions francgaises et moné- gasques.”—Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci., T. CXL. et T. CXLI. Bouvier, 1905 (b).—“ Palinurides et Eryonides recueillis dans l’At- lantique oriental pendant les campagnes de l’Hirondelle et de la Princesse Alice.’”-—Bull. Mus. Océanogr., Monaco, No. 28. Bouvier, 1905 (c).—* Sur les Crustacés décapodes recueillis par le yacht Princess Alice au cours de la campagne de 1905.”— Bull. Mus. Océanogr., Monaco, No. 55. Bouvier, 1911.—*‘ Sur les Crustacés décapodes recueillis par la Princess Alice au cours de sa campagne de 1910.”—Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci., Paris, T. 152 Calman, 1896.—*‘ Deep Sea Crustacea from the South-west coast of Ireland.”’—Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., Vol. XX XI. Calman, 1909.—* Crustacea.’”’—A Treatise on Zoology, by Sir Ray Lankester. Part VII. Third fascicle. Calman, 1911.—‘‘ The Life of Crustacea.” Carus, 1885.—‘‘ Prodromus Faunae Mediterraneae,”’ Vol. I. Caullery, 1896.—* Crustacés Schizopodes et Décapodes: Résultats Scientifiques de la Campagne du Caudan.’”—Ann. Univ. Lyon, XXVI. Chiereghin, 1818.—“ Descrizione de’ crostacai, de’ testacei, e de pesci che abitano le lagune ed il golfo Veneto rappresentati in figure a chiaro-scuro ed a colori.” —MS. in R. Liceo de Venezia. Crawshay, 1912.—‘ Fauna of the outer western area of the English Channel.’’—Journal Marine Biol. Assoc., Plymouth, Vol. IX., No. 3. Czerniavsky, 1884.—‘‘ Crustacea Decapoda Pontica Littoralia.” Dana, 1852.—“‘ Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedi- tion.” Ehrenbaum, 1894.—‘‘ Der Helgolander Hummer ein Gegenstand deutscher Fischerei.’”’—-Wissen. Meeresunters. herausg. v. d. Komm. zur Unters. d. deutsch. Meere in Kiel, und d. biol. Anstalt auf Helgoland. Neue Folge, Bd. 1. Esmark, 1856.—‘‘ Om Galathea tridentata, n.sp.”—Forh. Skandin. Naturf., 7 Mode. Ewart and Fulton, 1888.—‘ The Scottish Lobster Fishery.’”’—Ann. Report of Fish. Board for Scotland for 1887. Farran, 1912.—*‘ Decapoda: Clare Island Survey.’—Proc. Roy. Trish ae: Vol. XXXI. Faxon, 1893.—‘ Reports on the Dredging Operations off the west coast of Central America... by the... Albatross.—Preliminary Descriptions of New Species of Crustacea.”’—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, U.S.A. Vol. XXIV., No. 7. Faxon, 1895.—‘“ Stalk-Eyed Crustacea of the Albatross Expedition.” —Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, U.S.A., Vol. XVIII. Filho], 1886.—‘‘ La Vie au Fond des Mers.”’ Fischer, 1872.—-“‘ Crustacés podophthalmaires du département de la. Gironde.”’ Actes Soc. Linn., Bordeaux, Vol. XXVIII. Goés, 1863.—‘“‘ Crustacea Decapoda Podophthalma Marina Sueciae.” —Ofvers. af K. Vet. Akad. Forh. 107 Gruvel, 1912.—‘‘ Contribution a l’étude générale, systématique, et économique des Palinuridae.”—Ann. de l'Institut Océano- graphique, Paris. T. III. Hansen, 1908.—‘‘ Crustacea Malacostraca of the Danish JIngolf Expedition.” Heller, 1862.—‘‘ Beitrage zur naiheren Kenntnis der Macruren.”— Sitzungsber. d. Akad. d. Wissensch., Wien, Bd. 45. Heller, 1863.—“ ai Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa.” Henderson, 1885.—** New Species of Galatheida collected during the Challenger Expedition.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. 16. Henderson, 1886.—‘‘ The Decapod and Schizopod Crustacea of the Firth of Clyde.”—Proc. and Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. of Glasgow, Mol. J. Henderson, 1888.—‘‘ Anomura.”—Rep. Sci. Results of Challenger Expedition, Zoology, Vol. X XVII. Herdman, 1880.—“‘ On the Invertebrate Fauna of Lamlash Bay.”’— Proc. Roy. Physical Soc., Edinburgh, Vol. 5. Herrick, 1896.—** The American Lobster, a study of its habits and development.’’—Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., Vol. XV. Herrick, 1911.—“‘ Natural History of the American Lobster.’’—Bull Bureau of Fish., Washington, Vol. X XIX. “ Investigator,’? 1892-1900.—“ Illustrations of the Zoology of R.1.M.S.S. Investigator. Crustacea. Kalichewsky, 1906.—‘*‘ Matériaux pour la faune carcinologique du golfe d’Odessa.’’—Meém. de la Soc. des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle-Russie, Vol. 29. Kemp, 1910.—‘** Decapoda collected by the Hualey from the North side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906.”—Journal Marine Biol. Assoc., Plymouth, Vol. VIII., No. 5. Kemp, 1912.—”“ Notes on Decapoda in the Indian Museum.”’— Records of the Indian Museum, Vol. 7, Pt. 1. Kinahan, 1857 (a).—** On a Crangon new to Science, with notices of other Crustacea, and observations on the Crustacea Podophthalmia of the Dublin Marine District.’’—Proce. Dublin Net. Hist. Soc., Vol. II., p. 27. Kinahan, 1857 (b).—" Beason of Irish Crustacea not included in Dublin lists.”-—Proe. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II., p. 43. Kinahan, 1857 (c).—** Addendum to Supplemental Dublin list of Crustacea.”’—Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II., p. 58. Kinahan, 1857 (d).—‘‘ On Xantho rivulosa and other decapodous Crustacea occurring at Valentia Island, Co. Ata Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II., p. 58. Kinahan, 1857 (e). —‘ Notes on Dredging in Belfast oe with a list of species.” —Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II., p. 128. Kinahan, 1861.—* On the Britannic species of Crangon and Gala- thea.” —Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., Vol. XXIV. Lo. Bianco, 1993.—‘‘Le pesche abissali eseguite da F. A. Krupp ecl Yacht Puritan nelle adiacenze di Capried in altre localita del Mediterraneo.” —-Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. XVI. 108 Meinert, 1877—‘‘ Crustacea Isopoda, Amphipoda, et Decapoda Daniae.’’—Naturhist. Tidsskrift, R. 3, Bd. XI. . Meinert, 1890.—‘‘ Det Videnskabelige Udbytte af Kanonenbaaden Hauchs Togter, ITI., Crustacea Malacostraca.”’ Melville, 1857.—‘‘ A list of the Crustacea Podophthalmia of the Galway Marine District.”—Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II., p. 41. A. Milne-Edwards, 1880.—‘‘ Etudes preliminaires sur les Crustacés recueillis par le Blake.’’—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, WTS JAS e Valais: : A. Milne-Edwards, 1881.—‘‘ Compte rendu sommaire d’une explore tion zoologique faite dans l’Atlantique a bord du navire Travailleur.”,—Comptes Rendus. Acad. Sci., Paris, T. XCIII A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (a).—‘‘ Crustacés décapodes de l’Hirondelle ; Brachyures et Anomures.”—Résult. Camp. sci. d. Prince de Monaco, Fasc. VII. A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894 (b).—‘“‘ Considerations générales sur la famille des Galathéides.’—Ann. d. Sci. Nat., Zool., Bere W2ATy VALE A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899.—“‘ Crustacés décapodes de I’ Hirondelle et de la Princesse Alice.”’—Résult. Camp. sci. d. Prince de Monaco, Fase. XIII. A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900.—-‘‘ Crustacés Décapodes.”’— Expéd. Sei. du Travailleur et du Talisman, I. H. Milne-Edwards, 1837.—‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés. de Morgan, 1910.—‘‘ On the species Upogebia stellata and Gebia deltura.”—Journal Marine Biol. Assoc., Plymouth, N.S., Vol. 8. Nardo, 1847.—“ Sinonimia moderna all’ opera inedita del Chiere- ghin.’’—Venice. Norman, 1868.—‘“‘ On the British species of Alpheus, Typton, and Aatus.’’—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. 2. Norman, 1879.—‘‘ Recent Eryontidae.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser: «5; Vols/4¢ Norman, 1882.—‘“‘ Crustacea of the Knight Hrrant Expedition.” — Proc. Roy. Soc. of Edinburgh, Vol. XT. Norman, 1890.—“ The ‘ British Area’ in Marine Zoology.’”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. 5. Norman, 1894.—‘*‘ A Month on the Trondhjem Fjord.”—-Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. 138, Norman and Scott, 1906.—‘‘ The Crustacea of Devon and Cornwall.” Norman, 1907.—‘‘ The Crustacea of the Channel Islands.’—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. 20. Norman and Brady, 1909.—‘‘ The Crustacea of Northumberland and Durham.’’—Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle, N.S. Vol. 38. Ortmann, 1891-94.—Die Dekapoden Krebse des Strasburger Museums.”—Zool. Jahrbiicher, Abth. Syst. Geol. u. Biol., VOlS.45s463 172 Perrier, 1886.—‘‘ Les Explorations sous-niarines.”’ 109 Rathbun, 1906.—‘* The Brachyura and Macrura of the Hawaiian Islands.” —Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1903, Pt. III. Riggio, 1884-85.—-Naturalista Siciliano, Vol. IV. Risso, 1816.—‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés des Environs de Nice.” Risso, 1826.—‘‘ Histoire Naturelle de Europe Méridionale,”’ Vol. 5. Ritchie, 1910.—‘‘ On the Distribution of the Thorny Lobster in British Waters.”—Proc. Roy. Physical Soc. of Edinburgh, Vol. 18. Sars, 1871.—‘‘ Undersdgelser over Hardangerfjordens Fauna: I. Crustacea.’’—Videnskab.-Selsk. Forh. Sars, 1882.—“‘ Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer.’’—Videnskab.-Selsk. Forh., Christiania. No. 18. Sars, 1885.—‘‘ Crustacea—The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedi- tion, 1876-78.” Scott, 1899.—* Notes on Recent Gatherings of Micro-Crustacea from the Clyde and the Moray Firth.”-—-17th Ann. Rep. of the Fish. Board for Scotland. Part III. Scott, 1800.—‘‘ Notes on some Gatherings of Crustacea .. . examined during the past year (1899).’’—18th Ann. Rep. of the Fish. Board for Scotland. Part III. Scott, 1905.—‘‘ A Catalogue of the Land, Fresh-water, and Marine Crustacea found in the basin of the river Forth and its Es- tuary.”’—Proc. Roy. Physical Soc. of Edinburgh. Vol. XVI. Senna, 1903.—‘‘ Le Esplorazione Abissali nel Mediterraneo. II. Nota sui Crostacei Decapodi.”—Bull. Soc. Entomol. Italia Sim, 1879.—“‘ List of the Crustacea of the North-East of Scotland.” Sinel, 1906.—‘‘ A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Crustacea of the Channel Islands.”—Trans. Soc. Nat. Sci., Guernsey. Smith, 1880 (a)—‘‘ On some Points in the Structure of a Species of the Willemoseia Group of Crustacea.”—Ann. Mag. Nat. Huast., Ser. 5, Vol. 5. Smith, 1880 (b).—‘‘ Notice of a new Species of the Wailemoesia Group of Crustacea.” —Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Washington, Nol, L1. Smith, 1882.—‘‘ Report on the results of dredging . . . on the east eoast of the United States ... by the Blake-—XVII.—Crust- acea, Pt.1. Decapoda.’’—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, bes. A.,. Vol. X. No. 1. Smith, 1883.—‘‘ Preliminary Report on the Brachyura and Anomura dredged in Deep Water on the South Coast of New England.” —Proc., U.S. Nat. Museum, Washington, Vol. VI. Smith, 1884.—‘‘ Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the east coast of the United States.”—Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., for 1882. Smith, 1886.—‘‘ Report on the Decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the east coast of the United States.”—Rep. US. Fish. Comm., for 1885. Stebbing, 1893.—‘‘ A History of Recent Crustacea.’’—International Scientific Series, Vol. LX XIV. 110 Stebbing, 1900 (a).—“‘ Arctic Crustacea: Bruce Collection.’”,—Ann. Mae? Nat: Hist., Ser. 07, Valeo. Stebbing, 1900 (b).—‘‘ South African Crustacea, Pt. I.’—Marine Investigations in S. Africa. Stebbing, 1903.—‘‘ South African Crustacea, Pt. II.’—Marine Investigations in S. Africa. Stebbing, 1905.—‘‘ South African Crustacea, Pt. III.’’-—Marine Investigations in 8S. Africa. Stebbing, 1908.—‘ South African Crustacea, Pt. IV.”—Annals of the S. African Museum, Vol. VI. Stebbing, 1910.—‘‘ South African Crustacea, Pt. V.’’—Annals of the S. African Museum, Vol. VI. Stephensen, 1910.—** Revideret Fortegnelse over Danmarks marine Arter af Decapoda.’’—Vidensk. Meddel. fra naturhist. Foren- ing. Kjébenhavn. Stephensen, 1912.—‘‘ Report on the Malacostraca collected by the Tjalfe Expedition, especially at W. Greenland.”’—Vidensk. Meddel. fra naturhist. Forening. Kj6benhavn. Stephensen, 1913.—‘‘ Gronlands Krebsdyr og Pycnogonider.’’— Meddelelser om Groénland, XXII. Tesch, 1908.—‘** Bijdragen tot de Fauna der zuidelijke Noordzee, IV. Decapode Crustacean ten deele versameld med de Wedan.”— Helder Jaarb. Onderz. d. Zee, 1908. Walker, 1892.—‘‘ Revision of the Podcophthaimata and Cumacea of Liverpool Bay.’’—Trans. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, Vol. VI. Walker, 1898.—‘‘ Malacostraca from the west coast of Ireland.”— Trans. Biol. Soc., Liverpool, Vol. XII. Whiteaves, 1874.—American Journal of Science, Ser. 8, Vol. VIII: Woillebaek, 1908.—‘‘ Remarks on Decapod Crustaceans of the North Atlantic and the Norwegian Fjords.’—Bergens Museums Aarbog, No. 12. Wollebaek, 1909.—* Effektiv hermaphroditisme hos en decapod Crustace, Calocaris macandreae, Bell.”,—Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, Kristiania, Vol. 47. Wood-Mason, 1873.—Journal Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, Vol. 42, pt. 2. 111 INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES, [The references are to pages,] A. adriatica, Calliaxis, Agassizi, Polycheles, Andrewsi; Galathea, Anomura, Anoplonotus, Astacura, atlantica, Nephr opsis, Axiidae, Axius, stir hynchus, B. bamffica, Munida, Bathyankeristes, Beaumontii, Penracheles. Beaumont, Polycheles, C. Cailianassa, Stebbing?, subierranea, Callianassidae, Calliaxis adriatica, Calocaris, M weandrend, Chirostylidae, Chirostylus, curvirostra, M unidopsis, D. deltaura, Upogebia, deltura, Gebia, deliura, Gebiopsis, Diptychus, —— rubrovittatus, Diptycinae, . dispersa, Galathea, Doderleini, Polycheles, dubius, Polycheles, E. Elasmonotus, Hryoneicus, Eryonicus, Fazxom, hibernicus, —— Kempi, Scharffi. Eryonidae, Eryonidea, nitidus, var. eae Be. Faxoni, Eryonicus, formosus, Gastroptychus, formosus, Ptychogaster, G. Galathea, Andrewsi?, dispersa, intermedia, nexa, squamifera, strigosa, tridentata, Galatheidae, Galatheidea, Galatheinae, Galathodes, igen tridentata, Galathopsis, Gastroptychus, formosus, Gebia, deltaura, stellata, Gebiopsis, deltura, Gebios, : granulatus, Polycheles, Grimaldi, Polycheies, EH; EHiextii, Pentacheles, Hextii, Polycheles, hibernicus, Eryonicus, Homarus, vulgaris, 4. intermedia, Galathea, J. Jaxea, E nocturna, . Ki: Kempt, Eryonicus, L. Laomediidae, longicornis, Por cellana, longirostris, Munidopsis, - 88; Ou OF CO Re bn W Ww Go DS bo o> or) CO © & Od 37 M. Macandreae, Calocaris, Munida, bamffica, —— Rondeletiz, —— rugosa, tenummana, Munidopsinae, Munidopsis, curvirostra, —— longirostris, —— rosacea, ——- iridentata, N. nanus, Pentacheles, nanus, Polycheles, Nephrops, norvegicus, Nephropsidae, Nephropsidea, Nephropsis, —— atlaniica, nexa, Galathea, nitidus, var. concolor, Diply chus, nitidus, var. concolor, ‘Urop- tychus, ; nocturna, Jaxea, norvegicus, Nephrops, O. Orophorhynchus, 1p Palinura, Palinuridae, Palinurus, : Thomsoni, vulgaris, Pentacheles, Beaumontit, —— Hexin, ——— nanus, —— sculptus, —— spinosus, ; platycheles, Porcellana, Polycheles, —— Agassizi, —— Beaumontit, —— Doderleini, —— dubius, —— granulatus, —— Grimaldi, —— Herxiii, nanus, 112 Polycheles, sculptus, typhlops, Porcellana, longicornis, platycheles, Porcellanidae, Ptychogaster, formosus, - R. Rondeletii, Munida, rosacea, Munidopsis, rosaceus, Galathodes, rubrovittatus, Diptychus, rubrovittatus, Uroptychus, rugosa, Munida, S. Scharffi, Eryonicus, sculptus, Peniacheles, sculptus, Polycheles, Scyllaridea, ; : spinosus, Pentacheles, squamifera, Galathea, Stebbingi, Callianassa, stellata, Gebia, stellata, Upogebia, Stereomastis, stirhynchus, Axius, strigosa, Galathea, subterranea, Callianassa, Abe tenuimana, Munida, Thallassinidea, Thomsoni, Palinurus, Trachelifer, ; tridentata, Galathea, tridentata, Galathodes, tridentata, Munidopsis, typhlops, Polycheles, 1 OF U pogebia, deliaurad, . © « —— stellata, Uroptychidae, Uroptychus, nitidus, var. concilened —— rubrovitiatus, ie vulgaris, Homarus, vulaaris, Palinurus, . 103. Fig. ig. 15.—Lateral view of abdomen, X<1°3. Fig. is. 2.—Lateral view of abdomen, X1°:3. . 8.—Mandible, x 4-6. . 4.—First maxilla, x 4-6. . 5.—Second maxilla, «1:3. . 6.—First maxillipede, x ca. 38. . 7—Second maxillipede, x 4-6. . 8.—Third maxilipede, x 4-6. Fig. Fig. ig. 2.—Lateral view of abdomen, x1°3. pea. Mandible, x 2: . 4.—Mandibular palp, x2°6. Fig. ig. 6.—Antennule, x2°6. . 7.—First maxilla, x2-6. . 8.—Second maxilla, x2. . 9.—First maxillipede, x 2-6. . 10.—Second maxillipede, x 4. . 11.—Third maxillipede, x 2-6. Fig. ig. 2.—Telson and uropods, x 4:3. ig. 8.—Antennular peduncle, 15-3. Fig. 4.—Antennal peduncle, «15-3. Fig. 113 EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-XV. PuaTE I. Polycheles typhlops, Heller. . 1.—Dorsal view of adult female, «1-6. . 2.—Lateral view of abdomen, x<1°3. . 8.—Antennule, x 2:3. . 4.—Antenna, from beneath, x 2°38. . 5.—First maxilla, x 4-6. . 6.—Second maxilla, x 4-6. ig. 7.—Upper part of first maxillipede, «17-3. . 8.—Second maxillipede, x 4. . 9.—Third maxillipede, x 4-6. . 10.—End of fifth pereiopod of male, x 4:6. . 11.—End of fifth pereiopod of female, x 4:6. . 12.—First pleopod of male, x ca. 4. Fig. 13.—First pleopod of female, xca. 4. Polycheles nanus (Smith), var. Grimaldii, Bouvier. 14.—Dorsal view of female, x<1°3. Pruate IT. Polycheles sculptus, Smith. 1.—Dorsal view of adult male, <1°3. 9.—First pleopod of male, xca. 3. PuateE III. Polycheles granulatus, Faxon. 1.—Dorsal view of adult female, 1:3. 5.—Antenna, xX 2:6. PuatE IV. Kryonicus Fazxoni, Bouvier. 1.—Lateral view of largest Irish specimen, x 5-3. 5.—Merus and carpus of second pereiopod, x 8-6. 8 Fig. Fig. Fig. > 114 Pirate IV.—continued. Eryonicus sp. juv. 6.—Lateral view, x 13-3. 7.—Dorsal view of anterior end of carapace, x 16-6. 8.—Second maxillipede, x 24:6. 9.—Third maxillipede, x 24-6. PLATE V. Eryonicus hibernicus, n. sp. 1.—Lateral view, x 4:6. 2.—Telson and uropods, xX 4:3. Eryonieus Kempt, n. sp. 3.—Lateral view, x 4-3. . 4.—Dorsal view, xX 4:3. . 5.—Telson and uropods, x5. . 6.—Antennular peduncle, x 13:3. . 7.—Antennal peduncle, x 13-3. 8.—Merus and carpus of second pereiopod, x 8-6. Eryonicus Scharffi, n. sp. 9.—Lateral view, x4. . 10.—Anterior end of carapace from dorsal aspect, x 6. . 11.—Telson and uropods, x 4:6. 12.—Merus and carpus of second pereiopod, x 8-6, PLATE,VI. Palinurus Thomson, ni. sp. 1.—Dorsal view, X°8. . 2.—First pereiopod, x°8. Palinurus vulgaris, Latreille. 3.—First pereiopod, x °7. Puate VII. Nephropsis atlantica, Norman. . 1.—Lateral. view of female, x -°75. . 2.—Mandible, x3°5. . 3.—First maxilla, x 5. . 4.—Second maxilla, x3°5. . 5.—First maxillipede, X3°5. . 6.—Second maxillipede, x3. ».; . 7.—Third maxillipede, x3. : . 8.—First pleopod of female, x38. . 9.—First pleopod of male, x3. . 10.—Second pleopod of male with appendix masculina, X3._ . 11.—Openings of oviducts and spermatheca of female, x 3-5. - 12.—Spermatophore, x5. . 13.—Spermatozoa, x 430. Fig. Fig. Fig. 115 Puate VIII. Uroptychus rubrovittatus (A. Milne-Edwards). 1.—Dorsal view, x3°5. 2.—Lateral view of carapace, x<3-5. 3.—Cheliped, x3°5. 4.—End of second pereiopod, x13. Uroptychus nitidus, (A: Milne-Edwards), var: concolor, Milne-Edwards Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. and Bouvier. 5.—Lateral view of carapace, x 3-5" 6.—Antennal peduncle, x 21-5 7.—Third maxillipede, x 4:3 8.—Lower surface of ischium of cheliped, x 3-5: 9.—End of second pereiopod, x13. 10.—Distal part of second pleopod of male, x35. PLATE IX. Uroptychus nitidus (A. Milne-Edwards), var. concolor, A. Milne- Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 3 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 7 Fig. Fig. Fig. fo) Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Edwards and Bouvier. 1.—Dorsal view, x51 Gastroptychus formosus (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). 2.—First maxilla, x 17:3. 3.—First maxillipede, x 14-6. 4.—Second maxillipede, x 14°6. 5.—Third maxillipede, x 4-6. 6.—First pleopod of male, «17-3. 7.—Second pleopod of male, «17-3. 8.—Second pleopod of female, 17:3. Prats X." Gastroptychus formosus (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). 1.—Dorsal view, x 2:3. | PuaTE XI. Galathea intermedia, Lilljeborg. 1.—Antennule, x 23:3. 2.—First maxilla, x17°3. 8.—Second maxilla, «17-3 4.—First maxillipede, 17-3. 5.—Second maxillipede, 17-3. 6.—Third maxillipede, 17:3. 7.—End of propodite of cheliped, 17-3. 8.—Fifth pereiopod, x 23-3. 9.—First pleopod of male, 17-3. 10.—Second pleopod of male, x 17-3. 11.—Third pleopod with two-jointed endopodite, x 28-6. 12.—Third pleopod with one-jointed endopodite, x 28-6, Munida bamffica (Pennant). 13.—Dorsal view, x4. 14.—Thoracic sternum, x8. 116 PLATE XI.—continued. Munida tenuimana, G. O. Sars. Fig. 15.—Dorsal view, x4. Fig. 16.—Thoracie sternum, x8. PuaTE XII. Munidopsis tridentata (Esmark). Fig. 1.—Dorsal view, x 2. Fig. 2.—Telson and uropods, x3. Fig. 3—Third maxillipede, x 19-5. Fig. 4.—First pleopod of male, x13°5. Fig. 5.—Second pleopod of male, x18°5. PLATE XIII. Munidopsis curvirostra, Whiteaves. Fig. 1.—Dorsal view, x 5:1. Fig. 2.—Lateral view of carapace, x 4:6. Fig. 3.—Telson and uropods, x 4. Fig. 4.—Second pleopod of male, x 28-6. PuatTe XIV. Axius stirhynchus, Leach. Fig. 1. Dorsal view, x -83. Fig. 2.—Lateral view of anterior part of carapace, x 3-6. Fig. 3.—Cheliped, x36. Fig. 4.—Openings of oviducts and spermatheca of female, » 4.2. ~ Calocaris Macandreae, Bell. Fig. 5.—Lateral view of ovaries and testes exposed, x 4:6. Fig. 6.—Third maxillipede, x 4-6. Fig. 7.—First pleopod, x 28-6. Callianassa Stebbingi, Borradaile. Fig. 8.—Outer side of third maxillipede, x 4:6. Fig. 9.—Inner side of third maxillipede, x 4-6. Fig. 10.—Third pereiopod, x 4-6 PLATE XV. Jaxea nocturna, (Chiereghin) Nardo. Fig. 1.—Lateral view of adult male, x 4:3. Fig. 2.—Telson and uropods. x 4:6. Fig. 3.—Anterior end of carapace from dorsal aspect, x 4-8. Vig. 4.—First maxilla, x 16. Fig. 5.—Second maxilla, x 7-3. Fig. 6.—First maxillipede. x6. Fig. 7.—Second maxillipede, x 10-6. Fig. 8.—Third maxillipede, x 4-6. We. P.533.—S. 425. 750. 2/14. B.&N,, Ltd, Ea DAG HM WAS AN Ii mi) N IN Figs. 14. 15.—P. nanus, var. Grimaldii. ‘igs, 1-13, —Polycheles typhlops. Pi. | eas Ee Polycheles sculptus. C.M.S. del re ee — oe0d ©9929 7092\,05000 3050 9D 0000007 Dos OFF.000 99092 OGTT J909'G90'00 99D 995208097095 / 4 ip yy IF b % ‘ fe Vo = Polycheles granulatus. a iy fi aa eae = fj : y : Ses ke 3 5} pear ‘ f : “ = ae . 4 = ae 4 0 3 re g 3 : my; Pe. : * jae ; age ’ ; = Pls ly: ~ Y l= Figs. 6-9.—Eryonicus sp. Juv. Figs. 1-5.—Eryonicus Faxoni. C.M.S. del, a Tr i = mean i win ee Lo ty a tit Re A 90 ENE EET ENE aE A IE NE TS, SO A NE TL NES AT TE CT A IE Re le HY ES a j 4 . " ‘ if a ve 7 we ‘ 4 " ¢ i u : i i - al ‘ ; f joes " ; * y } = » “~ v , : , j > em 4 } A 7} Ot z : 4 = = - ' fm fot ile Pe beet * J J t 7 “bl ; @ * M t, *) * J ‘ t f ? - . o J ~ . * a / * ¢ ie ; = . . do * ws p 7 ; i re ’ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ : ; be / : : ; — a c oe ’ a } a’ —— wm, “¢€ a ss = * : : Dea vty tian Ser fs fl ocr® a , 7 os 1 : 1 & 4 | i! ‘ n' n as — Pe pa ], 14. v Ve { \ “Nee A aa Sb Pe MMS. del, Figs. 3-8.—K. Kempi. Figs. 9-12.—E. Scharffi. Figs. 1, 2.—Eryonicus hibernicus. Pl. VI. \ EE PEELE PE rrp . é he oe =a ss Alte cD. Figs. 1, 2.—-Palinurus Thomsoni. Fig. 3.—P. vulgaris. A / THY s - G A $ a] F 3 wheig C.M.S. del. | | | f | {| i t) q H \} . t) ' i { ij t ! ! i H ll H i] Uy H 4] i q | 4 C.M.S. del. Nephropsis atlantica. =~ ® : or » +, ten. / h | PEOVER. \{ \ | wif) \ Hi) t I// Ai) Figs. 1-4.—Uroptychus rubrovittatus. Figs. 5-10.—U. nitidus, var. concolor. C.M.S. del. Fig. 1.—Uroptychus nitidus, var. concolor. Figs. 2-8.—Gastroptychus formosus. “71, I “XI ‘Td C.M.S. del. Gastroptychus formosus. I. 714. PGT Figs, 15, 16.—M. tenuimana, UMS. del. Figs. 1-12.—Galathea intermedia. Figs. 13, 14 —Munida bamffica. I. ’14. elie. 2 i C.M.S. del. Munidopsis tridentata. J. 714. Xv t \ 2 SON ies PE Se \) Munidopsis curvirostra. C.M.S. del. > } I. 714. 5 u iS hy > . . d g c C g aad "w ” _ a = e == = oo Sy iad = lt an » 7 te “a - —_-— - . j y . ating Rt pm yt) Py i 7 .» ae os 4a [Va b= 2 why eee ae a _/ , nal * om Sn.” - - if ¢ } ai ‘ / / me ’ ; ’ ‘ ane ay ‘ 4 a o} : pnt * Faun. J D S : é , ‘ ‘a : i ) ju . . y j F Ms oa : @ x A ub’ eer my, re yA ie i 1 Pa , iS n, - 4 Os ; ‘fs J. ‘14. Pl. XV. CMS. del. Jaxcammactuina. | _ FISHERIES BRANCH. cs SIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS Pee = 4921, a. ee Bs “Pare II.-—— Paguridea. = Bee se BY Cc. M. Senin, B.Sc. National Museun, Dublin: sae: Plates I—IX. | % This paper may be referred to as— , — Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1921, I. [1921].” = . DUBLIN: : ISHED BY HIS MAJESTY’S: STATIONERY OFFICE. = To = purchased ers any Bookseller or > dizeetly from ASON AND SON, irtp., 40-41 Lr. SAckvinLe STREET, DUBLIN ; from H.M. STATIONERY OFFICE at the following addresses : AL Hovussz, Kinesway, Lonpon, W.C. 2, and 28 ABINGDON Street =a Lonpon, g. W. 1; e TE R n SonEB, MaNcHESTER ; 1 Sr. Axpiuw’s CESEENT Oa RDIEF ; : 23° ‘Forra Seer, EDINBURGH. my 5 aa ne isaiey = : vo Ne = = we ee + 1921. be = . oe 3 = | DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION FOR IRELAND. FISHERIES BRANCH. > List OF PUBLICATIONS RELATING TO SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATIONS, | = x < (For the years 1901 to 1906 see separate list.) : BE Bice ned wears x eeoe eeerleeoeeltee ee Aug. May|JunelJ uly Xl eX x ejeereeloeeele ee erie Dee. — Sep.| Oct.|Nov. Sa (alge eal x X |. ow oleae eee bien x Ae allie = XK | |esse lee Gates EXTRA-ATLANTIC DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PAGURIDEA. 3 3| 2-3 3. 2O ty © Oj]-s B fas} Elceioe : Ss Pe per By = aed ~~ fy ZH/SEleD| § | 3 eg) el 2 2) oe t/om| wis} § 3 | &!/ oO 2 28 oa} 2 S D aS 5 = R Qs OF Se FS ea Seal ea ee Cm et ss Ese esie Sia?) aig} s)e)/slue/s}] 38138 Oo 5|,0 © @ @ Qs a Sls E Sie 8\s8 = > | < : Siz S| 8 NS a ; 3 CO] awe = ® OR) ue fa = = = | Parapagurus | pilosimanus ial eh ols Teme pletars le a x x x Eupagurus pubescens <)> cismelewisieles =i SO PERE IS. dice Sahat, Soiree eit hele pat eee fee Diogenes | pugilator wl etsbtae hills eye collie’ eae iw oie fete (ete aed ole ieee >: il >< Spy foe Saf - ee KEY To THE GENERA OF BRITISH PAGURIDEA. I. Abdomen soft, twisted and adapted for living in a spiral molluse shell (PAGURIDAE). A. Left cheliped larger than right ; a sharp movable rostriform process between ophthalmic scales (PAGURINAE) .. Ss a Diogenes. B. Right cheliped larger than left; no movable rostriform process (HUPAGURINAE). 1. No tube protrudes from opening on either coxa of fifth pereiopods of male. a Paired pleopods, modified for sexual purposes, usually present on first or first and second abdominal segments ; right sexual opening absent in female; fingers of cheliped move in a plane oblique to the horizontal... Parapagurus. b. No paired and modified pleopods on first or second abdominal segments ; paired sexual openings present in both sexes ; fingers of cheliped move in a practi- cally horizontal plane... Hupagurus. 2. A tube protrudes from opening on at least one coxa of fifth pereipopods of male. a. A tube protrudes only from left sexual opening of male and is bent outwards in a semicircle; no sexual modified pleopods in female .. : Gi NUAlso ya fapal oil [a is. Gi aan Gull ib EY Weretavellistasete ene lis 'oae Soul ses eel E Sontine Eupagurus carneus >. Gal Pixels] Wiens aden tla ciictrs sip | os bei] si #-<'le- eile 8's | eae rr Eupagurus cuanensis Daal a> a a. ot | Wi a ie al pay elt AP NII shi 5 fois Eupagurus pubescens a x pda > i We ea a n> dinifyc eg!) | Eupagurus Prideauxii x Siu) ok SE ox Pet PE PN) giscn os - Eupagurus variabilis SUAS ol oooloaccloancleods K |e ofS | ewe isileve oie | ese ve oH ene ea Anapagurus laevis ¢ X ae X os a5 Da oes ad tess It Sar a Anapagurus chiroacanthus ./....|....|.... Kyee Role aw RS ale he liek eke Anapagurus Hyndmanni >: gs| Rate eat aie ep Tie ae > Gill ol ES: ¢ Eis os [re 0+ lieve resell eate tel eee Nematopagurus longicornis KW ic io |e ve te | oveveceifisveie allie @ ww [ore sae, [leue oslo: oll ecllane! | aieeennal nea Lithodes maia x x >: Sa a> Se a 4 Fee. Goan sh | Se jj SS ag 1 Not south of the Moray Firth, Famity PAGURIDAE, Sup-Famiy PAGURINAE, Genus: Diogenes, Dana. Diogenes pugilator (Roux). Plate Vi, ‘figs. 6-9: Pagurus pugilator, Roux, 1828. Pagurus arenarius, Lucas, 1849. Pagurus Dilwynti, Spence Bate, 1851. Pagurus Dilwynti, Bell, 1853. Diogenes arenarius, Stimpson, 1858. - al. 5 DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PAGURIDEA. q — | n et fey so | cS = © ° ° oD | 1 hae 2 AE ks ag et 38 3 | 2 Bi. ies} > | (oe) “=| n °.2 (3) Sols 3) ol o fas] M 2}. oO = RM 3 (eels 8 mf n oF ie oO > n ag 3 “= |» oO ® |oR| 35 Bh sepa | S{/m/}2d}/ o | ORI6 na} OU Pa ¢ g | 2 /)a0}ae ee ali) Ooa|) Eaherenn © | claey mend ® i] — 2) Read ee: Seeger Pe S| A hs ao | a pee eee = = a5 aes 2) fa | < mre fa] o| Sa < n othr 5 5 BRS & Q > S13 faa) 2° © on|® = ae s B/E <) 3 3|* a a | AD re | is ial ‘ Pent | t 2) | + | D< 3 i S-< | Schl (ape CN eae aa pe) Se SONORA ROG ed eee PIR wees OES Pe Lar em Pe Seu Ne ee x Xs eee OX x SGrVicr ta ieee & eeeeliereeetleeezreie ee efieeesvteeveeeleeeeviseeeeteeve eee 2 Not south of Durham, Pagurus algarbiensis, de Brito Capello, 1858. Pagurus ponticus, Kessler, 1861. Diogenes varians, Heller, 1863. Pagurus Lafonti, Fischer, 1872. Pagurus curvimanus, Clément, 1874. Pagurus Bocagit, de Brito Capello, 1875. Diogenes varians, Czerniavsky, 1884. Diogenes varians, Carus, 1885. Diogenes varians, Henderson, 1886 (0). Diogenes pugilator, Bouvier, 1891. Diogenes pugilator, Chevreux and Bouvier, 1892. Diogenes pugilator, Bouvier, 1896 (0). Diogenes pugilator, Nobili, 1903. Diogenes pugilator, Balss, 1912. T, 2s 6 The anterior part of the carapace is strongly calcified; behind the cervical groove it is much softer. The rostrum and the lateral frontal projections are of about equal length, but the former is slightly more rounded than the latter. In front of the rostrum and lying between the ophthalmic scales there is a narrow pointed movable process attached to the ophthalmic segment. It does not reach the tip of the scales, and ends in a sharp point. There are tufts of short setae on the dorsal surface of the carapace especially behind the lateral frontal projections. At the antero-lateral angles of the carapace there are two or three small teeth and from these, along each lateral margin to the cervical groove, there is a row of stronger teeth, elght or nine in number, separated from the upper surface by a deep groove, the linea anomurica. The telson is markedly asymmetrical and concave on its posterior margin, which bears a row of small sharp teeth. The eyestalks are of almost uniform length throughout, tapering very slightly distally. The corneal area is large, deeply and narrowly emarginate on its posterior border. The ophthalmic scales are very large and broad, triangular in out- line, and strongly calcified. The anterior margin of each slopes at an angle of forty-five degrees from its outer to its inner margin and is divided into strong teeth, which increase in size anteriorly. The scales lie on the same level as the dorsal sur- face of the carapace. . The second joint of the antennular peduncle reaches just to the tip of the cornea. The upper flagellum is very slightly longer than the third joint of the peduncle. The second joint of the antennal peduncle has a strong spine at the outer and a small tooth at the inner distal angle. The acicle or scale is broad, flat, and strongly calcified. It tapers to a sharp point and on its inner edge there is a row of four or five strong teeth. The tip of the acicle does not reach the distal end of the fourth joint. As usual the third is scarcely visible from abeve. The fourth joint is slender compared with the second and is cylindrical. The fifth is slightly longer than the fourth and is still more slender. The flagellum bears a fringe of long setae. Setae are also present on all peduncular joints, most plentifully on the second. They are also present in tufts on the acicle. The cornea reaches just beyond the tip of the fourth peduncular joint. — The third maxillipedes are contiguous at the base, not separate as in Eupagurus. The left cheliped is enormously larger than the right, the disparity in size being very much greater than is usual in Eupagurus. The fingers of the left cheliped move in a plane inclined to the horizontal. The merus is flattened on the outer side and covered with small pointed tubercles ; there is a row of small pointed teeth at the distal upper end, and a slight ridge, lined with tubercles, on the upper inner edge. The carpus has a similar ridge which bears a row of sharp teeth ; | | 7 the rest of the joint is covered with rounded tubercles. The propodite is large and fairly smooth, being covered only with minute granules, except on the inner edge, which is lined with small teeth. The edge of the dactyl also bears a row of teeth, which are small and rather blunt. The palm is longer than the fingers, which are acuminate. The cutting edges of the fingers are furnished with irregular calcareous teeth. The borders of the palm are parallel, but, opposite the base of the dactyl, the outer margin bends outwards, so that the axis of the fixed finger makes an obtuse angle with the long axis of the palm. The right cheliped is very small compared with the left and is densely setiferous. The merus is laterally compressed and its sides are covered with scales.bearing radial groups of setae (not shown in the figure) ; there are a few teeth on the outer lower edge. The carpus is also compressed and bears a dorsal row of five to seven teeth, which increase in size distally. There is a very obscure parallel row of indistinct points outside this. Teeth are scattered irregularly over the upper surface of the propodite and dactyl. The palm is much shorter than the fingers, which end in sharp claws. The under surface is almost or quite smooth, and the dactyl is strongly curved. The first right walking leg is laterally compressed. The merus is almost smooth on its inner side; on the outer side it bears some scale-like tubercles with setae. On the upper and lower edges there are similar tubercles. The carpus has a few setiferous tubercles on its outer surface, and more on > the upper surface, on the middle of which there is a row of teeth increasing slightly in size anteriorly. The inner surface is smoother and flatter than the outer. The propodite is slightly curved and bears a few tubercles or scales on the inner ‘surface. On the upper edge’ there is a row of about twenty small teeth interspersed with setae. On the outer surface there are a few scales dispersed in longitudinal lines. The dactyl is longer than the propodite, is curved and slender, and ends in a yellow claw. It is slightly grooved on the outer side. There are no spines on the lower edge, but there are four or five longitudinal rows of hairs which are most plentiful on the inner side. The other walking legs resemble that just described, except in the following points. In the first left walking-leg the teeth on the carpus are larger, and in second left walking-leg these teeth and those on the propodite are feebler. The fourth pereiopods are of the usual form covered with long plumose setae and with a broad imbricate area on the propodite. They are almost perfectly chelate. The fifth pereiopods are larger than the fourth, and are min- utely chelate. . There are four unpaired pleopods, none of which is biramous. The uropods are of the usual form. Size :—The carapace usually measures about 8-10 mm. ‘74 be 8 General Distribution:—The species has a wide range, ex- tending as it does from the English Channel to the Equator in the eastern Atlantic, and into the Mediterranean, the Adriatic, and the Black Sea. The detailed records of these regions are as follows :— Plymouth (Marine Biological Association), Boulogne (Tesch), Bay of Biscay off Barquero (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), Cape Verde (Rathbun), Gaboon River (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), Marseilles (Roux), Genoa (Canestrini), Sicily and Naples (Costa), Algiers (Lucas), Triest and Venice (Nardo), Spalato (Heller), Gulf of Odessa (Kalichewsky), Novo Rossiisk, (Theodosia), Kupatoria, and Sebastopol (Czerniavsky). It is also found in the Red Sea, and at Singapore (Nobili), and there is a some- what doubtful record, the specimen being damaged, from the Mergui Archipelago (Alcock). It is considered highly probable by many authors that D. brevirostris, Stimpson, is in reality the same species a D. pugilator, in which case the geographical distribution of the latter is extended to west and south-west Africa, specimens of D. brevirostris having been taken in Simon’s Bay (Stimpson, Henderson, Stebbing), and in Great Fish Bay (Balss). Vertical Distribution :—Heller mentions this species as oc- curring on the shore, especially in slimy places, and Alcock places the limit of its range in depth at about 68 fathoms. Irish Distribution :—It has not been taken in Irish waters but its occurrence in the English Channel leads us to expect that it may vet be found on the south or south-west Irish coast. SuB-Famity HUPAGURINAE. GENUS Parapagurus, Smith. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith. Plate VII, figs. 1-6. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith, 1879. Eupagurus Jacobi, A. Milne-Kdwards, 1880. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith, 1881. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith, 1882. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith, 1883. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith, 1884. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith, 1886. Parapagurus abyssorum, Henderson, 1888. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Pocock, 1889. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Bourne, 1890. Parapagurus abyssorum, Wood-Mason, 1891. Parapagurus pilosimanus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1892. Parapagurus pilosimanus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier,, 1898. Parapagurus pilosimanus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, — 1894. he °21, 9 Parapagurus abyssorum, Faxon, 1895. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Bouvier, 1896 (0). Parapagurus pilosimanus, Caullery, 1896. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Calman, 1896. Parapagurus pilosimanus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Parapagurus pilosimanus, var. abyssorum, A. Milne- Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Parapagurus pilosimanus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Parapagurus pilosimanus, var. abyssoruin, A. Milne- Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Aleock, 1901. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Alcock, 1905. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Hansen, 1908. Parapagurus pilosimanus, Balss, 1912. The rostrum is subacute with a blunt tip, and varies con- siderably in prominence. The lateral frontal processes are shallow and not so long as the rostrum. The gastric area is broad and convex from in front backwards, and from side to side. It is strongly calcified. Behind the well-marked cervi- cal groove the carapace is softer, but not so nearly membranous as in Hupagurus. There are a few groups of setae on the hepatic areas and many behind the cervical groove. The abdomen is long and rather slender, twisted in the usual way. The telson is only slightly asymmetrical and is minutely toothed on the posterior edges. The eyestalks are rather slender and taper very slightly in a distal direction. They bear large numbers of setae on their dorsal surface. The cornea is rather small, appears brown (in spirit), and is slightly emarginate on the posterior dorsal edge. The ophthalmic seales are small and spiniform. The antennular peduncle is very long and slender, which is mainly due to the great development of the third joint. It reaches when extended far beyond the antennal peduncle. The cornea reaches slightly beyond the base of the second joint. The upper flagellum is fully two-thirds as long as the third peduncular joint. The external process of the second joint of the antennal peduncle is short, not reaching the middle of the fourth joint. The process bears a few teeth on its inner edge near the tip. The acicle is almost cylindrical, thick, tapering suddenly to a sharp point. It reaches just beyond the tip of the fifth joint, and bears groups of setae on its inner edge. The third joint is, as usual, most easily seen from below and bears a small distal tooth. The fourth joint is short and cylindrical. The fifth is the longest of the series and is slightly compressed. Hach joint of the flagellum, which is about four and a half times as long as the carapace, bears several setae. i) 21. 10 The right cheliped is very much larger than the left: The carpus, propodite and dactyl are covered with a coating of hair usually forming a thick fur. The tips of the fingers, however, are left bare. The fur is also present on the lower surface o the merus, and sometimes on the upper surface. The form of the chela varies considerably with the sex. Thus in the female the hand is very broad, almost as broad as long, and is roughly oval in outline. In the male, on the other hand, it is much longer than broad, and the outer edge is more nearly straight. The upper surfaces of the propodité, the carpus and the merus are covered with rather sharp granules. There is a row of small teeth on the outer edge of the dactyl. The lower edges of the ischium and merus bear rows of rough tubercles. The fingers, which are of about the same length as the palm, end in small yellow claws. The left cheliped is much smaller and narrower than the the right. It bears a similar coating of fur with practically the same distribution on the various joints. The fur is thickest about the palm and on the carpus. The upper surface of these two joints bear a few scattered granules. The fingers are longer than the palm. : | Both pairs of walking legs (second and third pereiopods) are longer than the large cheliped, the second pair is larger. than the first, and the right leg of each pair is larger than the left. ke In structure all these four legs are similar. The dactyl is longer than the propodite, curved and, on the lower edge, furnished with a row of about ten long, sharp spines. These are placed at some distance apart and the spaces are greater towards the distal end of the joint, which ends in a curved claw. On the upper edge of the dactyl there is a row of very long movable bristles which increase in number distally. On the inner face of the joint, and nearer the upper than the lower edge, there is another row of stiff bristles arranged in groups of two or three. The dactyl is very slightly twisted. The other joints of the walking legs are all compressed, their upper and lower edges roughened, but unarmed except for a single small spine on the anterior upper end of the carpus. Groups of setae spring from the roughened edges, especially those on the dorsal side. The fourth pereiopods are of the form usual in these ap- pendages in the Paguridae. The imbricate scaly area on the propodite is only two scales deep. 3 The imbricate area on the fifth periopods, which are minu- tely chelate, is rather small. The pleopods vary very much according to sex. In the male there is a pair of slender appendages, modified for sexual purposes, on the first abdominal segment. They are directed forwards and are pressed closely against the ven- tral surface between the coxae of the fourth and fifth pairs of pereiopods. Their bases are widely separate but they almost i Sova & 11 meet at the tip. They are formed of two joints, the basal one short, thick, and dilated proximally. The distal joint is longer and is expanded into a broad leaf-like structure, the edges of which are curled inwards and lined with stiff bristles. These appendages are absent in the female. On the second abdominal segment in the male there is a pair of pleopods which are uniramous like the first pair, but are larger and broader, and more widely separated at the base. The basal joint is stout, uniform in thickness, and bears a group of long setae. The second joint is slightly twisted hear its tip and its edges are curled, so that it is concave inwards. The edges are furnished with a number of stiff setae. Behind these there are, on the left, three unpaired pleopods. They are biramous, but very unequally so, one of the branches being almost vestigial. In the female there are no paired pleopods. On the left side there are biramous pleopods on the second, third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments. In the first three the two branches are almost equal, while in the fourth the posterior branch is very minute. These pleopods are much longer and broader than the same appendages in the male. The uropods are of the usual hook-like structure. Size :-—The carapace usually measures about 25 mm. General Distribution.—This species affords one of the best known examples of the cosmopolitan distribution of deep-sea organisms. It has been found as far north as Iceland (Hansen), and as far south as Tristan d’Acunha (Henderson). At suit- able depths it extends round the globe in temperate and tropical waters. It has been recorded from the following localities :—West of Ireland (Pocock), Faeroes and Iceland (Hansen), off Nova Scotia (Smith), East Coast of the United States (Smith), West Indies (Smith), Sargasso Sea, Bermuda (Henderson), Atlantic coast of South America, Pacific coast of South America (Henderson), Galapagos and Gulf of Cali- fornia (Faxon), off Yokohama (Henderson), Papua and Philippines (Henderson), Bay of Bengal, off Cape Comorin, Arabian Sea (Alcock), East and South coasts of Africa (Balss), Tristan d’Acunha (Henderson), Sierra Leone (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), off West coast of Sudan and Morocco, at the Azores and Canaries and off Spain and Portugal and in the Bay of Biscay (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). Vertical Distribution.—The species inhabits all the great ocean depths. The greatest recorded depth is 2,260 fathoms in the Atlantic. It has also been taken in the comparatively slight depths of 400 fathoms ‘and 500 fathoms, and once even in 250 fathoms (Smith). Hansen records specimens taken in 590 fathoms, and 442 fathoms, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier in 2,224 fathoms, 1,736 fathoms, 509 fathoms; Alcock in 1,997— 705 fathoms. 5 Pee tb 12 Irish Distribution. —All the Irish specimens have been taken off the south-west coast, within the area bounded by 50° N. —52° N., and 10° W.—13° 50’ W. Here it appears to live in immense numbers as is shown by the frequency with which it has been taken and also by the fact that on many occasions hundreds of specimens have been captured in one haul. The actual records are as follows :—= Helga. S. R. 171.—5 xt ’04.—52° 7’: N., 11° 58’ W., 337 fms:, fine | mud and sand. Trawl.—Four, 11°5-15°5 mm. One ovigerous ¢. S. R. 172.5 x1’04.—52° 2’ N., 12° 8’ W., 454 fms., fine mae: Trawl.—Five, 4-15°5 mm. One ovigerous 2. S. R. 188.—8 om ’05.—51° 538’ N., 11° 59’ W., 320-872 fms., mud. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fms., 10°125° C.—Fifty, many ovigerous ?. S. R. 212.—6 v ’05.—51° 54’ N., 11° 57’ W., 411 fms., fine mud and sand. ‘Trawl.—Sixteen. S. R. 327.—8 v ’06.—51° 46’ N., 12° 14’ 30” W., 550 fms., ooze. Trawl.—About two hundred. S. R. 331.—9 v ’06.—51° 12’ N., 11° 55’ W., 610-680 fms., ooze. Trawl.—One. S. R. 333.—10 v °06.—51° 37’ N., 12° 9’ W., 557-579 fms., ooze. Trawl.—Three hundred and fifty. 5S. R. 334.—10 v ’06.—51° 35’ 30” N., 12° 26’ W., 500—520 fms. Trawl.—One. S. R. 353.—6 vu ’06.—50° 37’.—50° 40’ N., 11° 32’ W., 250-542 fms., mud and sand. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fms., 8°58° C.—Kighteen. . S.R. 359.—8 vill ’06.—51° 59’ N., 12° 9’ W., 492 fms., ooze. Dredge. Temperature 9°04° C.—About two hundred and fifty. | S. R. 368.—11 vitt ’06.—51° 38’—51° 39’ 30” N., 12° 5.— 11° 56’ W., 608-450 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—Four. S. R. 387.—7 x1 ’06.—51 °50’ N., 12° 14’ W., 580 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature, 9°13° C.—Thirty-six. S.R. 397.—2 m ’07.—51° 49’ N., 12° 7’ W., 549-646 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature at 500 fms., 8°71°C.— Seven hundred and sixty. S. R. 400.—5 m ’07.—51° 21’ N., 11° 49’ W., 525-600 fms., mud and ooze. Trawl.—Five. S. R. 440.—16 v ’07.- 51° 45’ N., 11° 49’ W., 350-889 fms. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fms., 9-:93°C.— Hight. S. R. 448.—18 v ’07.—50° 21’ N., 11° W., 348-346 fms. Trawl.—Two. S. R. 483.—30 vit ’07.—51° 37’ N., 11° 56’ W., 610-664 fms., mud and sand. Trawl.—Thirty-two. S. R. 484.—30 vit ’07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 57’ W., 602-610 fms. Trawl. One hundred and seventy. | Wea? 13 S. R. 487.—3 1x ’07.—51° 36’ N., 11° 57’ W., 540-660 fms. Trawl.—Ninety-five. S. R. 489.—4.1x °07.—51° 35’ N., 11° 55’ W., 720 fms. Trawl.—Forty-seven. S. R. 490.—7 1x ’07.—51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 7’ W., 470-491 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature, 8-68°C.—Three hundred. S. RB. 491.—7 1x °07.—51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 13’ W., 491-520 fms. Trawl. Temperature, 8°53° C.—One hundred. S. R. 493.—8 1x ’07.—51° 58’ N., 12° 25’ W., 583-570 fms. Trawl.—Seventy. S. R. 494.—8 1x ’07.—51° 59’ N., 12° 32’ W., 550-570 fms., Trawl.—One hundred and eighty. S. R. 495.—8 1x °07.—52° N., 138° 10’ W., 346-400 fms., ooze. Trawl.—Twelve. S. R. 496.—8 1x ’07.—51° 54’ N., 12° 54’ W., 473-500 fms., Trawl.—Twelve. S. R. 499.—11 1x ’07.—50° 55’ N., 11° 29’ W., 666-778 fms. Trawl.—Twenty-four. S. R. 500.—11 1x ’07.—50° 52’ N., 11° 26’ W., 625-666 fms Trawl.—Ten. S. R. 501.—11 1x ’07.—50° 49’ N., 11° 22’ W., 44'7-625 fms. Trawl.—Two. S. BR. 502.—11 ix ’07.—50° 46’ N., 11° 21’ W., 447-515 fms. Trawl. Temperature, 8-:8° C.—Ten. S. R. 504.—12 1x ’07.— 50° 42’ N., 11° 18’ W., 627—728 fms., eoral. Trawl.—Hight. S. R. 506.—12 1x ’°07.—50° 34’ N., 11° 19’ W., 661-672 fms. Trawl.—Seven. S. R. 590.—83 vit ’?08.—51° 51’ N:, 12° 9’ W., 480-493 fms. Trawl. Temperature, 9:28° C.—One hundred and ninety. S.R. 592.—6 vit ’08.—50° 39’ N., 11° 25’ W., 400-510 fms., ooze. Trawl.—Four. S. R. 746.—14 v ’09.—51° 32’ N., 12° 13’ W., 620-658 fms., ooze. Trawl.—Twelve. S. R. 752.—16-17 v ’09.—51° 48’ N., 12° 11’ 30” W., 523-595 fms., ooze. Midwater Otter Trawl. 0-595 fms. Temperature at 500 fms., 8-9° C.—Ten. S. R. 753.—17 v 709.—51° 24’ N., 11° 59’ 30” W., 561-572 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature at 550 fms., 8-79°C. —Thirty-seven. Se. 754.17 -v 09. 51° 26' N.; 1t° 57! 30° W.,. 544-572 fms., ooze. Trawl.—Twenty. S. R. 805.—14 vit ’09.—51° 50’ 30” N., 12° 14’ W., 589-544 fms., ooze. Trawl.—Ten. S. Ri 044,17 v 710251". 22:N., 822, 40° W.., 982 fms. ooze. Trawl.—Eight. §), BR. 1171.—19 vy. 7F1.— 51° 54'.307.N.;, 11° 51° 30” W., 354— 287 fms., sand. Trawl. ne. 2. 14 S. R. 1248.—15 vu ’11.—51° 37’ N., 12° 1’ W., 670-692 fms. Trawl.—Three. S. R. 1454.—24 vit ’12.—51° 32’ N., 11° 56’ W., 509-493 fms. fine gravel and sand. Trawl.—Two. S. R. 1690.—19 vi 18.—51° 33’ N., 11° 51’ W., 584 fms., Trawl.—Twenty- eight, 27-20 mm. S. R. 1691.—19 vill ’13.—51° 34’ N., 11° 50’ W., 524-539 Fane Trawl.—Fifteen. All the specimens taken by the Helga belong to the typical form of the species and none to the var. abyssorum, Milne- Edwards. This variety is distinguished by the following characteristics :— There are few dorsal setae on the eyestalks ; there is a small tooth at the inner edge of the front border of the second joint of the antennal peduncle; there are many strong and sometimes spinous granules on the chelipeds; there are granules and rugosities on the lower part of the carpus, propodite and merus of the walking legs. The variety and the typical form are connected by numerous transition forms (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900). GENusS Eupagurus, Brandt. Key to the British Species of Hupagurus. I. A row of slender transparent spines on lower edge of (lactyl of each walking leg. A. Right chela practically devoid of setae. 1. Right chela covered with large or small tubercles; external process of second joint of antennal peduncle reaching only to middle of fourth joint. a. Upper surface of right chela gently con- vex and covered with tubercles of which a few are slightly larger than the others and form two distally con- verging lines on the palm; axis of fixed finger in a line with that of palm .. E. Bernhardus. b. Upper eee of right chela with three deep depressions and with strong teeth on margins ; axis of fixed finger form- ing an angle with that of palm E. sculptimanus. 2. Right chela smooth and glistening; ex- ternal process of second joint of anten- nal peduncle scales base of fifth joint ae oe EE. carneus. B. Right chela thickly covered with setae, which may be long or short. ae ae 15 1. Rostrum rounded; carpus of right cheliped about as long as palm ; no keel on propodite of left cheliped ; setae on right chela usually long and plumose forming a matted fur k. cuanensis. 2. Rostrum produced to a sharp point ; carpus of right cheliped nearly as long as palm and fingers together ; a strong keel on propodite of left cheliped ; setae on right chela arranged in groups springing from bases of tubercles E. pubescens. II. No row of spines on lower edge of dactyl of walking legs. A. External process of second joint of antennal pe- duncle reaching about to middle of fourth joint ; no toothed keel on propodite of left cheliped hk. Prideauan. B. External process of second joint of antennal pe- duncle reaching just beyond the base of fifth joint; a strong keel armed with teeth on upper surface of propodite of left cheliped EH. variabilis . Eupagurus Bernhardus (Linn.) Plate.I, figs. 1-11. Pagurus Bernhardus, Bell, 1853. Eupagurus Bernhardus, Bouvier, 1896 (bd). Eupagurus Bernhardus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Pagurus Bernhardus, Benedict, 1901. Pagurus acadianus, Benedict, 1901. Eupagurus Bernhardus, Hansen, 1908. Eupagurus Bernhardus, Stephensen, 1910. The central part of the front of the carapace is produced into a distinct rostrum. On each side of this and just beyond the eyestalk there is a slight projection which is not quite so. long as the rostrum itself. The carapace is roughly pear- shaped, broadening out very much behind the cervical groove,. which is very distinct and deeply excavated. The anterior part is strongly calcified, but on the cardiac and branchial areas the surface is almost membranous. The central part of the posterior margin is deeply concave. The frontal margin bears a sparse fringe of short setae. The abdomen is large and of the usual twisted form. The telson is small, roughly quadrate and slightly concave pos- teriorly. : The eyestalks are of medium thickness and become slightly dilated towards the distal end. The corneal surface is strongly | Oe 6 16 pigmented and is deeply but narrowly emarginate above. The ophthalmic scales are rather blunt and bear fringes of setae. The antennular peduncle is long and slender. The first joint is short ; the second does not reach the distal end of the eyes ; the third, which is the longest, reaches practically as far as the tip of the antennal peduncle. The first joint of the latter is short and broad. The second is produced into a long massive spine on the outer side and bears a small tooth on the inner. From a point between these two springs the acicle or antennal scale, which is long and slender. It is more or less triangular in cross section and ends in a sharp point. It bears several groups of stiff bristles on its upper surface and reaches the distal third of the fifth ped- uncular joint. The third joint is most easily seen from the under-side as it is hidden above by the second and fourth joints. It bears a small spine at its distal end. The fourth joint is stout and cylindrical ; the fifth is the longest of the series and is compressed. The flagellum is more than twice as long as the carapace. The mandibles are large and massive, the cutting edge being produced into a central prominence without teeth. There is a three-jointed palp. The two endites of the first maxillae bear fringes of setae on their inner edge, and the anterior one has also a row of sharp teeth. The palp ends in two small lobes, one of which bears three or four stout bristles, while the other curves backwards. The scaphognathite of the second maxillae is abruptly trun- cated at its posterior end. The exopodite of the first maxillipedes is triangular i in shape and bears a flagellum. The second and third maxillipedes are pediform. The flagella of the exopodites are turned inwards as in the Brachy- ura. The coxae of the third maxillipedes are separated by a broad sternum. There are two small teeth on the inner margin of the merus. The linea cristata of the ischium bears about a dozen large teeth. The chelipeds are very unequally developed, that on the right being very much larger and more massive than the left. In the right cheliped the fingers move in an almost horizontal plane. The three basal joints are very short and comparatively slender. The merus is much broader than the preceding joint and is more or less twisted. It is roughly triangular in cross section, the upper part being narrowed to a ridge and the sides and lower surface flattened. It bears a few tubercles and seales above and below, but the sides are almost smooth. The carpus is of practically the same length as the merus and is slightly thicker. In cross section it is roughly quadrangular and is broader than deep. Its upper surface is covered with large and small tubercles which are.moderately sharp. Along the inner margin of the upper surface there is a row of larger tubercles which increase in size anteriorly. The propodite is | ae 17 about half as long again as the carpus, and the palm is slightly longer than the fingers. The two lateral margins of the palm are almost parallel. Its upper surface is gently arched and bears a large number of blunt tubercles which are mostly of small size. On the central part of the palm, however, there are two anteriorly converging rows of somewhat larger tubercles. Along the whole outer margin of the joint there are well-deve- loped but rather blunt tubercles. The dactyl is also covered with small tubercles. The tips of the fingers are blunt. As already stated the left cheliped is much smaller than the right. On the carpus there is a row of sharp tubercles on the upper inner margin and these increase in size towards the distal extremity of the joint. On the middle of the upper surface there is a similar but less prominent row. The propodite resembles that of the right cheliped but is much more slender. The next two pairs of legs are long and well developed, those on the right being usually slightly longer than those on the left. The merus is strongly compressed laterally and- bears a few scales on its upper edge, but no spines. On the dorsal surface of the carpus there is a single row of spines which increase in size from behind forwards. The upper surface of the propodite bears several irregular rows of tubercles all of which point towards the distal end. The dactyl is much longer than the propodite and bears rows of small spines on its upper surface. A deep groove runs along the inner surface ; there is a similar but much fainter groove on the outside. The dactyl is marked- ly twisted so that in its distal half the inner surface is turned more or less dorsally. On the lower edge of the dactyl there is a row of sharp transparent spines which are largest and most crowded together near the tip, which is furnished with a strong yellow claw. The dactyl does not taper gradually to its tip but is almost as broad quite close to the distal ex- tremity as it is at the proximal end. _ The fourth and fifth pereiopods are very small and feeble compared with the preceding pairs. Those of the fourth pair are laterally compressed and end in imperfect chelae. On the outer part of the propodite there is an area covered with closely crowded imbricate yellow scales. The fifth pair end in minute chelae and have also an im- bricate scaly area near the distal end of the propodite. On the left side of the abdomen there are three unpaired biramous pleopods. The two branches of these are very un- equal, the posterior one being very small. The uropods are unequally developed, that on the left being much larger than that on the right. On both endopodite and expodite there is a large area covered with minute overlapping scales. Size.—The length of the carapace in the largest specimen taken by the Helga is 35°5 mm. General Distribution.—The species is found in great numbers in all British seas (Bell, Norman, Scott). It has been recorded ° - e DAZ. 18 also from the north coast of France and the Bay of Biscay, Portugal, and the Mediterranean (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). It occurs on the southern and eastern coasts of the North Sea (Metzger, Tesch), in the Skagerak and Kattegat (Meinert, Bjorch), on the coasts of Sweden (Goés, Lagerberg), and at Kiel (Mobius). It extends along the whole coast of Norway round the North Cape into the Murman Sea (Birula, Sars). It occurs off the south and south-west coasts of Iceland, but has never been found on the north and east (Hansen). At the Faeroes it is common. It has not been taken by any of the expeditions to Greenland, but is found on the east coast of North America from about 45° N. to 37° N. The specimens which have been recorded from Unalaska by Brandt as “‘ Pagurus Bernhardus var. granulata-denticulata.” and from Kamchatka by Owen as ‘ P. streblonyx’’ appear to belong to some other species than HE. Bernhardus. Vertical Distribution :—The species occurs in all depths from the littoral zone, where it often literally swarms in the rock- pools, down to 265 fathoms (Benedict). It occurs in greatest numbers between the shore and the 15-fathom line, but the Helga has also taken several specimens from much greater depths, including several from 91 fathoms and one from 245 fathoms (S. R. 1848). Irish Distribution.—Found in great abundance all round the coast. The shell inhabited by #. Bernhardus is very often covered with colonies of the hydroid Hydractinia. Many of the Irish specimens also bear anemones, and sometimes the shell is entirely embedded in the sponge /iculina. In some cases the shell has gradually been dissolved away by the encrusting sponge, so that the hermit ultimately comes to le in a tunnel in the substance of the latter. The shells inhabited by this species vary, but it shows a decided preference for Buccinum. 'The following list shows the numbers inhabiting the different kinds of shells amongst the specimens taken by the Helga! :— in Buccinum .. 56 per cent. in Fusus ihe 26 se in Natica _ 12 e in Yurritetla .. 4 i in Nassa Dentalium Trochus 2 9 Littorina Cassidaria, etc. Those individuals who inhabit Dentalium shells show certain peculiarities. They are quite straight and the hind part of 1 No allowance is here made for the selective action of the Helga’s fishing gear. Trawling, the method of fishing most used, is more adapted for catching large than small specimens. | ea 19 the carapace is as narrow as the front. The abdomen is not twisted but is straight and slender. The fourth and fifth pereiopods and the uropods are pressed closely to the body, and the chelipeds are more nearly equal than in specimens living in spiral shells. These individuals are all of small size measuring from 9 to 15 mm., from the rostrum to the end of the telson. EKupagurus sculptimanus (Lucas). Plate V, figs. 4-8. Pagurus sculptimanus, Lucas, 1849. Pagurus Forbesii, Bell, 1858. Eupagurus sculpttmanus, Stimpson, 1858. Pagurus Forbesii, Melville, 1860. Eupagurus sculptimanus, Heller, 1863. Eupagurus sculptimanus, Carus, 1885. Eupagurus sculptimanus, Chevreux and Bouvier, 1892. Eupagurus sculptimanus, Bouvier, 1896. Eupagurus sculptimanus, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Eupagurus sculptimanus, Crawshay, 1912. The centre of the frontal margin of the carapace is not pro- duced into a distinct rostrum but is rounded off. The lateral processes are also rather blunt. There are numerous radial groups of setae on the carapace, especially on the hepatic and branchial areas. The cervical groove is deep and distinct. The abdomen is of the usual spirally twisted form and is rather slender. The telson is slightly concave on the hind margin, which is lined with small teeth. The eyestalks are long and slender, slightly expanded at at the base, narrow in the middle, and more distinctly ex- panded towards the distal end. They reach nearly to the tip of the antennal peduncle, and to about the middle of the third joint of the antennular peduncle. The hind dorsal edge of the cornea is sharply but not deeply emarginate. The ophthalmic scales are rather small, blunt at the end, and hol- lowed out on their dorsal surface. A strong spine is inserted on the lower surface of each scale just below the tip and slightly towards the inner side. There are a few small bunches of hairs on the inner upper surface of the eyestalks, and a fringe of stiff setae on the anterior edge of the ophthalmic seales. The first joint of the antennular peduncle is short and thick, the second is scarcely longer,: but the third is much longer than either, is slightly dilated distally and bears a sparse covering of setae. The upper flagellum is slightly shorter than the third peduncular joint. The outer process of the second joint of the antennal peduncle is strong, bears only one or two teeth on its inner ere 20 edge, and reaches the middle of the fourth joint. The acicle bears a sharp tooth at the inner side of the base; it is slightly curved and does not reach the middle of the fifth joint. The third and fourth joints are of the usual form. The fifth is much longer than any of the others, and is laterally com- pressed. The whole peduncle bears setae in greater or less pro- fusion, but they are most plentiful on the inner side of the second joint and on the acicle. Each joint of the flagellum bears two or three long slender hairs. The form of the right cheliped, which is as usual much larger than the left, is very characteristic. There are two or three irregular rows of small teeth on the upper surface of the car- pus, and a row of about ten much larger, strong, curved teeth on the upper inner margin of the same joint. There are also two or three teeth on the upper distal margin, pointing towards the propodite. The carpus has a sparse covering of fine silky hairs which are most numerous on the inner edge and near the distal end. The inner margin of the hand, from the base of the propodite to the tip of the dactyl is almost straight. The dactyl curves only very slightly towards the fixed finger near the tip. The outer margin, on the other hand, is more or less crescent-shaped. Along its entire length there is a row of strong distinct teeth, which reach their greatest development about the middle of the fixed finger. They are all slightly upturned and decrease in size towards the proximal end of the joint until they become hard to distinguish from mere tubercles. There is a row of similar, but rather smaller teeth, on the inner margin of the propodite. This row is continued on the edge of the dactyl. The fingers taper to narrow points which end in blunt yellow claws, their tips crossing slightly when closed, the dactyl tip passing below that of the fixed tinger. The name of this species refers to the deeply sculptured upper surface of the right chela. It bears three deep de- pressions. The first of these is confined to the proximal half of the propodite and lies towards the inner edge; it is slightly narrower distally than behind and has sharply defined margins. The second depression lies on the outer half of the propodite, separated in its proximal part from the first depression by a well-marked but blunt ridge. It is narrow at its proximal end, widens in the middle, the widest point being just op- posite the base of the dactyl, and fades away gradually towards the tip of the fixed finger. Its margin is steep on the inner part of the proximal half, but forms a more or less gentle slope elsewhere. The axis of the third depression lies along the line of contact of the fixed finger with the dactyl. Hach finger has a slight rounded median ridge and from this the surface slopes rapidly downwards so as to form a marked hollow be- tween the fingers. Besides the ridge already mentioned between the first and second depressions there is another between the first depression and the inner edge of the | aah a 21 propodite. At the proximal end of this joint the surface is raised into a large rounded prominence or tubercle, at the end of the ridge, separating the first from the second depression. To the left of this and opposite the end of the ridge on the inner side of the first depression there is another but much smaller tubercle. The whole of the upper surface of the hand, with the exception of the marginal teeth, which are smooth, is thickly studded with low rounded granules. On the under surface of the margin, below the lines of teeth, there is a fringe of fine hairs, arranged more or less regularly in tufts. The setae are more than twice as long as the teeth. The under surface of the hand is almost smooth, with the exception of a number of low scale-like tubercles bearing setae and situated near the outer margin. The cutting edges of the fingers are furnished with small calcareous teeth. The left cheliped is very much smaller than the right. The merus, wihch is laterally compressed, bears tufts of setae on its upper edge, and a few teeth on either lower margin. The carpus bears a row otf sharp teeth on the distal part of the upper sur- face, the row curving down on the inner side near the end. The teeth increase in size anteriorly. The hand broadens rapidly from its base to the point of origin of the dactyl, and then narrows to the distal end of the fingers. The fixed finger is much broader than the dactyl at its base, but is narrower than the dactyl at its tip. The outer edge bears a row of teeth, which are largest in the middle and decrease in size towards either end. The fingers end in yellow claws. The outer edge of the dactyl is smooth except for a few tubercles near the distal end. Just opposite the base of the dactyl there is on the upper sur- face of the propodite and towards the outer edge a deep round depression. Its edges are not very sharply defined. The whole upper surface of the propodite is studded with rounded granules as in the case of the right cheliped. The upper sur- face of the dactyl is practically smooth. There is a large prominence on the middle of the upper surface, at the proximal end, as in the right cheliped. The under surface is nearly smooth. The setae are grouped as in the right chela, but are distinctly longer. The cutting edge of the dactyl is fur- nished with a long row of slender transparent spines. There are also a few of these on the cutting edge of the fixed. finger interspersed with blunt calcareous teeth. All the joints of the walking legs (second and third pairs of pereiopods) are laterally compressed, and all bear fringes of long setae. In the first right walking leg the lower edge of the merus bears from six to eight strong teeth ; the distal part of the carpus has six or seven teeth on the upper surface ; the upper edge of the propodite has eight to ten teeth ; the dactyl is furnished with about fourteen or fifteen small slender spines on the distal part of its lower edge, is curved, is longer than the propodite, and ends in a sharp claw. In the only specimen of this species which I have been able T. 21. 22 to examine the first left walking leg is missing, but it probably resembles in all respects its right neighbour, as Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, who note the peculiar structure of the second left walking leg, make no remark on it. In the second right walking leg there are no teeth on the lower edge of the merus, the teeth on the carpus are reduced to one or two at the distal end, and the teeth on the upper edge of the propodite are obsolete. In the second left walking leg the lower edge of the merus bears no teeth; on the upper edge of the carpus there are about five teeth, the distal one the largest ; the upper edge of of the propodite has no teeth, but there is a row of six or seven on the distal half of the lower edge. On the lower edge of the dactyl there is the usual row of slender spines leading up to the terminal claw, but, in addition to this, there is on the same edge, and further towards the outside, a row of short thick teeth, about thirteen in number, extending from the proximal end of the joint about two-thirds of the way to the tip and decreasing in size distally. The fourth pereiopods are, as usual, imperfectly chelate. The dactyl ends in a long hyaline claw. The imbricate area is fairly broad. The pereiopods of the fifth pair end in minute chelae as in the other species of the group. There are four unpaired pleopods on the left side in both male and female. Of these the last is much feebler than the others. Size :—The carapace of the Naples specimen, from which the foregoing description is taken, measures 8-5 mm. . In Chevreux and Bouvier’s specimen the carapace was 8-8 mm. long. General Distribution :—The centre of distribution of this species seems to be the Mediterranean, where it has been taken at many localities by Lucas and others. It also occurs plenti- fully in the Adriatic (Heller). Outside the Mediterranean it extends southwards along the west coast of Morocco and the Soudan to Gorée Bay just south of Cape Verde (Chevreux and Bouvier). It occurs at the Canaries and at Madeira (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). To the north it has been taken in the outer western part of the English Channel (Crawshay), and near Falmouth (Bell). There is also a record, which Henderson (1886) regards as extremely doubtful, from the Firth of Forth. Vertical Distribution.—The depths at which this species has been taken range from 8 fms. at Gorée Bay to 100 fms. at the Canaries. . In the Adriatic it is found in depths of 20-80 fms., and in the outer part of the English Channel in 42-51 fms. It may therefore be regarded as essentially a shallow-water species. Irish Distribution.—The only Irish record of the species is one by Melville (1860) from 60 fms., just south of the Aran Islands. The species has not been taken by the Helga. | Adie hi 23 Eupagurus carneus, Pocock. Plate III, figs. 1-8. Eupagurus carneus, Pocock, 1889. Eupagurus carneus, Bourne, 1890. Eupagurus carneus, A. M.-Edwards and Bouvier, 1892. Eupagurus carneus, Bouvier, 1896. Eupagurus carneus, A. M.-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Eupagurus carneus, Kemp, 1910. The rostral projection is distinct and sharply pointed ; the lateral frontal projections are less acute, but each ends in a minute sharp point. The cervical groove is well marked ; the hind margin of the carapace is rather less deeply concave than in some of the previously described species. A few tufts of fine setae are scattered on the dorsal surface of the carapace, and are most noticeable on the parts behind the lateral frontal projections. The abdomen is nearly twice as long as the carapace ; the telson is as broad as long, with concave posterior margin, and is furnished with an irregular row of fairly sharp teeth. The peduncle of the antennules, when fully extended, is about the same length as that of the antennae. The third joint is by far the longest and is slightly thickened at its distal end. The upper flagellum is distinctly longer than the third peduncular joint and the thickened proximal portion bears a dense fringe of setae on its lower side. There are from 32 to 85 joints in the upper flagellum and 8 or 9 in the lower. The antennal scale reaches beyond the middle of the fifth joint and is long, curved and slender, bearing groups of setae on its inner margin. The second joint of the peduncle has a sharp tooth on the inner side at the base of the scale; the _ projection on the outer side is unusually long, it reaches the base of the fifth joint and bears a row of large teeth on its inner edge. The third joint, which is not visible from above, bears a strong spine at its inner distal angle. The fourth joint is stout and cylindrical. The fifth is cylindrical, more slender than the fourth and much longer. The flagellum is about three and a half times the length of the carapace. The ophthalmic scales are narrow and sharp, concave on the upper surface and with a small spine just below the apex. The eyestalks are stout and cylindrical, dilated distally, and the portion of the stalk which encroaches upon the cornea on its dorsal side is small and sharply angulate. The cornea reaches just beyond the base of the third peduncular joint of the an- tennules. ‘The eyestalks bear a few setae. The fingers of the chelipeds open and shut in a horizontal plane ; the right is very much larger than the left and is about two and a half times times the length of the carapace. The merus of the larger limb has a blunt dorsal ridge and is prac- tically smooth on all sides, except for a few very low transverse : a 24 ridges from which setae arise. Dorsally there are a few teeth at the distal extremity. The carpus is broad and its upper surface is gently arched from side to side. Its outer and inner borders are sharply defined and slightly upturned and are divided into irregular teeth, those on the inner margin being the larger. At its proximal end the upper surface bears some short transverse ridges and is elsewhere covered with a multitude of minute granules which are so small that the surface appears smooth and shining to the naked eye. The inner face of the carpus is minutely granulate with some rugae near the lower edge ; the outer face is finely rugose. The chela is broadly expanded, gently convex from side to side, and slightly convex or nearly flat from end to end. The outer and inner edges are sharp, slightly elevated, and finely notched. The upper surface of the propodite appears smooth, like that of the carpus, but is in reality minutely granulate. The lower surface is similar but with slightly larger granules. The fingers are a trifle shorter than the palm and bear on their inner edges a number of calcareous teeth, which are irregular in their dis- tribution. On the fixed finger there is usually a large rounded tooth near the middle and on the dactyl] a similar tooth, placed a little further forwards. The fingers end in yellow claws and there is a row of yellow corneous denticles on the distal third of the inner margin of the dactyl. The left cheliped is very much shorter and more slender than the right. The merus is laterally compressed and bluntly ridged above. The upper edge and outer side are covered with low transverse ridges; the inner side is smooth and the lower edges bear afewteeth. The carpus is strongly compressed and the upper surface bears two longitudinal ridges, with teeth which tend to increase in size anteriorly. The sides and lower surface of the joint are granulate or with a few low ridges. The chela is longer than the carpus, with fingers much longer than , the palm; the outer edge is almost straight and the inner slightly curved. The upper surface, like that of the larger chela, is minutely granulate, appearing smooth to the naked eye ; but it bears a very conspicuous median serrate keel which runs throughout its length, from the base to the tip of the fixed finger and is highest opposite the base of the dactyl. The outer edge of the propodite is sharp and is minutely and obscurely denticulate ; the under surface is almost flat. The outer edge of the dactyl is smooth. The cutting edge of the dactyl is furnished with a large number of transparent cor- neous spines, while that of the fixed finger has a row of small blunt caleareous teeth, between which are groups of two or three corneous spines. Both fingers bear a few tufts of setae near their distal ends and terminate in yellow claws. The second pereiopods are compressed and reach very slightly beyond the tip of the right cheliped.. The dactyls are the. longest joints and are considerably longer than the propodites. There is a series of about ten teeth on the lower edge of the a O41. 25 merus and few scale-like ridges on the upper surface. There are some prominent teeth on the upper edges of the carpus and propodite and on the lower edge of the latter a few small cor- neous spines. The dactyl is curved, slightly contorted, and ends in a long corneous claw ; it is smooth on the outer surface and on the inner surface bears a number of strong corneous spines and a few tufts of setae (see fig.). The third pereiopods resemble the second ; but the lower edge of the merus is unarmed and the teeth on the upper border of the propodite are smaller The arrangement of spines on the dactyl is similar to that found in the preceding pair. The fourth pereiopods are very feebly sub-chelate. The rugose area is represented by a single row of rough teeth on the edge of the propodite. The fifth pereiopods are usually carried bent double and resemble those of the preceding species. The chela is very minute and there are long curved hairs at the ends of the propodite and dactyl. Three pleopods of the usual form are found in the male on the left side of the abdomen. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier state that there are four pairs in the female. The uropods are normal, much larger on the left than on the right side. Size.—In the largest specimen obtained by the Helga the carapace is 14 mm. in length. The largest individual recorded by Milne-Edwards and Bouvier had a carapace 13-5 mm. in length, but Pocock’s type was 15-5 mm. General Distribution.—The species has been found on a number of occasions in the N. E. Atlantic, in an area extend- ing from the west coast of Ireland to Cape Bojador on the coast of Morocco. It was taken off the south-west of Ireland (Pocock, 1889) and Bourne recorded it from the same locality a year later. Kemp (1910) mentions three specimens from the nor- thern part of the Bay of Biscay, and Milne-Edwards and Bouvier recorded it from a number of stations off the north and west coasts of Spain and Portugal. The most southerly record given by these authors is off Cape Bojador, 25° 39’ N., 18° 18’ W., with the exception of a doubtful record from the Cape Verde Islands. The specimens taken by the Helga extend the known range of the species northwards to 54° 17’ N., Vertical Distribution.—The species appears to occur most frequently in depths of about 300-400 fms. The greatest recorded depth is 744 fms. (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier) off the north of Spain, and the least 58 fms. (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier) off Cadiz. Trish Distribution.—Known from the eee west coast from the records of Pocock and Bourne mentioned above. The Helga has taken the species on only two occasions, each time a single specimen :— Helga. S. R. 151.—27 vit ’04.—50 miles W.N.W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, 54° 17’ N., 11° 33’ W., 388 fms., stones and rock, Tre 26 Dredge. Temperature at depth 9-15° C.—One complete cast shell of ¢ length of carapace 10:5 mm. : S: R..480.—28 vi11;/07:--451°, 23’ | N., 122-38! Wi 468 ims stones. Dredge.—One f: carapace 14 mm. in length. The specimen taken by the Helga at S. R. 480 differs from the above description and from the accounts given by Pocock, and by Milne-Edwards and Bouvier. The outer and inner margins of the right chela are almost smooth—only under a microscope can obscure crenulation be detected. In the left chela, moreover, the median keel is perfectly smooth from end to end, and is quite devoid of the prominent denticulation seen in other specimens.: In all other characters, however, the specimen agrees with the excellent description given by the French authors. Eupagurus cuanensis (Thompson). PlatevlV hosel. Pagurus cuanensis, Thompson, 1843. Pagurus spinimanus, Lucas, 1849. Pagurus cuanensis, Bell, 1853. Eupagurus Lucasi, Heller, 1868. Eupagurus cuanensis, Chevreux and Bouvier, 1892. Eupagurus cuanensis, Bouvier, 1896. Eupagurus cuanensis, Lagerberg, 1908. EKupagurus cuanensis, Stephensen, 1910. The central part of the frontal margin of the carapace is rounded, without a definite rostral projection. The lateral frontal processes are sharp and pointed. The surface of the carapace bears numerous low scales, from which tufts of setae arise. These are most numerous on the lateral parts and are very long posteriorly ; there are two conspicuous tufts im- mediately behind the centre of the frontal margin, which is itself fringed with setae. The cervical groove is deeply cut and in the middle of the dorsal surface is situated nearer to the hind margin than in the front. The hind margin is deeply con- cave. The abdomen is sparsely covered with tufts of setae and setae also occur on the telson. The eyes are long and slender, slightly dilated at the cornea and at the base. The posterior dorsal edge of the cornea is narrowly emarginate and there are setae, arranged singly or in | tufts, on the upper surface of the eyestalk. The ophthalmic scales are broad and rounded, fringed with setae and tipped with a strong spine. When fully extended the antennular peduncle reaches only a little beyond the end of the eyes. The third joint is the longest and is thickened distally. There are a few setae on the peduncular joints. The upper flagellum is densely clad with setae and is a little longer than the third peduncular joint. S21. 27 The end of the antennal peduncle reaches about to the end of the cornea. The process at the outer angle of the of the second joint bears about six sharp teeth on its inner border and a great number of long pinnate setae on its outer and inner edges ; it does not quite reach the end of the fourth joint. There is no spine on the inner side of the second joint at the base of the acicle. The acicle is thickened at the base, very strongly curved, and its apex, which is furnished with two or three short spines, reaches slightly beyond the middle of the fifth joint. On its inner margin there are many setae, some pinnate, some simple. The fourth joint is short and narrowed distally, the fifth slender, somewhat compressed and bearing groups of setae. The flagellum is setose and longer than the carapace. In the right or larger cheliped the merus is stout, rounded above and with low transverse ridges from which setae arise on its upper and outer surfaces. On the lower outer edge there is a row of about ten teeth and two or three on the inner lower edge ; the lower surface is densely setose. The carpus is about the same length as the merus and is more or less flattened above. The upper inner margin is defined by a row of six or seven sharp teeth, largest. anteriorly. The upper surface bears scattered teeth, some situated on the distal margin, and many tufts of setae springing from them or from low scales. The outer upper edge is rounded and the lower surface is setose, but without teeth. The propodite is nearly twice the length of the carpus and is covered with setae. Occasionally the setae are rather sparse but more frequently they are dense, forming a matted coating, which greatly obscures the features of the surface and becomes thin only in the neighbourhood of the finger tips. Both edges of the propodite are defined by rows of teeth, those on the inner margin stronger than those on the outer. The upper surface bears a number of sharp tubercles which extend on to the fingers; in the middle of the palm some tend to form a definite longitudinal row. The fingers have yellow corneous tips and are about as long as the palm. The under surface of the hand is almost smooth, with few tufts of setae. Near the cutting edge on the under surface of both fingers a double row of pencils of yellow setae may be seen, each directed towards the other finger. The left cheliped is smaller than the right, but is similar in general appearance. The merus is more compressed, with its upper edge better defined, and the carpus has three or four strong teeth on its upper outer edge. The hand is. nar- rower, with the dactyl strongly curved and longer than the palm ; the marginal teeth are not strong but there is a distinct median row of tubercles on the palm. In disposition of setae the left cheliped resembles the right. The next two pairs of pereiopods are laterally compressed and about equal in length with the large cheliped. The two pairs differ somewhat as regards the arrangement of spines.. In i Dee 28 the first right leg there are teeth on the lower edge of the merus and on the upper edges of the carpus and propodite. In the second right leg the merus is unarmed below, there is one distal tooth, rarely one or two others, on the upper border of the carpus and none in a similar position on the propodite. In the first left leg there are few if any inferior teeth on the merus, a distal tooth and occasionally one or two others on the upper edge of the carpus and none on the upper edge of the propodite. In the second left leg the only teeth present are those on the carpus, one at the distal end of the upper border and rarely one or two others. In all the legs of the first two pairs there is a thick coating of setae on the lower surface of the merus and on the upper parts of the carpus, propodite and dactyl. The dactyl is the longest joint, stout and curved, and with about ten to seventeen slender corneous spines on the under side of its distal half, closely pressed against the lower edge. The fourth pereiopods bear long setae and are imperfectly chelate. The imbricate area is large and broad with long, sharp, tooth-like scales. The dactyl ends in a sharp claw, preceded by a row of narrow pointed spines. The fifth pereio- pods are similarily setose; the imbricate area is broad and the chela very small. There are four rather long and densely setose pleopods on the left side of the abdomen in both sexes. The uropods are normal in type. Size.—In the largest specimen obtained by the Helga the carapace is 14 mm. in length. General Distribution.—The species ranges over an area extending from Norway and the British coast to the Mediter- ranean and the Canary Islands. It has been recorded from Bergen (Sars), Bohuslan (Lagerberg), Vaderoarne (Goés), Gul- Imaren (Stuxberg), the Kattegat (Stephensen), the Shetlands (rare, Norman), Moray Firth, Firth of Forth, St. Andrews, Firth of Clyde (Henderson, Balfour, etc.), Isle of Man (Eyton), Northumberland and Durham (Norman and Brady), Plymouth (Marine Biol. Assoc.), Channel Islands (Norman), St. Vaast- la-Hougue, Cherbourg, Concarneau (Bouvier), Mediterranean (Heller, Lucas) and the Canary Islands (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). . Vertical Distribution.—Eupagurus cuanensis is rarely found while shore collecting and seems to prefer depths of about 4 to 15 fathoms. It extends, however, into deeper water ; on the south coast of Ireland it has been taken in 41—42 fathoms ; off Lambay Island in 44 fathoms ; and, in the Bay of Biscay in 50 fathoms. Irish Distribution.—The species is mentioned in Kinahan’s Dublin List and is recorded from Belfast and Galway by Thompson and Melville, respectively. The Helga has taken it on numerous occasions in Blacksod Bay, in Galway Bay, at Ballynakill, and in 15-25, fathoms off the mouth of Dublin Bay, other records are :— Reo oT. 29 Helga. R.1.—18 tt ’04.—54 mls. S.S.E. of Helvick Head, Co. Waterford, 27-28 fms., mud and gravel. Trawl.— One, 8 mm. S. 224,.—22 vi ’04.—Lambay Deep, 44 fms., sand. Trawl.— One. S. 261.—22 11 °05.— 5 mls. E. of Lambay, 28 fms., fine sand and shells. Trawl.—One, 12:5 mm. R. 10.—3 v °05.—15 mls. off Mine Head, Co. Waterford, 41-42 fms., sand. Trawl.—One. R. 21.—15 vit °06.—64 mls. E.S.E. of Mine Head, 29 fms., sand. Trawl. Temperature at depth, 10-94°C.— One. S . 593.—6 1x 710.—Dundrum Bay, 10-12 fms., sand, gravel. Trawl.—One, 10 mm. S. 594.—6 1x 710.—Dundrum Bay, 10-12 fms., sand, shells. Trawl.—One. A great number of the specimens taken by the Helga were imbedded in sponges of the genus Ficwlina, which had com- pletely grown over and often completely absorbed the original molluse shell. The parasitic Cirripede Peltogaster is occa- sionally found on the species. Eupagurus pubescens (Kroyer). Pl. Il, figs. 4~7. Pagurus pubescens, Kroyer, 1838 (a). Pagurus pubescens, Kroyer, 1888 (0). Pagurus pubescens, Kroyer, 1846. Pagurus Thompsoni, Bell, 1853. Eupagurus pubescens + E. Kréyert, Stimpson, 1858. Eupagurus pubescens + EH. Kroyert, Smith, 1879. Eupagurus pubescens, Henderson, 1886 (0). Eupagurus pubescens var. Kroyert, Henderson, 1888. Eupagurus pubescens, Ortmann, 1892. Eupagurus pubescens, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894. Eupagurus pubescens, Olin, 1901. Eupagurus pubescens, Lagerberg, 1908. Eupagurus pubescens, Hansen, 1908. Eupagurus pubescens, Stephensen, 1910. Eupagurus pubescens, Stephensen, 1913. The rostral projection is distinct and sharply pointed ; the lateral projections on the frontal margin are blunter. That part of the carapace which lies in front of the cervical groove, which is deep and well marked, is strongly calcified ; behind the groove the surface is much softer, and becomes almost membranous on the flanks. The posterior margin is concave LO 30 as usual. The upper surface of the carapace is furnished with tufts of setae, which become sparse and finally extinct on-the flanks. * The abdomen is well developed and of the usual form. The telson is asymmetrical, narrow, and short. The eyestalks are stout, and are slightly dilated, both at the distal end and at the base. The corneal area is fairly large and is deeply pigmented ; the part of the unpigmented surface, which encroaches on the dorsal surface of the cornea, is shallow and pointed. The ophthalmic scales are rather small, and have sharp tips, which are furnished with a few radiating setae. There are also three or four groups of setae on the upper surface of the eyestalks. The end of the cornea reaches just beyond the base of the third joint of the anten- nular peduncle (extended to its full length), and does not reach the end of the fifth joint of the antennal peduncle. The joints of the antennular peduncle are slender, cylindrical, and smooth. The third joint, which is the longest, is slightly thickened at its distal end. The antennal scale is long and narrow, and bears a number of stiff setae; it is swollen and rounded at the base, and its tip extends slightly beyond the middle of the fifth peduncular joint. The external fixed process of the second joint reaches only a short distance beyond the base of the fourth joint. The flagellum is about three and a half times as long as the carapace, and is setiferous. The right cheliped, which is much larger than the left, is nearly three times as long as the carapace. The hand lies in an almost horizontal plane. The merus is massive and much thickened distally. The upper surface and sides are covered with low transverse scales, the lower surface with tubercles. Its whole surface bears tufts of setae. There is a row of teeth on the upper distal edge. The carpus is very slightly longer than the merus and is flattened dorsally. The upper surface is covered with rough tubercles, which are replaced by large spines on the inner margin. From the base of each of these there springs a group of setae of varying length. The surface of the palm of the propodite is gently convex. This joint is very slightly longer than the carpus as a rule; sometimes the two are practically equal. The outer edge is curved, and bears a continuous row of strong teeth. The dorsal surface is covered with rough tubercles tending to become spinous. From the base of each tubercle there springs a bunch of setae, sometimes short, sometimes fairly long, but never so long as those on the carpus. There is no definite arrangement of: the tubercles on the propodite, except that sometimes there is a slight resemblance to the two converging rows seen in Eupagurus Bernhardus. 'The fingers are acuminate, and are tipped with yellow claws. The outer edge of the dactyl is furnished with a row of small but sharp teeth; its upper ok. 31 surface bears a row of similar teeth. In the distal half of the joint the outer edge becomes fairly narrow and sharp. The left cheliped is much smaller than the right, reaching usually only to the middle of the propodite of the latter. The merus and carpus are strongly compressed laterally. There is a row of strong teeth on the upper inner edge of the carpus, and tufts of long setae on both joints. From the hind margin of the propodite a raised keel topped with strong teeth runs forwards and slightly outwards on to the fixed finger, extend- ing far beyond the base of the dactyl. It is most prominent near its proximal end and diminishes in height distally. The hand is very broad in its basal portion, and narrows rapidly to the tips of the fingers. The outer edge, which is fairly sharp, especially at the proximal end, has a series of small teeth. There is a line of blunt tubercles on the inner edge as far as the base of the dactyl. The dactyl is smooth. The lower surface of the hand is flat, and both fingers are slightly but distinctly turned downwards near the tip. The keel of the propodite falls away much more steeply on the inner than on the outer side. The first two pairs of walking legs (second and third perel- opods) are longer than the right cheliped, and those on the right are slightly longer than those on the left. All the joints are laterally compressed. The merus has a row of eight to ten tubercles on the lower edge, and a line of setiferous scales above. The carpus is much shorter, is thickened distally, and bears a row of strong teeth interspersed with setae on its upper surface. The propodite is longer than the carpus, but shorter than the merus. It has a slight groove on both the outer and inner face. On the upper edge there is a row of setiferous scales, and on the lower a few, usually three or four, transparent corneous spines, some of which are double ; one is at the extreme distal end. The dactyl is strong, curved, compressed, very slightly twisted, and grooved on the inside. It ends in a strong transparent claw. On the lower surface there is a row of long, sharp, slender spines, about twelve to fifteen, sloping forwards and diminishing in size backwards. There are also a few similar spines a short distance above them on the inner face, and a more numerous series near and on the upper edge, especially in the distal half of the joint. The upper edge is covered with tufts of setae. The fourth pereiopods are similar to those of E. Bernhardus, but the chela is even more imperfect, the fixed finger of the propodite being very short. In the fifth pereiopods the chelae are small and imperfect. The area covered by the imbricate scales is slightly larger than in &. Bernhardus. There are three fairly large unpaired pleopods on the left side of the abdomen in the male. One ramus is much smaller than the other, as usual. The uropods are of the usual type, the left being much larger than the right. | i ae 32 Size.—In the largest specimen taken by the Helga (from S. R. 321), the carapace is 20-5 mm. long, and the propodite of the large cheliped measures 20 mm. The propodite of Hansen’s largest specimen (1908), taken in the Onundar Fjord, on the north of Iceland, was 31 mm. long. General Distribution.—The species is known from the Shetlands and the Hebrides (Norman), and extends along the west coast of Scotland into the Irish Sea (Walker), and to the south-west of Ireland (Pocock). On the east coast of Great Britain it has been taken at Peterhead (Metzger), at the Bell Rock, Holy Island, Sumburgh Head and Spurn Point (Tesch), the Firth of Forth (Scott), Northumberland (Meek). It does not extend farther south than Durham (Norman). It has been recorded from the Skagerak and Kattegat (Meinert), and from stations along the whole west coast of Norway (Sars). It rounds the North Cape, and is found in the Murman Sea (Birula) and the White Sea, and off Nova Zembla at Jugor Schar (Hansen) and Matotschkin Schar (Stuxberg). It is not known as yet from the Kara Sea or the north coast of Siberia. It occurs at Spitzbergen (Doflein, Ohlin), and at Bear Island (Sars). It is common at the Faeroes and all round Iceland (Hansen). On the east coast of Greenland it is very rare, but has been taken at a large number of stations on the west (Hansen, Stephensen). On the east coast of North America it is found off Labrador (Smith), in the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Smith), Newfoundland (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), Nova Scotia, and southwards along the coast of the United States to 37° 8’ N.L. It has been recorded from Kamchatka (Brandt). Hansen (1908) thinks it very probable that E. trigonocheirus Stimpson, belongs to the same species, in which case its range is extended to north and north-west Alaska. He holds the same view with regard to E. capillatus, Benedict, E. Brandt, Benedict, and #. Dalli, Benedict, which have been taken off Alaska, the Aleutian Islands, Unalaska, and in the Behring Sea. The geographical distribution is boreal-arctic rather than arctic, as the species is apparently absent from the Kara Sea, Jan Mayen, and Franz Josef’s Land. Vertical Distribution.—It has a considerable range in depth, being known from 2 fathoms down to nearly 600 fathoms. Irish Distribution.—The species is mentioned by Kinahan in his lists of Crustacea from Dublin and from Belfast. Walker records it from the Irish Sea to the west of the Calf of Man, and Pocock from 200 fathoms off the south-west coast. Farran mentions it in the list of Decapods from Clare Island, Co. Mayo, and there is a specimen in the National Museum, from Bray Head, near Valentia, County Kerry (23 fathoms). The Helga has taken it at several stations, notably off Howth Head and near Rathlin Island. It was also taken at a station fifty miles off Mayo, and at four points off the south-west coast, Bee aT. 33 these last records marking the extreme southern limit of its known distribution. The actual records are as follows. The measurements refer to the length of the carapace. Helga. . 45.—12 11 ’02.—Lambay Deep, 40-60 fms., sand. Trawl. —One, 2 9:5 mm. . R. 118.—13 v ’04.—55° 20’ N., 6° 8’ W., 103 fms., rocks and sand. Dredge.—Twelve, all quite small. R. 118a.—13.v ’04.—55° 19’ 45” N., 6° 10’ W., 115 fms., rock. - Dredge.—Seventeen, all quite small. | ihe §88—-—3 11: ’05.— 51” 53" N., 11° 59° W., 820-372 fms.,. : mud. Trawl.—One ¢ (ovigerous), 14 mm., 265.—23 1 ’05.—64 mls., off Howth Head, 244-25 fms. sand. Trawl.—Two, gf and 2 (ovigerous), 6 mm. R. 283—21 v ’05.—55° 20’ N., 6° 11’ W., 110-180 fms., rock. Dredge.—Two ¢, 4:5 mm. 30 v °05.—64 mls., off Howth Head, 22 fms., fine shelly sand. Trawl. Temperature 9-7° C.—One etl mm. S. R. 277—15 xt °05.—54° 17’ 30” N., 11° 34’ W., 550 fms., eravel and shells. Dredge.—Three, two ~¢ one 2, 6:5—9 mm. S. R. 321.—1 v ’06.—50° 56’—51° 0’ 30” N., 11° 17’ W., 480-208 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One ¢, 20:5 mm. S. 476.—19 x ’06.—6 mls. E.S.E. of Baily Light, 23 fms., Shelly sand. Trawl. Temperature 12-6° C.—One $, 10-5 mm. S. 514.—25 tv ’07.—7 mls. E. $ S. of Baily Light, 22-24 fms., | sand. Trawl.—One 2, 10:5 mm. S. R. 440.—16 v ’07.—51° 45’ N., 11° 49’ W., 350-889 fms. Trawl.—TIwo, ¢ and 2, 8-20 mm. S. 597.—6 11 °11.—Ballyvaldon Oyster Beds, off Norris Castle C.G.S., Wexford, 7-8 fms. Dredge.—Three ¢ 6-5- 9:5 mm. S. R. 1242.—14 vit 711.—51° 27’ N., 11° 55’ W., 550-590 fms., Sprat net on trawl.—Four, two $, two See eiegaeunaliadle . R. 1454.—24 vitr 712.—51° 82’ N., 11° 56’ W., 509-493 fms., fine gravel and sand. Trawl.—One ¢, 7:5 mm. S. R. 1848.—22 v. 714.—51° 41’ N., 11° 53’ W., 434 fms., coarse sand. Dredge.—One f, 8 mm. a a a an . 287. N Specimens of Peltogaster sp. were found at S. R. 277 and at S. 597, in each case on males from 9 to 10 mm. long (carapace © only). After examining all the specimens taken by the Helga, I — quite agree with Hansen (1908) that it is impossible to divide | this species into two, EH. pubescens and E. Kréyeri, as ‘has 3 L. F204 34 been done by American authors. It is true that there are considerable variations in the form of the left cheliped, but between the extremes of the pubescens type and the Kréyert type there are a large number of transitional forms. The specimens taken by the Helga may be divided as follows :— Kroyeri type ae 3 Pubescens type.. ims 5 Transitional forms 8 | 29 2940 The form of the left cheliped does not appear to vary con- sistently according to the depth, as specimens of both types have been taken in water as shallow as 20 fathoms and as deep as 480 fathoms. Kupagurus Prideauxii (Leach). Plate te iies 3. Pagurus Prideauxu, Bell, 1853. Eupagurus Prideauau, Heller, 1863. Eupagurus Prideauxu, Henderson, 1886. Eupagurus Prideauau, Bonnier, 1887. Eupagurus Prideauxu, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. The middle of the frontal margin of the carapace is not pro- duced into a definite rostral process, but is rounded. The lateral projections’ just above the outer edge of the eyestalks are well-developed and produced into fairly sharp points. The cervical groove is well-defined. The whole surface of the carapace bears scattered tufts of minute setae, which are longest and most plentiful on the anterior lateral parts. The carapace does not become so broad posteriorily as in E. Bern- hardus, the abdomen is more slender and the whole animal less strongly calcified. The eyestalks are much thicker than in the preceding species and are strongly dilated distally. The cornea is densely pigmented and is deeply and widely emarginate dorsally. The ophthalmic scales end in rather sharp points and are fringed with setae ; they are more Slender than in H. Bernhardus. The eyes reach to beyond the base of the third joint of the antennular peduncle when the latter is fully extended, and at. least to the middle of the last joint of the antennal peduncle. The antennular peduncle is composed of slender cylindrical joints, the third the longest. The two flagella are of the usual form, the upper about as long as the ultimate antennular joint. The antennal peduncle is similar to that of HE. Bernhardus, but the scale is more slender, less curved and shorter, reaching just beyond the tip of the eyes. The external process of the second joint reaches only to the middle of the fourth joint. my carapace. The antennae are about three and a half times as long as the Pao. 35 In the right or larger cheliped the merus is granular with some fine spines on the upper edge of its anterior margin. The carpus has a series of moderately large spines on the inner upper edge and a faint median row, most distinct at the prox- imal end; it is otherwise covered with small sharp-pointed tubercles and very short setae. The propodite is much longer than the carpus, with the fingers shorter than the palm. The upper surface is minutely granular; sometimes faint indica- tions of a median ridge are to be found and the proximal end of the ridge near the junction with the carpus is often clearly visible. A row of blunt spines or tubercles, sometimes elevated above the level of the upper surface, usually extends along the outer edge to the tip of the fixed finger and a similar but less regular row on the inner side. The fingers are strong and tapering, with blunt teeth on the cutting edges, and tufts of setae on either side of them. The left cheliped is smaller and more slender than the right. The carpus bears a conspicuous spinous ridge mid-dorsally and another similar ridge on the inner edge. The propodite is narrow, finely granular, and witha slight median ridge near the proximal end. The fingers are slender and longer than the palm. The next two pairs of pereiopods are long, slender and com- pressed, slightly longer on the right side than on the left. The third is a little longer than the second. The upper borders of the merus, carpus and propodite are coarsely serrate. The dactyl is long, slender and curved, ending in a yellow trans- parent claw ; on both sides of it there is a longitudinal ridge defined by a pair of shallow grooves. The upper border is very minutely serrate, while the lower border is unarmed except for rows of fine setae. The fourth pereiopods are almost perfectly chelate and bear tufts of mixed plumose and simple setae. A quadruple row of scales is present as in LE. Bernhardus. The fifth pereiopods are similar to those of #. Bernhardus. In the female three fairly large well-developed abdominal appendages are present serving as an attachment for the eggs ; these are altogether absent in the male. The uropods are similar to those of the preceding species, but the telson is rather longer and more quadrate. The eggs are numerous and smaller than in &. Bernhardus. General Distribution.—The species is found on the coast of Norway (Appellof) as far north as Hardanger (Sars), but does not appear to have been recorded from Denmark or Sweden. It is known from the Shetland Islands, and the Moray Firth, but is “apparently absent from the rest of the east coast of Scotland’ (Henderson). It is recorded from the Clyde (Hoyle), the west coast of Ireland, the Irish Sea (Farran), Devon and Cornwall (Norman), the Channel Islands (Sinel) and the Bay of Biscay (Caullery, Kemp). It is common on the coast of Spain and in the Mediterranean and Adriatic (Heller), | ae 36 and reaches the southern extremity of its distribution at the Cape Verde Islands (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). Vertical Distribution.—The species is most abundant at depths of from 10 to 40 fms. but frequently occurs in deeper water. On the west coast of Ireland it has been found seven- teen times at depths of over 70 fms. and four times at depths of over 100 fms. On one occasion it was taken at 199 fms. (Helga, cxxi, 24:8-01) and itis recorded by Caullery from 217 fms., in the Bay of Biscay. Irish Distribution.—Eupagurus Prideauxw oceurs on all the coasts of Ireland, but most sparingly on the north; it is very plentiful on the east coast off Dublin, Louth and Down, and is also common in the south and on the west. It is nearly always taken on a sandy or muddy bottom and is almost in- variably associated with the Actinian, Adamsia palliata. Eupagurus variabilis (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). Plate TV. tes.) 40) 5 soPlate We neces Pagurus tricarinatus, Norman, 1869. Eupagurus tricarinatus, G. O. Sars, 1882. (Hupagurus excavatus, Pocock, 1889. #e (Hupagurus meticulosus, Bourne, 1890, ¢ Eupagurus variabilis, A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, _ 1892. Kupagurus variabilis, Bouvier, 1896 (0). Eupagurus variabilis, Calman, 1896. Eupagaurus variabilis, A. Milne-Kdwards and Bouvier, 7 —] 1897. Eupagurus variabilis, A. Milne-Edwards and _ Bouvier, 1899. Eupagurus variabilis, A. Milne-Edwards and _ Bouvier, 1990. Kupagurus variabilis, Senna, 1903. Eupagurus tricarinatus, Hansen, 1908. Kupagurus variabilis, Kemp, 1910. A great deal of obscurity exists with regard to the exact characters and geographical distribution of this species, owing to its confusion with the very closely allied form #. excavatus, Herbst. Of E. excavatus itself there are several types and the right cheliped in particular exhibits considerable variation. There is, indeed, a very striking parallelism between the two species. In both cases the right chela varies from the form having three sharp unbroken carinae separated by deep hol- lowed spaces, through all gradations to the form in which the surface of the hand is covered with rough tubercles, the median keel is represented by an obscure and gentle elevation in the median line and the lateral keels are almost obsolete. In_ spite, however, of the very great resemblance between the E31: 37 two species they may always be distinguished by certain characters which remain constant. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, in their admirable account of E. variabilis (1900), give the following characters for the separation of the two species :— E. excavatus. 1. Four unpaired pleopods in the male. E. variabilis. 1. Three unpaired pleopods in the male. 2. No smooth hollow, and the carina is less prominent. 2. The left chela has a pro- minent carina, on the outer side of which there is always a smooth hollow. 3. Near the inner border of the right chela the inner face is smooth, granular, or tubercu- lar up to the very edge without interruption. 4. The process at the outer side of the second joint of the antennal peduncle does not reach the base of the terminal joint. 5. The lower surface of the merus of the right cheliped is covered with hairs which are much longer than the granules on the surface. 3. Near this edge there is on the inner face, a line of eranules or denticles which is separated from the edge by an almost smooth space. 4. The process reaches or passes the base of the terminal joint. 5. (he lower, taee- os, the merus 1s covered with very short hairs. The most reliable characters in this table and the easiest to use are those numbered 1 and 4. It is with the var. meticulosus, Roux, of HE. excavatus that E. variabilis is most likely to be confused. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier (1900) give the following summary of the characters of the typical form and of the variety :-— ‘“ E. excavatus (typical form)—Characterized by two deep excavations, usually quite smooth, which are hollowed out in the propodite of the right cheliped, and are bounded by three carinae, one median and two marginal, which are high and sharp. The dactyl is also excavated above. The carina of the left chela is always smooth and sharp. E. excavatus, var. meticulosus—Right propodite less deeply excavate. The concavities of this hand are more or less roughened and granular in part of their length, especially posteriorly. The three carinae are of medium size, thick, obtuse, and granular on the edges, especially in the case of the middle one. The median carina of the left hand is always rather obtuse and granular; as to the lower edge of the same hand it is less drawn out and much less sharp than in the typical form of the species.”” To: 38 Transitional forms are common between these two extremes. E. variabilis was first described under that name by Milne- Edwards and Bouvier in 1892, and there is no doubt that both before and after that date many specimens were referred to E. excavatus, which in reality belonged to EF. variabilis. Ihave investigated the records of ‘‘ EH. excavatus,” from northern Kuropean waters, so far as I have been able, with the result that I have found more than twenty specimens in the Irish National Museum labelled ‘“ #. excavatus’”’ or ‘“‘ EB. meticu- losus.”’ These were taken by various expeditions sent out to the west and south-west of Ireland by the Royal Irish Academy and the Royal Dublin Society in the years 1885-90, and were recorded by Pocock (1889), Bourne (1890) and others. I find that every one of these specimens, without exception, must be referred to E. variabilis. Calman (1896), writing after the description of KE. variabilis by Milne-Edwards and Bouvier (1892) had been published, records only that species from the same areas and does not mention any specimens of EH. excavatus. All the Irish records, then, really refer to E. variabilis. But even prior to 1892 the present species had been described, though under a different name. Norman (1869) described a species which he called Pagurus tricarinatus, from the Shetland Islands. He afterwards came to regard this as really belonging to the Mediterranean species E. meticulosus, and mentions his specimens under that name in the “‘ Museum Normanianum ” (1905). The three original specimens from the Shetland Islands are in the British Museum. At my request Dr. Calman has kindly examined them with regard to the characters for the Separation of E. variabilis and E. excavatus, with the result that all the three specimens were found to belong to E. variabilts. Hansen, in 1908, suggested that this would prove to be the case. Norman’s name, E. tricarinatus, has of course priority over E. variabilis, and Hansen (1908) uses it for the designation of the species. But E. tricarinatus is preoccupied, having been given to a Japanese species by Stimpson (1858), as is pointed out by Henderson (1886). Hansen is also of opinon that the specimen described by Sars (1885) under the name of E. tri- carinatus (identified in the ‘“‘ Supplementary Notes” at the end of Part II as E. meticulosus), really belongs to E. variabilis. Specimens have also been referred to HE. excavatus var. meticu- Josus from Seandinavian waters by Appellof (1906). I have written to Professor Sars with regard to the specimens recorded by him in 1885, and in reply he tells me that after comparing his original drawings with the description of Milne-Edwards and Bouvier (1900), he is convinced that the Norwegian speci- mens really belong to EF. variabilis and not to E. excavatus (=E. meticulosus). I have also received a letter from Dr. Grieg, of the Bergen Museum, regarding the specimens recorded by Appellof (1906). After examining them with regard to the differentiating characters given above, he comes to the conclusion that they all belong not to EF. excavatus but to E. variabilis. P28. 39 The result then of these investigations is that there is no genuine record of EF. excavatus from a locality further north than the southern part of the Bay of Biscay, from which specimens have been recorded by Milne-Edwards and Bouvier. Not a single specimen of EH. excavatus has been taken by the Helga, but E. variabilis has been captured at upwards of forty different stations off the west and south-west coasts of Ireland, the total number of specimens being about two hundred and twenty. Amongst these are found all the different variations described by the French authors (1900). The rostral projection is gently rounded and not prominent. The lateral frontal processes end each in a small sharp tooth. The dorsal surface of the carapace and the frontal and lateral edges bear a sprinkling of setae which are mostly present in small groups. The telson is almost symmetrical. Its posterior edge is concave and fringed with small teeth. The eyestalks are moderately long and much swollen distally. The corneal area is large, slightly emarginate behind, on the upper surface. There are a-few tufts of long setae on the dorsal surface of the eyestalks. The ophthalmic scales are rather small. A sharp spine is attached just below and to the inside of the tip. The scales are deeply hollowed on the upper sur- face. The eyes reach the base of the third joint of the antennu- lar, and slightly beyond the middle of the fifth joint of the antennal peduncle. On the basal joint of the antennular peduncle there is a tooth at the side of the opening of the auditory sac, and a pair of teeth at the distal lower extremity. The second and third joints are longer and thinner, the third being longer than the second and slightly dilated at the distal end. The upper flagellum is slightly longer than the third joint. The first joint of the antennal peduncle is short and broad and has a very short spinule on the outer edge. The second is large and massive; the outer process reaches or passes slightly beyond the base of the fifth joint and ends in a sharp point ; it has a row of eight to ten teeth on its inner edge. The acicle is long and narrow, reaching the middle of the fifth joint or slightly beyond. The third and fourth joints are of the usual form. The fifth is longer than any of the others and is slightly compressed laterally. The whole peduncle is more or less setiferous. The antennae are about three times as long as the carapace. The right cheliped is extremely variable in form and it is owing to this circumstance that such confusion has arisen with regard to the synonymy of the species. The variation is practically confined to the propodite and the dactyl. The remaining joints are more or less uniform in all specimens. The carpus bears a covering of sharp denticules on its upper surface, and on the inner edge these are enlarged to form a row of strong teeth. The propodite exhibits all grades of variation Ae 21% 40 between two extremes ; (a) those in which there is a very high and prominent median crest, separated from an outer and inner lateral keel by deeply hollowed spaces, which are practi- cally smooth except for a few granules near the proximal end and (b) those in which the median crest and lateral keels are so reduced as to be almost indiscernible and the surface of the hand is almost flat and covered throughout with granules. In those specimens in which the median crest and lateral keels are present the dorsal surface of the dactyl is sightly hollowed out. The keel on the inner edge is higher than that on the outer, and all three keels are usually more or less serrate. The palm is slightly longer than the fingers. In the left cheliped the merus is laterally compressed, with a rounded upper edge. The carpus is also compressed but its upper edge bears a row of ten or twelve strong teeth in- creasing slightly in size distally ; there are also a few smaller teeth at the side of this row. The propodite has a line of strong teeth along the outer margin, and also a slight median keel furnished with prominent teeth. Between the median keel and the outer edge the surface is tuberculate ; between the keel and the inner edge, however, it is smooth. The fingers are longer than the palm and end in yellow claws. The median keel is highest in the proximal part of the jomt and and becomes less distinct distally but can still be traced almost to the tip of the fixed finger. The dactyl is smooth except for a few small denticules on the outer edge. Theform of the left cheliped remains constant and does not vary with the right. The walking legs, as usual, are strongly compressed laterally- On the right leg of the first pair there is a row of about ten strong teeth on the upper edge of the carpus, and from twelve to fourteen on the propodite. The dactyl is longer than the propodite, curved and tapering; there are no spines on the iower. edge ; it is fringed with setae, above and below. On the left leg of the first pair, the teeth on the carpus and propodite are less numerous, being reduced to about eight on either joint. The walking legs of the second pair are very similar to those of the first, the only difference being that the teeth on the carpus and the propodite are much feebler, especially in the case of the left leg. The fourth and fifth pereiopods exhibit no characters pecu- liar to the species. In the male there are, on the left side of the abdomen, three unpaired pleopods of the usual aspect, and in the female, four. The uropods are of the usual form. Ovigerous females have been taken on many occasions by the Helga, most frequently in August and November, but also in February and March, and there are ovigerous specimens in the Irish National Museum from the same area which were taken in July. . Szze.—The carapace of the largest specimen taken by the Helgais19 mm. long. The females s appear to become sexually 2. 41 mature while still very small, numerous ovigerous individuals having been taken in which the carapace measures only 5 mm. General Distribution—The species occurs on the west coast of Norway at least as far north as 68° 10’ N. (Sars and Appellof). It has been taken at the Shetlands (Norman), on the west and south-west of Ireland, in the Bay of Biscay (Kemp, Milne- Edwards and Bouvier), off the Portuguese coasts, at the Canaries, and as far south as Cape Blanco, 21° 51’ N. (Milne- Edwards and Bouvier). It has also been taken in the Mediterranean (Senna). Vertical Distribution.—The species appears to live in greatest numbers in depths of 100-250 fms., but it is frequently found in about 70-90 fms., and has been taken also in 740 fms (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). Irish Distribution.—The Helga has taken this species in large numbers off the west and south-west coasts. The fol- lowing are detailed records :— Heiga. Helga CXIV.—2 vit ’01.—40 mls. S.W. of Cleggan Head 624 fms., sand and stones. Dredge. Temperature 9-5° C.—One ovigerous 2, 5 mm.. Helga CXXI.—24 vit ’01.—64 mls. N. W. 4 W. of Cleggan Head, 199 fms., fine sand. 'Trawl.—One, 11 mm. Helga CXXXI.—12 Ix ’01.—50 mls. W. N. W. of Cleggan Head, 110 fms., fine sand. Dredge. Temperature at 100 fms., 9:8° C.—Kighty, 5-15 mm. S. R. 44.—17 vil ’03.—50 mls. W. N. W. of Cleggan Head, 116% fms., Townet on trawl. Temperature 10-15° C.—Three. 9-18 mm. W. 7-24 m1 ’04.—27 mls. W. by N.i N. of Bray Head, Valencia, 100 fms., sand. Trawl. Temperature 9-8° C.—Four, 8-17:5 mm., including 2 ovigerous ¢. See to7.-—-9 Vi. O04.-_53°.37’ N: 11° 33’ W., 121 ims., fine sand. Trawl. Temperature 9:3° C.—Two, 13-15 mm. S. R. 145.—23 vit ’04.—538° 24’ 30” N., 11° 88’ W., 112 fms.,. fine sand. ‘Townets on trawl.—Seven, 5-18 mm., including one ovigerous °. S. R. 146.—24 vii ’04.—58° 24’ N., 12° 29’ W., 181 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One, 16-5 mm. S. R.147.—24 vit ’04.—53° 27’ N., 13° 37’ W., 913 fms., gravel and shells. Dredge—One ¢ with six Peltogasters, 9:5 mm. S. R. 149.—24 vilt ’04.—53° 38’ N., 18° 19’ W., 185 fms., fine sand and shells. Trawl.—One, 9 mm. pe n>? 27 eve 0454" 7" No ie 387 W., 220) fms., Trawl.—One 9-5 mm. S. R. 164.—8 x1 ’04.—52° 6’ N., 12° 04’ W., 375 fms., fine mud andsand. Dredge. Temperature at 350 fms,. 9-78° C.—Five, 6-7 mm., one ovigerous ¢. s “i peeile Ho oA f nn Wee 2 oe ont OR 4.2 , 169.—4 x1 ’04.—51° 50’ N., 11° 26’ W., 129 fms: fine sand. Trawl. Temperature 10-3° C.—Three, 11—- 15 mm., one ovigerous ¢. -171.—5 xt 704.2 52° 7 N., 21° 58" W., S87 amass mud and sand. Trawl.—One, 19 mm. 172.—-5 X1'°04.—52° 2’ N:, 12° 8°. W., 454 ims) ime mud. Townet on dredge.—One ovigerous ¢, o-d mm. . 185.—30 I ’°05.—50° 20’ N., 10° 20’ W., 824 fms., fine sand and shells. Trawl. Temperature at 80 fms., 1105-C. lem. .187.—81 1 705.=-50° 14’ 30" -N., 9° 43’. W.2757 ee sand and mud. Trawl. Temperature 10:2° C.— One, 10 mm. . 188.—83 1 ’05.—51° 53’ N., 11° 59’ W., 320-372 tmiss mud. Trawl. Temperature at 300 fms., 10-125” C.—Fifty-seven. 212.6 vy °05.——51> 54’ N37 Wi, 4a mud and sand. Trawl.—Eleven. 213.—6 V ’05.—51° 59’ N., 11° 25’ W.,119. fms., fine sand. Dredge.—Three. 216.—9 Vv °05—52° 21’ N., 11° 54’ W., 148-164 fms., fine sand. ‘Traw!.—Two. . 220.—11 Vv ’05.—53° 39’ Ni, 12° 24° W., 185 aur fine sand and shelis. Trawl.—Two, 11-15 mm. - 225.—18 Vv ’05.—-58° 2’ N.; 18° 48’ W., 105-109 imis2 fine sand and shells. Trawl. Temperature 9:5° C.— Ten, 4-10 mm. 226.—18 v °05.—58° 12’ N., 18° 57’ W., 93 fms., gravel and shells. Dredge.—Four, 6-9 mm. . 227.—13-14 Vv ’05.—58° 20’ N., 18° W., 164 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—Two. 321.—1 V ’06.—50° 56’-51° 0’ 80” N., 11°17 W., 480— 208 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One, 13.5 mm. | 338.—13 V ’06.—51° 28’ 30” N., 11° 39’ W., 291-330 fms., mud. Trawl.—One, 14 mm. 353.—6 VIII ’06.—50° 37’—50° 40’ N., 11° 82’ W., 250- 542 fms., mud and sand. Trawl.—One. . 859.—8 vit ’06.—52° N., 12° 6’ N., 465-492 fms., 002e. Trawl. Temperature 9:04° C.—One, 8 mm. . 860.—8 VIII ’06.—52° 4’ N., 11° 27’ W., 108-120 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—Two ovigerous 2, 10-11 mm. . 400.—5 m °07.—51° 21’ N., 11° 49’ W., 525 fms., Dredge.—One. Ad 0 LOny ’707.—51° 45’ N., 11° 49’ W., 350-389 fms Trawl.—One, 11:5 mm. S. R. 448.—18 v 07—50° 21’ N, 11° W., 343-346 fms. S. R. Trawl.—Three. 490.—7 IX °07.—51° 57’ 30” N., 12° 7’ W., 470-491 fms., ooze. Trawl. Temperature 8-68° C.—Four, 12- 18°5 mm. a. "21. 43 ee es. — 7 Xb 07-—50° 21" 30” N., VO° 24’ W., 85 fms, sand and shells. Dredge. Temperature 10-22°C.— Twelve. S. R. 590.—3 vu ’08.—51° 51’ 30” N., 12° 8’ W., 480 fms., ooze. Midwater Otter Trawl, 0-480 fms. Tem- perature at 480 fms., 9:28° C.—Twelve, 4-8 mm. Be, 755.—19 v °09.—52° 3’ N., 11° 20’ W., 92-100 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One. eeeady — 17 Vill °09.—51° $7'-30” N.; 11° 6’ W., 105 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—Two. ees. — 12 Vill 10.2— 51° 22’ N., 11° 30’ 80” W., 249 fms., fine sand. Dredge.—Two. Sete 17 a 711. 51° 54’ N., 10° 41’ W., 58 fms., fine sand. Dredge. Temperature 9-:1° C.—Two ovigerous ¢, 9-11 mm., and one ¢ with eight Peltogasters. ipa 19 Vv 11.-—51° 36° N., 11° 54’ 30” W:, 300-500 fms., Midwater Otter Trawl.—One, 11-5 mm. ete — 2? V 11 5t~ 26’. 30” N., 11° 2’ W., 100 fms. sand. Dredge.—Ten, 8-14 mm. wie? Vv OT 2 IN: 11? 24" W., 1522 fms., sand. Dredge.—Six, 9-14 mm. 878.22 V 711.—51° 20’ N., 11° 30’ W., 212-229 fms., sand. Trawl.—Three. et 4 12-5 1° 33’-N., 11° 23’ 30” W., 149. fms., sand. Dredge.—Two, 10-18 mm. . 1444,—19 viit ?12.—51° 56’ N., 11° 28’ W., 142 fms., sand. Dredge.—Seven. . 1843.—21 v 714.—51° 6’ N., 11° 28’ W., 240-249 fms., Traw!.—Two, 12-16 mm. eee eo ee Genus Anapagurus, Henderson. Key to the British species of Anapagurus. I. Chela of large cheliped much longer than carpus ; third joint of antennular peduncle about one and a half times as long as second. A. Eyes swollen with cornea strongly dilated ; upper surface of chela of large cheliped without longi- tudinal ridges oy Be as A. laevis. B. Eyes slender with cornea little dilated ; upper surface of chela of large cheliped with two more or less distinct longitudinal ridges A. chiroacanthus. II. Chela of large cheliped very little longer than carpus ; third joint of antennular peduncle about three times as long as second [Eyes slender ; upper surface of large chela without ridges] ie | A. Hyndmannt. | bie 4. Anapagurus laevis (Thompson}. Plate VII; figs?7—-9) Plate VUUt) testa: Pagurus laevis, Thompson, 1843. Pagurus laevis, Bell, 1853. Eupagurus laevis, Stimpson, 1858. Anapagurus laevis, Henderson, 1886 (a). Anapagurus laevis, Henderson, 1886 (b). Anapagurus laevis, Bouvier, 1891. Anapagurus laevis, Chevreux and Bouvier, 1892. Anapagurus laevis, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894. Anapagurus laevis, Bouvier, 1896. Anapagurus laevis, Milne-Kdwards and Bouvier, 1899. Anapagurus laevis, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. Anapagurus laevis, Senna, 1903. Anapagurus laevis, Hansen, 1908. The carapace is strongly calcified in front and submem- branous behind the cervical groove, which is deeply chiselled. In the branchial region it is very broad and inflated. The gastric area is convex from side to side and from the front backwards; its surface is smooth and glistening. On the hepatic areas there are a few scattered granules, and a few tufts of short setae are present on the line dividing the hepatic from the gastric area. The rostrum is fairly well developed and rounded off. It does not extend so far forward as do the lateral pro- cesses ; each of the latter bears a small tooth in front. The abdomen is of the usual form and is longer than the carapace. The telson is only slightly asymmetrical. Its posterior border is divided by a very deep and narrow indenta- tion, and on each side of this there are three or four sharp teeth. The eyestalks are short and thick, and are very much dilated distally. The cornea-is large and deeply pigmented. The dorsal area encroaching on the cornea is shallow and broad. The ophthalmic scales are broad and rounded and are each furnished with a spine which is attached just below the tip. They bear fringes of short setae in front. When fully extended the antennular peduncle is about twice as long as the eyestalks. The cornea does not quite reach the base of the third joint, which is longer than the first and second. It is considerably thickened near its distal end. The upper flagellum is very slightly longer than the third pedun- cular joint. The lower flagellum is about half as long as the upper. : The cornea reaches almost to the middle of the fifth joint of the antennal peduncle. The outer process on the second joint reaches the middle of the fourth. Its edges are entire. There is a sharp tooth at the inner anterior end of the second joint beside the base of the acicle, which is curved and tapering and reaches to or slightly beyond the end of the cornea. The third 721. AS joint is best seen from below and bears a sharp tooth at its anterior end. The fourth joint is short, stout, and cylindrical. The fifth is as long as all the others together ; it is compressed and slightly thickened distally. The flagellum is almost devoid of hairs and is about three times as long as the carapace. There are few setae on the peduncle except on the acicle. The chelipeds are very unequal, the right being enormously larger than the left. In the female it is not developed to such an extent as in the male, but it is always markedly the larger of the two. In the male the right cheliped may be four times as long as the carapace. Its merus is short, slightly com- pressed in its upper part so as almost to form a ridge. The lower surface is flattened. There are a few sharp teeth on the outer edge of the lower surface towards the front. The outer surface is minutely granular, the granules becoming larger and rougher on the upper edge; the inner surface is almost smooth. At the anterior end of the upper edge there is a single small tooth directed forwards. The carpus is about as long as the palm of the propodite. On all sides it is minutely granular. The upper inner edge is marked by a row of strong teeth. The propodite is long and fairly broad, the palm longer than the fingers. It is covered with minute granules above and below. The outer edge is almost straight but may be slightly concave opposite the base of the dactyl. The fingers are acuminate without terminal claws. The upper surface of the palm is slightly arched from side to side. The outer edge is not sharp but rounded and in its proximal half is defined by a series of very minute points which fade away distally. The inner edge of the palm is slightly roughened but has no definite teeth. On the upper surface at the posterior end and nearer the inner than the outer edge there is a low rounded prominence or tubercle. The cutting edges of the fingers are formed of rounded calcareous teeth. The left cheliped is very small and slender compared with the right ; it reaches to the base of the propodite of the latter. The merus is more strongly compressed than in the right. The carpus has a row of teeth on the inner upper edge and has also a second row of less distinct teeth on the upper outer edge. The hand is very narrow and the rounded tubercle is relatively larger than in the right. The fingers are about equal in length to the palm and end in yellow claws. Their cutting edges are lined with large numbers of fine transparent yellow spines which slope towards the tip. The walking legs (second and third pereiopods) are long and laterally compressed. In the right walking leg of the first pair, the merus is long, its upper edge is rough and bears small bunches of setae and bristles; there are also a few of these present on the lower edge. The carpus is of the usual form and bears a row of from eight to eleven strong teeth on its upper surface. On the upper edge of the propodite there is a row of very minute points from which spring a few setae. | ere 46 There are two or three small transparent spines at the lower distal end. The dactyl is longer than the propodite and is curved and slender. It ends in a sharp claw. There is a row of fairly stiff setae along its entire upper edge. On the inner surface and near the lower border there is a row of small groups of setae which all point distally and are closely pressed against the joint. The other three walking legs are similar to that just deseribed, except that the teeth on the carpus are rather less numerous and are not so well developed. In the fourth pereiopods, which are of the usual form, the imbricate scaly area of the propodite is reduced to a single row of blunt teeth. The fifth perelopods are of the usual form found in the group: In the male the left coxa of the fifth pair bears a long process issuing from the sexual opening. It is curved outwards in a semicircle and is slightly thicker than the fifth thoracic leg itself. It has the form of an almost closed tube, there being an open slit along the side next the body. There are three unpaired pleopods on the left side in the male. The first two are biramous, with one of the branches almost vestigial. The third is uniramous. In the female there are four unpaired pleopods on the left. The first three are biramous, the fourth is feeble and single ; it does not assist in the attachment of the ova. The uropods are of the usual form. Size.-—The carapace of the largest specimen taken by the Helga measures 8 mm. General Distribution.—lIt occurs in all British seas : Shetland and Hebrides (Norman), Firth of Forth (Scott), Northumber- land (Meek), Aberdeen (Sim), Channel (Crawshay), Firth of Clyde (Patience). It occurs also around the Faeroes (Hansen), and along the coast of Norway as far as 62° 30’ N.L. (Sars, Ohlin). It has been recorded from the Skagerak and Kattegat (Meinert, Stephensen). Southwards it extends through the Bay of Biscay (Kemp, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), along the coasts of Spain (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier), into the Medi- terranean : Toulon, Corsica (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier) off the west of Sicily (Senna). It extends along the west coast of northern Africa down to 17° 12’ N.L., and is also found at the Azores (Milne-Edwards and Bouvier). Vertical Distribution.—The species is found in depths ranging from three to three hundred fathoms. It appears to be com- monest from about twenty to fifty fathoms. Irish Distribution.—The original types of the species were taken at Portaferry in Co. Down (Thompson). It has also been recorded from Dublin and Belfast (Kinahan), and Galway (Melville). The records of the Helga show that it occurs all round the Irish coast. | Slee 4 47 Helga :— Helga CXXIX.—11 1x ’01.—40 mls. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, 7635 fms., stones. Dredge.—One ovigerous @ A.I.—14 vu ’02.—20 mls. W.N.W. of Cleggan Head, 724 fms., coral, sand, and rock. Dredge.—One. W. 6.—23 111 ’04.—7 mls. S. by W. of Tearaght Lt., 40-53 fms. Trawl. Temperature 8:1° C.—Ten (in Epizo- anthus sp.). A. 21.—5 vit ’04.—4? mls. E. by N. of Black Head, 10 fms., - Dredge. Temperature 13°4° C.—One. W. 14.—12 vit ’°04.—Dingle Bay, 31-88 fms., fine mud and sand. Trawl.—Six. A. 24.—12 vit ’04.—24 mls. N.E. by E. of Straw Island Light, 20 fms. Trawl. Temperature 12° C.—Four. S. R. 145.—23 vii ’04.—58° 24’ 30” N., 11° 38’ W., 112 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One. W. 21.—22 x1 ’04.—3 mls. N. } E. of Black Head, 164 fms., mud and sand. Dredge. Temperature 12° C.— Two. S. R.187.—81 1 ’05.—51° 14’ 30” N., 9° 43’ W., 57 fms., sand and mud. Dredge. Temperature, 10°2° C.— Two. 98.—7 11 ’°05.—Mweeloon Bay, 3 fms. Dredge.—One. 104.—23 tr ’?05.—8 mls. W. of Black Head, 21 fms. Dredge. Temperature 8°5° C.—One. 265.—23 11 ’05.—64 mls. off Howth Head, 25 fms., sand and shells. Trawl.—One. 109.—17 Iv ’05.—6 mls. N.W. of Black Head, 18 fms. Trawl. Temperature 10°-2° C.—One. 8.—3 v ’05.—51° 47’ 30” N., 6° 52’ W., 40 fms., mud. Trawl. Temperature 8-9 C.—One. . 9—8 v °05.—174 mls. S.W. 4 W. of Coningbeg Light- ship, 40 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One. . 11.—4 v ’05.—74 mls. off Mine Head, 31 fms., mud and sand. Trawl.—Three. R. 225.—18 v ’05.—53° 2’ N., 18° 48’ W., 105-109 fms., fine sand and shells. Trawl. Temperature 9°5° Cone. . 124.—9 vi ’05.—S. W. of 2nd buoy of Margaretta Shoal, 10fms. Dredge. Temperature 12°8° C.—One. . 882.—25 x1 ’°05.—24 mls. S. of Rockabill, 17 fms., sand and shells. Trawl.—One. . 413.—19 Iv ’06.—4 mls. N.E. by E. of Rockabill, 20-24 fms., fine sand. Trawl. Temperature 7:1° C.—Six. . 488.—25 vir °06.—3 mls. E. by N. of Balbriggan Light, 8-84 tms., fine sand and shells. Trawl. Tempera- ture 12°9° C.—One. 24,.—16 vir ’06.—94 mls. E.S.E. of Mine Head—28-294 fms., coarse sand. Trawl.—One. R. 25.—16 vii ’?06.—9. mls. E.S.E. of Helvick Head, 26-29. fms., sand and stones. Trawl.—One. ep PW bm bp nnn > ae | aa 48 R. 28.—17 vi ’06.—18 mls. S.E of Mine Head, 88-384 fms., coarse sand. Trawl. Temperature 9:5° C.—One. 18 vir °06.—15 mls. S.W. of Hook Head, 38 fms., sand. Trawl. Temperature 9°7° C.—One. S. 509.—26 11 ’07.—3 mls. E. by 8. of Dalkey Tower, 16 fms., shells. Dredge.—Two. S. 545.—138 vi ’07.—4 mls. 8S.E. by E. of Clogher Head, 163-184 fms., mud. Trawl.—Three. S. 558.—24 x °07.—212 miles W.5.W. of Chicken agem Isle of Man, 393-42 fms., mud, sand and shells. Trawl,—Six. W. 136.—13 tu ’10.—N. of Carrigeenmore, 3 fms., sand. Dredge.—One. | S. R. 1005.—12 vir 710.—51° 22’ N., 11° 30’ 30” W., 249 fms., fine sand. Dredge.—One. -W. 176.—17 1 711.—51° 54’ N., 10° 41” W., 58 fms., fine sand. Dredge. Temperature 9-1° C. One eye gerous 2. S. Rv 1858.13 v 211-51? 4’ 307. NL 6°50" W.)co eee sand. Dredge.—One ) S, R. 1178.—22 v °11.—51° 20’ N., 11° 30’ W., 212-229 fms., sand. ‘Trawl.—One. W. 244.—9 1 ’12.—52° 3’ 80” N., 10° 17’ W., 25 fms., stones. Dredge.—Two. S. R. 1358.—6 v °12.—53° 50’ N., 4° 51’ W., 45 fms., gravel and shells. Dredge.—Five. S. R. 1444.—19 vit ’?12.—51° 56’ N., 11° 28’ W., 142 fms., sand. Dredge.—One. W. 260.—19 vir °12.—52° 3’ N., 10° 12’ W., 19-20 fms., gravel. Dredge.—One. S. R. 1446.—20 vii ’12.—51° 56’ 30” N., 10° 89’ W., 54 fms., sand. Dredge.—One ovigerous 2. W 264.—18 xi ’712.—43 mls. S. } E. of Dingle Lighthouse 22 fms., coarse sand and stones. Dredge.—One. S. R. 1843.—21 v ’14.—51° 6’ N., 11° 28’ W., 249 fms., fine sand. Trawl.—One, 8 mm. R. 33. Anapagurus chiroacanthus (Lilljeborg). Pagurus ferrugineus, Norman, 1861. Anapagurus ferrugineus, Henderson, 1886 (a). Anapagurus ferrugineus, Henderson, 1886 (b). Anapagurus chiroacanthus, Bouvier, 1896 (0). Anapagurus chiroacanthus, Lagerberg, 1908. This species has not yet been found in the Irish marine area ; it occurs however in English and Scottish waters. Unfortu- nately I have not seen a specimen, and the following account of the characters of this Pagurid is taken from Lagerberg’s admirable paper on Swedish Decapoda (Sveriges Decapoder, 1908) :— ioe. 49 ‘*“ Carapace with a sparse covering of long hairs above. Ocular peduncles long and slender, the end of the cornea reaching about as far forward as the tip of the scaphocerite. The latter is narrow, setiferous, and slightly curved. The flagellum of the outer antennae is sparsely setiferous. The chelipeds are of very unequal size, the right being the stronger ; its chela is convex, oval in outline and smooth in the proximal part (always without spines), with a row of fine points along the curved outer margin; longer and broader than the carpus. On the upper surface there are two more or less distinct longitudinal ridges running forwards, of which the outer, which is the feebler but longer of the two, extends from the junction with the carpus to the angle between the fingers ; the inner, which is sharper but considerably shorter, is seen only near the end towards the carpal joint. The cutting edges of the fingers have teeth of unequal size. The tip of the dactyl is sharply bent. The carpus is long, with almost parallel edges, tapering slightly proximally. The inner edge is serrate. The merus is short with a U-shaped shallow depression on the inside. The underside is broad and thickly covered with long hair. The hand of the left cheliped.is oblong, the carpus laterally compressed, spiny on the inner edge. The merus is short, the underside smooth and strongty setiferous. The two following pairs of pereiopods are long and slender, the second pair some- what shorter than the third. The dactyls are slender, slightly curved, smooth on the lower edge, and not twisted. All the pereiopods are sparsely covered with long hairs. The abdomen is smooth, without hairs.”’ Size.—Lagerberg gives the length of the carapace as 5-5 mm. General Distribution.—The species is confined to British and Scandinavian waters. Skagerak (Stephensen), Kattegat (Meinert), Sweden (Lagerberg), Hardangerfjord (Appellof), Shet- lands (Norman), Moray Firth (Henderson), Northumberland (Brady), Guernsey (Henderson), Firth of Clyde (Patience). Vertical Distribution.—It is essentially a sub-littoral species, occurring in depths of about five to eighty fathoms. Anapagurus Hyndmanni (Thompson). Plate VIII, figs. 4-7. Pagurus Hyndmanni, Thompson, 1843. Pagurus Hyndmanni, Bell, 1858. Anapagurus Hyndmanni, Henderson, 1886 (b). Anapagurus Hyndmanni, Bouvier, 1891. Anapagurus Hyndmanni, Bouvier, 1896 (6b). This species is smaller and more slightly built than A. laevis, from which it may be readily distinguished by the form of the 4 Tan. 50 eyes, the antennules, and the large cheliped. Males appear to be very much commoner than females. The rostrum is fairly prominent and is well rounded off. The lateral processes of the front are well developed and bear a small sharp tooth. The gastric area of the carapace is flatter than in A. laevis; the hepatic areas bear a few groups of short setae as in the latter species. The posterior part of the carapace, behind the cervical groove, which is very deep, bears many long setae. The abdomen is well developed and of the usual form. The telson is similar to that of the species last described and bears four sharp teeth on either side of the recess in the poshenes) margin. The ocular peduncles are much longer and narrower than in A. laevis, and are slightly dilated at the distal end. The cornea is fairly large and is deeply pigmented. The encroach- ment of unpigmented surface on the dorsal part of the cornea is shallow and pointed. The ophthalmic scales are triangular, tapering to a narrow point in front. At the tip each bears a strong spine, which is inserted on the lower surface. The margins of the scales are furnished with setae. The ophthalmic segment is exposed between the scales. There are a very few small groups of setae on the upper and inner surfaces of the eyestalks. The peduncles of the antennules are extremely long and slender. When fully extended they are about four times as long as the eyestalks. The third joint is much longer than the first and second combined. On the lower edge of the second and third joints there is a fringe of very long fairly stiff setae; these two joints are slightly compressed and expand at the distal end. The upper flagellum is of the usual form and is less than half as long as the third peduncular joint. The lower flagellum is about half as long as the upper. The first. peduncular joint reaches almost to the tip of the cornea. The tooth on the second joint of the antennal peduncle at the inner side of the base of the acicle is very prominent. The external process of the same joint is rather short, reaching only slightly beyond the base of the fourth joint. The acicle is. slender and curved, and reaches the middle of the fifth joint ;. it bears tufts of long stiff setae on its inner side. There is a small tooth at the distal end of-the third joint on the lower surface. All the peduncular joints are more or less setiferous.. The flagellum, each joint of which bears several setae, is about. three times as long as the carapace. The right cheliped is longer than the left and is very much more massive. The merus resembles the same joint in A. laevis, but bears more numerous tufts of setae. There is an irregular row of teeth on the upper inner edge of the carpus, the surface of which is covered with minute granules. The hand is oval, the broadest point being at the base of the dactyl, and is very © little longer than the carpus. The outer edge is bordered with. I.’21 ‘Sl small but distinct teeth which diminish in size towards the proximal end. There is a more irregular row of teeth on the inner edge of the palm ; those on the dactyl are similar to the row on the outer margin. There are also a few teeth on the upper surface of the dactyl near its tip. The distal ends of the fingers are not furnished with claws. The outer edge of the hand becomes narrow and sharp in its distal half. The upper surface is slightly convex from side to side and from in front backwards and is covered with minute granules. On the edge of the dactyl and on the outer margin of the fixed finger there are a few groups of fine setae. These are also present in considerable numbers on the lower surface of the hand. The carpus is much longer than the palm of the pro- podite. The right cheliped is much smaller in the female. The left cheliped is very slightly built compared to the right. It resembles the same appendage in A. laevis, except in the following points :—setae are present in larger numbers on all the joints ; the teeth on the upper surface of the carpus are confined to the distal half of the joint ; there is no rounded tubercle at the proximal end of the palm ; on the inner margin of the palm there is an irregular line of blunt teeth. In the first right walking leg, the lower edge of the merus bears a dense fringe of setae; there are fewer on the upper margin. There is a row of seven or eight teeth on the upper surface of the carpus. On the upper edge of the propodite there is a row of small scales, some of which bear a few hairs. The dactyl is slightly longer than the propodite and is gently curved. There is a row of small groups of hairs along the upper edge, and a similar row on the inner surface near the lower border. There is a third row on the middle of the outer sur- face. The joint ends in a strong claw. In the second right walking leg the setae are less numerous on the merus, and there are only two teeth on the upper sur- face of the carpus near the distal end. The first left walking leg resembles the right of the same pair, except that there are only two teeth on the carpus. The second left walking leg is similar to the second on the right side. The fourth pereiopods are of the usual form. The scaly imbricate area is reduced to a single row of blunt teeth. The fitth periopods are similar to those of .4. laevis. The sexual tube in the male is perhaps a little longer and thinner. There are three unpaired uniramous pleopods in the male. In the female there are four ; the first three are biramous and serve for the attachment of the ova, the fourth is uniramous and takes no part in supporting them. The uropods are of the usual form. Size.—The carapace of the largest specimen taken by the Helga measures 7 mm. General Distribution.—The species has a somewhat restricted range, being confined to the coasts of the United Kingdom 2a. 52 and France. It has been recorded from the Shetlands (Norman), the Firth of Forth (Scott), Northumberland and Durham (Norman and Brady), the Channel Islands (Sinel), the western part of the Channel (Crawshay), the Firth of Clyde (Patience) and Boulogne (Giard). It occurs along the whole of the French coast, from the southern part of the Bay of Biscay to Calais (Bouvier). Vertical Distribution.—It is essentially. a shallow water species having been taken only from between tide marks down to about thirty fathoms. It occurs most frequently in depths of from four to eight fathoms. Irish Distribution.—It has been recorded from the following localities : Portaferry (Thompson), Belfast and Dublin (Kina- han) and Galway (Melville). The records of the specimens taken by the Helga show that it occurs all round the Irish coasts. Helga. Granuaile VII.—3 ni ’99.—-About 1 ml. N.E. of Blacksod Light, Co. Mayo. 3$ fms. Dredge.—Five 5-6mm Ballynakill XX.—21. m1. 99.—Ballynakill Harbour. 4 fms. Dredge.—One. Bofin XXX VII.—28 vi ’99.— Bofin Harbour, 15-16 fms., shells. Dredge. Temperature 11°2° C.—Seven. L. 180.—22 x1 ’02.—Off Coastguard Bay, 4-8 fms. Dredge. —One. L. 310.—12 11 ’04.—Coastguard Deep. 6-Sfms. Dredge. —QOne ovigerous, 2 4mm. L. 813.—15 111 ’04.—53° 35’ N., 10° 1’ W., 3-5 fms. Dredge: —One. A. 5.—1 vi ’04.—4 ml. 5S. by E. of Mutton Island, 6 fms. Dredge.—One. R. 21.—15 vit ’06.—64 mls. E.S.E. of Mine Head, 29 fms., sand Trawl. Temperature 10:94° C.—Two. S. 509.—26 11 °07.—3 mls. E. by S. of Dalkey Tower, 16 fms., sand. Dredge. —Several. W. 98.— 27 v ’09.--9 mls. a S.E. of Clare Island Lighthouse, 15 fms. 129.— 10-15 wu *10.—Blacksod Bay, shore.—Six. 131.—11 11 °10.—Blacksod Bay, shore.—Many. 182.— 12 111 °10.—Blacksod Bay, shore.—Many, Two Ovigerous @?. 133.—12 ur °10.—Blacksod Bay, 4 fms., Dredge. Two, 5 mm. W. 100.—27 v ’09.—44 ae K. by S. of Clare Island Light- house 194 fms. Dredge.—Four. | W. 124.—18 1x ’09.—Blacksod Bay, 4? fms., Dredge.— Many, one ovigerous ¢. W. 126.— 18 1x ’09.—Blacksod Bay, 7-8 fms. Dredge.— Several. W.127.—18 1x ’09.—Blacksod Bay, 8-9 fms. Dredge.— One. W. W. W. W. Boek. 53 W. 140.—15 11 ’10.—Blacksod Bay, 34-44 fms. Dredge.— Five. W. 146.—16 vu ’10.—Clew Bay, 2-4 fms., coral and mud. Dredge.—Six. W. 163.—18 rx ’10.—Blacksod Bay, shore.—Two. W. 167.—21 1x ’10.—Blacksod Bay, 2-3 fms. Dredge. Four. W. 169.—22 1x ’10.—Blacksod Bay, 3-4 fms. Dredge.— One. W. 172.—23 1x °10.—Blacksod Bay, 4-5 fms. Dredge.— One. W. 178.—13 11 711.—Blacksod Bay, shore.—One. W. 186.— 18 111 711.—Blacksod Bay, 42 fms., sand. Dredge. —Several. W. 188.—18 1 ’11.—Blacksod Bay, 54 fms., sand. Dredge. —One. W. 211.— 21 vit ’11.—3 mls. E. of Clare Island Lighthouse, 13—14 fms., gravel. Dredge.—Six. W. 228.—23 vir °11,—- 2 mls. N.W. of Inishgort Light house, Clew Bay, 7-10 fms., stones. Dredge.— One. W. 230.—23 vit *11.—5 mls. N. W. by W. of Inishgowla, 8-10 fms., mud. Dredge.—One. W. 250.—4 11 °12.—Lenan Bay, Lough Swilly, shore.— One. W. 256.—5 111 ’12.— Lough Swilly, shore.—One. Nematopagurus longicornis, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier. Plate VI, figs. 1-5. Nematopagurus longicornis, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1892. Nematopagurus longicornis, Bouvier, 1896 (0b). Nematopagurus longicornis, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1899. Nematopagurus longicornis, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1900. The rostrum is rounded and does not project quite so far as the frontal lateral processes. The latter are blunt and each bears a small spinule on the outer side. The carapace is rather feebly calcified, even on the gastric area, and is almost membranous behind the cervical groove. There is a slight sprinkling of hairs on the hepatic and branchial areas, and two or three tufts on the dorsal surface arranged in two lines, one behind each of the lateral frontal processes. The abdomen is larger than the carapace, rather slender, and twisted spirally in the usual way. The telson is small only slightly asymmetrical, and gently concave posteriorly. The eyestalks are stout and slightly dilated both at the Pea2i 54 distal and the proximal end. The cornea is large and deeply pigmented ; its posterior margin is slightly emarginate above. There are a few small groups of setae on the stalks. The ophthalmic scales are very small, widely separated and blunt. They are hollowed out on the upper surface and bear a spine, which is inserted just below, and slightly to the inside of the tip. The ophthalmic segment is exposed. The cornea reaches the middle of the third joint of the an- tennular peduncle when the latter is fully extended. The third joint is considerably longer than either the first or second. The upper flagellum is unusually long and thin; it is much longer than the third peduncular joint. The cornea reaches the middle of the fifth joint of the an- tennal peduncle. The external process of the second joint of the peduncle is massive and pointed ; it bears a few teeth on its upper edge, and reaches to the middle of the fourth joint. The acicle is large and strong, and extends just beyond the tip of the fifth joint. There is a small tooth at the inner side of the base of the acicle. The third joint, which is hardly seen from above, has a small sharp tooth at its distal end. The fourth joint is short, thick and practically cylindrical. The fifth joint is more than twice as long as the fourth and is later- ally compressed ; it is slightly dilated towards the distal end. The flagellum is nearly three times as long as the carapace. The right cheliped is much larger and more massive than the left. The merus is laterally compressed and its surface is covered with low broad scales fringed with hairs. The upper and outer surfaces of the carpus are flattened. The inner edge of the upper surface is marked by a row of about twelve or fourteen strong teeth ; on the outer edge of the upper surface there is a similar row but it is composed of smaller teeth. There are many low scales on the flanks of the joint but hardly any on the dorsal surface. The propodite and dactyl form a nar- row oval. The palm is a little shorter than the carpus and considerably longer than the fingers, which end in small yellow claws. A low median ridge, made up of rough tubercles, begins at the proximal end of the propodite but it dies out about half way to the base of the fingers. The outer margin of the hand is well defined and is entire. The inner margin of the palm bears a row of teeth, which decrease in size distally and die out before reaching the base of the dactyl. The margin of the latter is rounded and entire. The upper surface of the hand is smooth and bears only a very sparse sprinkling of hairs. The left cheliped is smaller than the right but not so markedly SO as in most species of Hwpagurus. Each joint is narrower than in the right cheliped, otherwise the structure is much the same. The teeth of the carpus and the ridges are more accentuated and the setae more plentiful than on the right. The fingers are equal in length to the palm. Both margins of the hand are entire. The cutting edges of the fingers are furnished with chitinous spines. Boon. 55 The first pair of walking legs (second pereiopods) are slightly shorter than the second pair. In the first right walking leg the merus is laterally com- pressed, and bears rough scales on both upper and lower edges ; these are fringed with long setae. The carpus bears similar scales on the upper edge, and a single spine at the upper distal extremity. There are scales on the upper and lower margins of the propodite and these also bear short setae. There are two short spines at the lower distal end of the joint. The dactyl is slightly curved and is longer than the propodite. It ends in a sharp transparent claw. On the lower edge there are about fifteen slender transparent spines, increasing slightly in size distally. On the upper edge there is an equally nu- merous row of much smaller spines, and from the base of each of these there springs a single long hair. In addition to this there is a row of about ten or twelve spines on the inner sur- face, nearer the upper than the lower edge. These also have a few setae about their bases. Finally there is a row of bunches of setae on the inner surface near the lower edge. The first left walking leg is generally similar to that just described, but the spines composing the rows on the inner surface of the dactyl and near the upper edge are not so numerous. In the second right walking leg the teeth on the upper edge of the dactyl are larger, and the spines on the lower edge are rather more numerous, being about twenty in number. The second left walking leg is similar to the second right. The fourth pereiopods are of the usual form, small, com- pressed, setiferous and imperfectly chelate. The imbricate scaly area of the propodite is reduced to a single row of yellow chitinous teeth. The fifth pereiopods are about as long as’ the fourth pair, and end in minute chelae.. There is a broad imbricate area on the upper surface of the propodite. In the male there are three unpaired pleopods on the left side of the abdomen; in the female there are four unpaired and on the first segment one pair of sexually modified pleopods. The uropods are of the usual form, The structure of the coxae of the fifth pereiopods in the male is very peculiar and is characteristic of the genus. From the right coxa there issues a long tube, which is broad at its base but rapidly narrows and ends in a long slender lash. From the left coxa a process also protrudes, but it is quite short, barely reaching the coxa of the opposite side, towards which it is directed. It is broad at the base and tapers rapidly to a narrow point. The long lash of the right coxal process is turned backwards towards the abdomen. I have not seen a female specimen of this species, and the following account is taken from the description by Milne-Edwards and Bouvier (1900) :— ‘“‘ The paired sexual appendages of the female are sepa- 56 pe: rate at the base, are composed of two joints, and are pressed against the last thoracic sternum. The unpaired pleopods are four in number, the three anterior ones alone serving tor the attachment of the ova as usual. The inner or posterior branch remains free; it is broader and and much shorter than the anterior branch. Both sex- ual openings are present in the female.” Size.—The length of the carapace in the single. Irish specimen is 7-5 mm. General Distribution.—The species has been recorded. by Milne-Edwards and Bouvier from the north coast of Spain, the Atlantic coasts of Spain and Portugal, near Toulon, the west coast of Morocco and the Sudan down to the Cape Verde Is. and the Azores. The specimen taken by the Helga off the west of Ireland extends the known distribution of the species nearly ten degrees to the north. Vertical Distributton.—The depths at which the species has been taken range from 57 to 438 fms. Irish Distribution.—The Helga has taken only a single speci- men, the first to be found in British waters. Helga.— S. R. 178.-—16 xr ’04.—40 mls. N.W. by W. 2? W. of Cleggan Head, 53° 36°30" N.,) 11° 15.307 W:, 745 toaee coarse gravel and stones. Dredge. Temperature 10°8° C.—One, 7°5 mm. Famity LITHODIDAE. Genus Lithodes, Latreille Lithodes maia (Linn.) Plate IX, figs. 1-4. Iithodes Maia, Bell, 1858. Iithodes arctica, Bouvier, 1895. Lithodes Maja, Bouvier, 1896 (a). Inthodes maia, Lagerberg, 1908. — Lithodes Maja, Hansen, 1908. Lithodes Maja, Stephensen, 1913, In general aspect this species is crab-like. It does not live in a Shell like the species of Paguridae described above, though the structure of the abdomen and pleopods in the female clearly indicate that it has been evolved from similar asymmetrical stock. The carapace is pear-shaped or obcordate. The rostrum is produced into a long process ending in a bifid point and bearing a number of other spines. On the upper surface, near the middle, there is a pair of large spines, projecting upwards and forwards, Pear. 57 and a pair of smaller spines near the base. Between or slightly in advance of the latter there are one, less commonly two, small or medium-sized unpaired spines. On the under sur- face near the base there isa single large cur ved spine, projecting between the eyes. ! The regions of the carapace are well-marked. The gastric area is large and arched and is separated by the cervical groove from the similarly arched anterior part of the cardiac area. The linea anomurica is distinct. The dorsal surface of the carapace bears a large number of strong spines, which spring from broad bases and taper rapidly to sharp points. The posterior margin is straight, slightly arched in the middle. It is bordered by a row of spines which are as large as or larger than those on the dorsal surface. The spines are continued along the lateral margins and increase in size from behind forwards. They reach their greatest development on the antero- lateral edges, where four or five are frequently very large, and end in a medium-sized spine limiting the outer angle of the orbital notch. The second ahdominal segment is fused to the first and consists of one piece, not of three or five, as in some nearly allied species. These segments together form a solid strongly calcified plate, which, in the natural position, is practically vertical, lying in a plane at right angles to the dorsal surface of the carapace and to the posterior segments of the abdomen. The plate bears a number of spines which are roughly arranged in three rows. In the first row there are only two spines lying in the centre. The second and third rows mark the positions of the first and second abdominal segments and in these the spines tend to be largest in the middle. The remaining part of the abdomen is pressed closely against the very broad sternum, as in the Brachyura. The third, fourth and fifth segments are each represented by a pair of plates, roughly oval in shape, which slope outwards and towards.the telson. The plates do not meet in the centre, but are separated by a triangular area of soft skin, thickly studded with round calcified tubercles. Outside the large paired plates of the third, fourth and fifth segments there is on each side in the male (in the female only on the right side) a row ‘of small marginal plates. These and also the large plates bear numerous broad-based spines. The sixth segment is represented by a single central plate of about the same size as the lateral ones of the three preceding segments. Beyond it is the short rounded telson. In the female the posterior part of the abdomen is markedly asymmetrical. The plates of the third, fourth and fifth seg- ments are much larger on the left than on the right and, as stated above, the row of small marginal plates is abscut on the left. 1 Bouvier (1896) refers to this spine as “‘le rostre’’ and calls the rest of the structure ‘‘ la saillie dorsale du rostre.’ TL; 7295 58 The eyes are placed close together beneath the rostrum ; they are short, much dilated at the base and slightly so at the distal end. The cornea is deeply pigmented and on its dorsal surface exhibits a deep, rounded emargination. The portion of the stalk, extending into this emargination, bears a small terminal spine. There are also small tubercles on the upper surface of the stalk. The antennules are short, inserted below the eyes and slightly external to them. The first joint is thick, the other two cylindrical and slender. The third is longer than the second and slightly shorter than the first. When fully ex- tended the first joint just reaches the end of the cornea. The upper flagellum is very slightly longer than the third joint ; the lower flagellum is unusually long. The antennal peduncle is slightly shorter than that of the antennules and is inserted immediately below it. The second joint has a long, massive, sharply-pointed external process which reaches the base of the fifth joint. Thereis a rudimentary acicle, a small, rounded, movable body. The third, fourth, and fifth joints are of the usual form. The flagellum is about one and a half times the length of the rostrum. The chelipeds are more or less equal in length, but that of one side (either right or left) is more massive than the other. In the larger limb the ischium is short, with a few spines be- neath. The merus is long with numerous spines ; those on the lower border are small, while two, placed on the inner side near the distal end, are specially large. The carpus is shorter and thicker than the merus : ; 1t has two very large spines on the inner side and numerous others on the upper surface ; on the the lower surface there is only one spine of any size. The propodite is large and massive, almost or quite as long as the carpus and merus combined. The upper surface is convex, with the palm slightly longer than the fingers. On the middle of the upper surface of the palm there is an irregular double row of rather short broad-based spines and there are similar spines scattered irregularly over the outer surface. The fingers are massive, with spatulate tips. The under surface of each finger is hollowed out, so that the cutting edge, which bears large rounded calcareous teeth, is much narrower than the outer edge. Both fingers bear numerous tufts of dark setae, most numerous near the cutting edge and towards the tip; there is a spine on the outer edge of the dactyl near the base. The smaller cheliped bears a general similarity to the larger, but the joints are more slender, especially the propodite which is also proportionately shorter. The irregular double row of spines on the upper surface of the palm is rather indistinct and the fingers are slightly longer than the palm. The first three pairs of walking legs are similar ; all are longer than the chelipeds. The ischium is very short, with one or two spines on the lower surface. The merus is long, compressed above and triangular in transverse section. There are rows ec 2. 59 of large spines on the upper and posterior edges and another row of smaller spines on the inferior edge. Except on the inner side there are scattered spines on the surfaces. The carpus is short, with large spines above and almost smooth below. The propodite is compressed and not quite so long as the merus; it bears spines on the upper, outer and lower surfaces. The dactyl is curved and about two-thirds the length of the propodite, ending in a sharp dark claw. On the lower edge there is a row of about seven slender transparent spines, sloping towards the terminal claw, and in the proximal two-thirds of the upper edge a row of four or five low cal- eareous teeth. On the outer side, near the base, there is a single strong tooth, and a similar tooth slightly further forward on the inner surface. There are a few very small bunches of setae near the lower edge. The legs of the last pair are very small and slender, and are usually carried folded out of sight inside the branchial chamber. Kach ends in a minute chela, with broad flat fingers, which appears admirably suited to the work of keeping the gills clean. There are no pleopods in the male. In the female they are present on the left side only ; they are uniramous and are found on the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments. Uro- pods are completely absent in both sexes. Size.—The extreme length of the carapace, spines included, is at least 145 mm. in large specimens. General Distribution.—Lithodes maia occurs along the whole length of the Norwegian coast, round the North Cape to Varanger Fjord (Sars) and the south-western shores of the Murman Sea, but not in the White Sea. One specimen is recorded from Spitzbergen (Doflein) and one from the S. W. of Bear Island, 74° 25’ N., 17° 36’ E. (Birula). ‘It is known from Denmark Strait, S. of Iceland, and from the Faeroes (Hansen), is com- mon on the’the east coast of Scotland, and is found off North- umberland (Meek) and Yorkshire (Leach). It is recorded from the Skagerak and Kattegat (Stephensen, Bjorck), from Bohus- lan in Sweden (Goes), Denmark (Meinert) and as far south as - Holland (Hoek) and Belgium (van Beneden). It is abundant on the west coast of Scotland, in the Shetlands and Orkneys and has been found at the Isle of Man (Bell). The species is also known from W. Greenland (Stephensen), Davis Straits (Hansen) and from Nova Scotia, the Gulf of Maine and as far south as 40° 3’ N. on the American coast (Smith). It is not found in water with temperature below zero. Vertical Distribution—The species appears to live mainly in waters of moderate depth, but has been found in 289 fms. in the Davis Straits and at 291 fms on the east coast of America. Trish Distribution.—Bell (1853) mentions a specimen “in the Museum of T.C.D., recorded to have been taken on the coast of the county Wexford.” The only specimen taken by | bet 60 the Helga consists of partially digested remains found in the the stomach of a fish obtained on the Porcupine Bank. Helga. LXXVII.—29 vi ’01.—124 mls. W. by N. $ N. of Cleggan Head, 53° 24° 30” N., 13° 36’ W., 91 fmsseeee stomach of fish.—One, about 47 mm. The species is very abundant in the Firth of Clyde and may thus be expected to occur on the north-east coast of Ireland. 221. 61 LIST OF REFERENCES. Alcock, 1901.—‘‘ A Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep Sea Crustacea Decapoda Macrura and Anomala in the Indian Museum.’’—Calcutta, 1901. Alcock, 1905.—‘* Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea in the Collection of the Indian Museum’’—Part II. Anomura. Fasc. I, Pagurides.”’ Balss, 1912.—.‘‘ Paguriden.’”— Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee- -Expedition auf dem Dampfer Valdvwia. 1898-1899. Bd. 20, 2te Liefer., 1912. Bell, 18538.—‘‘ British Stalk-eyed Crustacea.’ Benedict, 1901.— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. XXIIT. Bonnier, 1887.—‘‘ Crust. Malacost. de Concarneau.’—Bull. scientif. 8e ser. Bonnier, 1891. ‘‘ Catalogue des Malacost. de Concarneau.’’—- Bull. scientif., 2e ser., T. IX. Bourne, 1890.—‘‘ Report of a Trawling Cruise in H. M. S. Research: off the S.W. Coast of Treland.”—Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc Vol. I. (N:S.), 1889-90. Bouvier, 1891.—‘** Etudes de quelques Paguriens recueillis par M. J. de Guerne, sur les cétes de France et de Norvége.”’— Mém. Soc. Zool. France. Vol. [V., 1891. Bouvier, 1895.—‘‘ Recherches sur les Affinités des Lithodes et des Lomis avec les Pagurides.”—Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. Ser. 7, T. XVIII. Bouvier, 1896 (a)—‘“ Sur la Classification des Lithodines et sur leur Distribution dans les Océans’?—Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. Ser. 8, T.I. Bouvier, 1896 (b)—‘‘ Les Pagurines des Mers_ d’Kurope.’—La Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes. IIe Ser., 26e Année, Nos. 307, 308, 309. AV de Brito Capello, 1858.—‘‘ Append. lista Crust.’—Journ. Science Lisboa, 1858, _ de Brito Capello, 1875.—‘‘ Append. lista Crust.”, Journ. Scienc. Lisboa 1875. Caiman, 1896.— ‘On Deep-Sea Crustacea from the S.W.of Ireland.”’ Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. Vol, XXXI. Calman, 1897.—‘‘ Notes on Rockall Island and Bank,—Crustacea.”’ Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. Vol. XXXI. Carus, 1885.—Prodromus Faunae Mediterraneae. Caullery, 1896.—“ Crustacés Schizopodes et Decapodes ; Résultats Scientifiques de la Campagne du, Caudan.’’—Ann. Univ. Lyon. T. XXVI Chevreux and Bouvier, 1892.—“ Voyage de la Goelette Melita aux Canaries et au Sénégal, 1889-1890. Paguriens.’”—Mém. Soc. Zool. France. T. V. Clément, 1874.—‘‘ Nouveau: Pagure.’””—Bull. Soc. d’Etudes Se. Nat. Nimes, 1874. T2206 62 Crawshay, 1912.—‘‘ Fauna of the Outer Western Area of the Channel, Crustacea.’’—Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. N.S., Vol. LX, No3. Czerniavsky, 1884.—Crust. Dec. Pont. Litt. Dofiein, 1900.—** Die dekapoden Krebse der Arktischen Meere.’’— Fauna Arctica, Bd. I, Lief. 2. Faxon, 1895.—“‘ Stalk-eyed Crustacea of the Albatross Expedition.” —Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard. Vol. XVIII, No. 15. Fischer, 1872.—‘ Crust. décap. Gironde.’—Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux. T. XXVIII, 1872. Hansen, 1908.—‘‘ Crustacea Malacostraca, 1’’.—The Danish Ingolf Expedition. Vol. III, part 2. Heller, 1863.— Die Crustaceen des Siidlichen Europa. Henderson, 1886 (a).—-‘‘ Crustacea Decapoda of the Firth of Clyde.’ —Nat. Hist. Soc., Glasgow. Vol. IL. Henderson, 1886 (b).—‘‘ A Synopsis of the British Paguridae.’’— Proc. Royal Phys. Soc. Edinburgh. Vol. IX, pt. 1. Henderson, 1888.—‘‘ Report on the Anomura.”—Report of the Scientific Results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Zoology. Vol. XXVII, Part LXIX., Kemp, 1910.—‘* The Decapoda collected by the Hualey from the North Side of the Bay of Biscay in August, 1906.’’—Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. N.S., Vol. VIII, No. 5. Kessler, 1861.— Voy. Zool. sur le litt. sept. de la Mer Noire. Kroyer, 1888 (a)——Kel. Dansk. Vid. Selsk.—Naturv. mathem. Afhandl. Syvende Deel. Kroyer, 1888 (b).—Naturhist. Tidsskr., Bd. II. Kroyer, 1846 (?)—Gaimard’s Voy. en Scand., Crust. Lagerberg, 1908.—*‘ Sveriges Decapoder,’—Goteborgs Kungl. Vetenskapsoch Vitterhets samhallet Handlingar. Tjarde Foljden. XI. 2. Lucas, 1849.—* Explorations scientifiques de l’Algerie. Zool. I, Crust.’’ Melville, 1860.—*‘ A list of the Crustacea Podophthalmata of the Gal- way Marine District’’-—Proc. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. pan aL. Milne-Edwards, A., 1880.—* Reports on the results of dredging, under the supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, and inthe Caribbean Sea, 1877, 78, 79, by the United States coast survey steamer Blake, Lieut.-Commander C. D, Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N. commanding. Etudes préliminaires sur les Crustacés.” Milne-Edwards, A., and Bouvier, 1892.—‘ Observations prélimi- naires sur les Paguriens recueillis par les expéditions du Travailleur et du Talisman.’’—Ann. Sei. Nat., Zool. Série 7, T. XIII. Milne-Edwards. A., and Bouvier, 1893.—‘‘ Reports on the results ofidredoing oe in the Gulf of Mexico, and inthe Caribbean Sea, and along the Atlantic coast of the United States, by the.... Blake. Description des Crustacés de la famille des Paguriens recueillis pendant l’expédition.”—Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard. Vol. XIV, No. 3. aca 63 Minle-Edwards, A., and. Bouvier, 1894 Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques de Monaco. Fasc. VII. Milne-Edwards, A., and Bouvier 1897.—-*‘ Sur les ressemblances et le dimorphisme paralléles de ? Hupagurus excavatus, Herbst. et de 1 Eupagurus variabilis Edw. and Bouv.’’—ull. Soc. Zool. France. T. XXII. Milne-Edwards, A., and Bouvier, 1899.— Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques de Monaco. Fase. XIII. Milne-Edwards, A., and Bouvier 1900.—‘: Crustacés Décapodes.”’ Expéd. Sci. du Travailleur et du Talisman. I. Nobili, 1903.— Boll. Mus. Torino. Vol. XVII, No. 455. Norman, 1861.—‘‘ Contributions to British Carcinology.’’—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 3, Vol. VII Norman, 1869.—*‘ Shetland Final Dredging Report. Part II. Crustacea, etc.”—Report British Association for 1868. Ohlin, 1901.—“‘ Arctic Crustacea. II, Crustacea and Schizopoda”’ Bihang till Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar. Band 27, Afd. IV. No. 8. Ortmann, 1892.—‘‘ Die decapoden Krebse des _ Strasburger Museums. Theil.’ IV—dZool. Jahrb., Syst. Bd. 6. Pocock, 1889.—“‘ Report on a Deep-sea Trawling cruise off the S.W. coast of Ireland, under the direction of Rev. W. Spotswood Green. M.A., F.R.G.S.—Crustacea.”’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. IV. Roux, 1828.—‘“‘ Crust. de la Méditerranie.”’ Sars, 1882.—‘‘ The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, 1876- 1878,—Crustacea. Christiania. Senna, 1903.—‘‘ Le Esplorazione Abissali nel Mediterraneo. II. Nota sui Crostacei Decapodi.”—Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., Ann. XXIV. Smith, 1879.—“‘ Stalk-eyed Crustacea of Atlantic Coast of North America.”—Trans. Connect. Acad., Vol. V. Smith, 1881.—“ Preliminary notice of the Crustacea dredged in 64 to 325 fms. off the south coast of New England by the United States Fish Commisson in 1880.’—Proec. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. IIT. | Smith, 1882.—‘ Reports on the result of dredging. ... on the east coast of the United States, during the summer of 1880, by bie. ake 1. keeport, on. “they Crustacea, Part — £, Decapoda.’’—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard. Vol. X, No. 1. Smith, 1883.—“ Preliminary report on the Brachyura and Anomura — dredged in deep water off the south coast of New England.”’ —Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. VI. Smith, 1884.—‘“‘ Report on the Decapod Grastaten of the Albatross dredgings off the east coast of the United States in 1883. ”— Ann. Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1882. Washington, 1884. Smith, 1886.—‘* Report of the Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the coast of the United States during the summer .and autumn of 1885.’—Ann. Rep. of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1885. Washington, 1886. 1. eae 64. Spence Bate, 1851.—.‘‘ Notes on Crustacea.”—Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2, Vol. VII. Stephensen, 1910.—‘‘ Revideret Fortegnelse over Danmarks marine Arter af Decapodar ’’.—-Vidensk. Medd. fra den Naturhist. Forening 1 Kobenhaven. Stephensen, 1913.—‘‘ Gronlands Krebsdyr og Pyenogonider.”— Meddeleser om Gronland: Vol. X XVII. Stimpson, 1858.—-*‘ Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebra- torum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum .Pacificum Septen- trionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ring- gold et Johanne Rodgers Ducibus, observavit et descriptsit W. Stimpson. Pars VII. Crustacea Anomura.’’—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 225. Tesch, 1908.—** Bijdragen tot de fauna der zuidelijke Noordzee. IV, Decapode Crustaceen ten deele versameld met de Wodan.’’— Jaarb, Rijksinst. Onderz. Zee, Helder, 1908. Thompson, Wm. 1843.—Brit. Assoc. Report. Wood-Mason, 1891.—-*‘ On the Results of Indian Deep-sea Dredg- ing.’’— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. IX. INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES. |The references are to pages. | Page AY abyssorum, Parapagurus, 8 acadianus, Pagurus, ; 15 _algarbiensis, 5 Anapagurus, 3,43 ——— chiroacanthus, 43,48 —— ferrugineus, .. : 48 —— Hyndmanni, . 43 ,49 TCO LS: 43,44 arctica, Lithodes. . : 56 arenarius, Diogenes, Si A —— Pagurus, i : 4, B. Bernhardus, Eupagurus, 14,15 —— Pagurus, : 15 Bocagit, 5 C. carneus, EHupagurus, 14,23 chiroacanthus, Anapagurus, 43,48 cuanensis, Hupagurus, 15,26 —— Pagurus, : : 26 eurommanus, Pagurus, . 5 Dp: Dilwynia, Pagurus, A Diogenes, : : 3,4 arenarius, ‘ f 4. —— pugilator, 5 —— varians, 5 E. EKupagurinae, 3,8 Eupagurus, 3,14 —— Bernhardus, 14,15 —— carneus, 14,23 —— cuanensis, 15,26 —-—- excavatus, : ; 36 —— jacobi, ‘ 8 —— Kroyeri, ‘ , 29 —— laevis, : : 4.4, —— Lucas, : : 26 —— meticulosus, .— : 36 Eupagurus, —_. Pyrideauxit, —— pubescens, —— seulptimanus, —— trcarinatus, —— variabilis, excavatus, EKupagurus, F. ferrugineus, Anapagurus, Pagurus, Forbesit, H. Hyndmanni, Anapagurus, —— Pagurus, J. Jacobu, Hupagurus, K. Kroyeri, Eupagurus, Iie laevis, Anapagurus, Eupagurus, Pagurus, Lafonte Lithodes, arctica, —— Maia, Maja, Lithodidae longicornis, Nematopagurus Lucasi, Eupagurus, ! M. Maia, Lithodes, Maja : meticulosus, E Jupagurus, N. Nematopagurus, Nenatopagurus, longicornis 43,49 4.9 53 8 Bet: be PR Paguridae, Pagurinae, Pagurus acadianus, —— algarbtensis, —— arenarius, —— Bernhardus, —— Bocagir, cuanensis, —— curvoimansus, —— Dilwynii, —— ferrugineus, ——— Forbesir, —— Hyndmanni, laevis, —— Lafonti, —— ponticus, — pubescens, — pugilator, sculptimanus, —— Thompson, tricarinatus, Parapagurus, abyssorum, sprinimanus, . Page Parapagurus, pilosimanus, : 8 pilosimanus, Parapagurus, 8 ponticus, Pagurus, 5 Prideauaui, Eupagurus, . 15,34 pubescens : . 15338 pubescens, Pagurus, 29 pugilator, Diogenes, : 5 Pagurus, . A roe sculptimanus, Eupagurus. 19 —— Pagurus, ; : 19 spintmanus 26 -. Thompsont, Pagurus, . 29 tricarinatus, Hupagurus, . 36 Pagurus, : : 36 V. variabilis, Hupagurus, . 36 Or varians, Diogenes, al. 67 Fig. Fig: 5 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 5 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-IX. PLATE, I. Eupagurus bernhardus (Linn.) 1.—Front of carapace, x4. 2.—Right chela, x 4. 3.—Dactyl of second pereiopod, x4 7. 4.—Fourth pereiopod, x 4. 5.—Fifth pereiopod, x4. 6.—Mandible, x3°3. 7.—First maxilla, x2°7. 8.—Second maxilla, x33. 9.—First maxillipede, x3'3. 10.—Second maxillipede, x33. 11.—Third maxillipede, x2°7. PuaTe II. Eupagurus Prideauxii (Leach). 1.—Front of carapace, x 4. | 2.—Right chela, x4. 3.—Dactyl of walking leg, x2°7. Eupagurus pubescens (Kroyer). 4,—Front of carapace, x 4. 5.—Right chela, x4. 6.—Left cheliped, x 4. 7.—Walking leg, x4. PuateE III. Eupagurus carneus, Pocock. 1.—Front of carapace, x4. 2.—Right chela, x4. 3.—Left, chela, x4. 4.—Antennule, xca.10. 5.—Antennal peduncle, xca. 8. 6.—Second pereiopod, from inside, x 4. 7.—Third pereiopod, from inside, x 4. 8.—Fourth pereiopod, x 8. Prats IY. Eupagurus cuanensis (Thompson). 1.—Front of carapace, x 4. 2.—Right chela, x 4. 3.—Second right pereiopod, x4, Eupagurus variabilis, M.-EK. & B. 4,.—Right chela (excavate type) x 4. 5.—Right chela (normal type) x4. PEATE AV: Eupagurus variabilis: (M.-E. & B.). 1.—Front of carapace, x 4. 2.—Left chela, x4. 3.—Second right pereiopod, x 4. | aed | 68 Eupagurus sculptimanus (Lueas). . 4.—Front of carapace, x4. Fig. 5.—Right chela, x 4. Fig. 6.—Left cheliped, x 4. Fig. 7.—Second right pereiopod, x 4. Fig. 8.—Third left pereiopod, x 4. PLATE VI. Nematopagurus longicornis, M.-E. & B. . 1.—Front of carapace, x4’3. Fig. 2.—Right cheliped, x 4°3. Fig. 3.—Left cheliped, x 4°3. Fig. 4.—Second right pereiopod, x 4°3. Fig. 5.—Coxae of fifth pereiopods of male, x8. Diogenes pugilator (Roux). Fig. 6.—Front of carapace, x 4°3. Fig. 7.—Right cheliped, x43. Fig. 8.—Left cheliped, x43. Fig. 9.—Second right pereiopod, x 4°3. Prats Vail: Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith. Fig. 1.—Front of carapace, x 4°3. Fig. 2.—Right cheliped, x43. Fig. 3.—Left cheliped, x 4°3. Fig. 4.—Third right pereiopod, x 4:3. Fig. 5.—First pleopodofmale, x9 3. Fig. 6.—Second pleopod of male, x 6°7. Anapagurus laevis (Thompson). Fig. 7.—Right cheliped of male, x 4:3. . 8.—Left cheliped, x 4:3. Fig. 9.—Coxae of fifth pereiopods of male, x 4:3. Puate VIII. Anapagurus laevis (Thompson). Fig. 1.—Front of carapace, x 43. Fig. 2.—Walking leg, x 4°3. Fig. 3.—Telson, x6°5. Anapagurus Hyndmanni (Thompson). Fig. 4.—Front of carapace, x 6°5. Fig. 5.—Right cheliped,; x 4°3.. Fig. 6.—Left cheliped, x65. Fig. 7.—Second right pereiopod, x6°5. Pra Xe Lithodes maia (Linn.). Fig. 1.—Male, dorsal view, x04. Fig. 2.—Male, lateral view of front of carapace, x0°4. Fig. 3.—Male, abdomen, x 0-4 Fig. 4.—Female, abdomen, x0°4. Wt. T.856—S.160, 750. 8/21. B. and N., Ltd Pld Sci. Invest. ’21. > oe Sig aI OS 6 TSS atte ee wa quien ro ~" vated asters Traced e da eat aft Dee ANN edt ns — AMES eS , a a ; Ten ot ied woe uy ae) oe oo a CA SSooorre i iat tal ae Oe a ow Re i 2 pat ON “ Met TS eRe 7 @-@- ; ee ee ‘ me rl ind i ene vost Digi e toe ow i . Tw f WHY bpp Ty 1, Ml df Be f UY x ROM Ai/yy iy HA / \Y, ites Eupagurus Bernhardus. C.M.S. del. Sei Invest. I. ’21. C.M.S. del. Figs. 1-3.—Eupagurus Prideauxi. Figs. 4-7,—Eupagurus pubescens. Ta é ¥ ; i » hat _ PEE Sem Invest. I: ‘21. Gms» del: Fupagurus carneus. ed a oe By 55 a & e & Sc Op Ww WM =} =} Hy he x2} yh} OD OO Co QA, Ay SS 7 oF LO a) nN Ww QO 20 ord ort fy fy Sex Invest. f ‘21. C.M.S. del. - Sci. Invest. I. ’21. mie ve CaS. del: Figs. 1-3.—Eupagurus variabilis. Figs. 4-8.—Eupagurus sculptimanus. oa y fast ~s e~ . 4 , ’ i ae ‘ cS i ‘~~ ini rac: ny i ie Se ‘ 5 * Ba: s F cv ake} ay ; ny! a ee wie, ‘ pS TY Se phere . Seal 3 A ‘ . = 4 ‘ ; Be cow “ . Cth LY ae = F 5 f at ‘ + ee ‘ ‘ i i e P i ' ' “ ° i J : { 2 =. ) ys F ’ i . i . : bd - “si . ; - ‘ . ¢ , ’ ‘ , - x oe 5 ' ; t A i ¢ = é < ¢ i - * = al « , Sei. Invest. hk ‘21. Ak = = Cages Oe No lee eet .e ee eet S. del. Coll icornis. lator. logenes pug! Figs. 1-5.—Nematopagurus long Figs. 6-9.—D Sci. Invest. I. ‘21. -— =. \ 3 17, : ’ Hy if ny NF E iy 3 — "4 \E y aN G CMs. del. Figs. 1-6.—Parapagurus pilosimanus. Figs. 7-9.—Anapagurus laevis. Pie yore Ser Invest. I, “21. mh pe Zee or SSS Serres CMES. GEE Figs. 1-3.—Anapagurus laevis. Figs. 4-7.—Anapagurus Hyndmanni. Ser Invest. I. 21. Id Fil D> Se E. M. BARNEs del. Lithodes maia. : . ii eS 4. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1908. tit" » > 1.—Kemr, S. W.,—The Decapoda Natantia of the Coasts of Ireland. 4 pp. 189, pl. 23. (1910). —Asnwortn, J. H.,—Polychaeta of the Coasts of Ireland, I.—Areni. _colidae and Scalibregmidae, pp. 4. [1909}. —SovuTHERN, R.,—Polychaeta of the Coasts of Ireland. I1.—Pelagio = Phyllodocidae, pp. 11, pl. 3. [1909]. SP ston, E. W. L., and L. W. Byrne,—Third Report on the Fishes of eS the Irish Atlantic Slope. The Holocephali or Chimaeras, pp. 26. cs f pl. 4. [1910]. V.—Horr, E. W. L., and L. W. Byrnz,—Fourth Report on the Fishes of . the Irish Atlantic Slope. List of recorded species, with references, pp- 7. [1910}. yi tincas, A. B. E.,—Summary of Reports relative to Eel Fry, 1908-9. at pp. 9. (1910), as 4 VIL. —Title- “page, Table of Contents and Index for 1908. ? e ; Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1909. z s. eae E. W. L.,— Report of a Survey of Trawling Grounds on the Coasts ~ ~~» ‘of Counties Down, Louth, Meath and Dublin. Part I, Record of % Fishing Operations, pp. 538, pl. 2. [1910]. : Ail Hiitas, A. B. E.,—Summary of Reports relative to Kel Fry, 1909-10, : pp. 5. (1911). Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1910, +S ga Vee Pcietorio: ALR. »—Polyzoa from the Coasts of Ireland, pp. 37, pl. 1. Es Proll). E T—Tarrensars, W. M.,—Schizopodous Crustacea from the North-east - _—--—_—s«C A tlanttic Slope. Second Supplement, pp. 77, pl. 8. [1931}. a IIL. —SOvuTHERN, R.,—Polychaeta of the Coasts of Ireland. IIlI.—The Alcio pinae, Tomopteridae and Typhloscolecidae, pp. 37, pl. 3. [1911]. 7 pes’ AS TV.—vow Rrrrer-Zanony, R.,—Chaetognatha from the Coasta of Ireland, ba pps fa {1910}. i V.—Farran, G. P.,—Plaice oe a Wega 22 on the East Coast of Ireland in 1907, pp- 37, pl. 4 - {1911}. vi pa E. W. L., and L. W. Byrnz,—Fifth Report on are Fishes of the Trish Atlantic Slope. Fishes of the genus Scopelus, pp. 33, pl. 1. | {1911}. VIL —Title-page and Table of Contents for 1909. 3 Title- -page, Table of Contents and Index for 1910. . V.—Title-page, Table of Contents and Index for 1913. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1914, I,—Szxpiz, C. M.,—The Decapoda Reptantia of the Coasts of in d Palinura, Astacura and Anomura (except Paguridea), pp. 1 il TH, —Metram, A. E.,—Report on the outbreak of Furunculosis ‘in : Liffey in 1913, pp. 19, pl. 2. : . I1T,—Farran, G. P., and others,—Resulis of a | Biological ed Bay, Co. Mayo, pp. 72, pl. 1. ; _ TV.—SrepHens, Janz,—Sponges of the Coasts of ‘Ireland. - Ms 1.—The and part of the Tetraxonida, pp. 43, pl. 5.” =n) Se aa VY —Title-page, Table of Contents and Index for 1914. (Publication i ohandeaee 1915-1919). Fisheries, I reland, Sei. Invest., 1920, I.—TattersaAtt, W. M.,—Notes on ths breeding habits. and the Periwinkle, pp. 11, pl. 1. IIl.—SrEPHENS, JANE,—Sponges of tlie Coasts of Ircland, The Te (coneluded), pp. 75, pl. 6. | Silo ae Fisheries, Ireland, Sci, Invest., 1921. : ™: : : IL—Srreir, C. M.—The Decapoda Reptantia of. the Coasts Part II.-Paguridea, pp 68. pl. 9, Mira ras { As yy Lt LOPUe ace ay A AA yaa. } ie “_— MAP AAA ar f SAGRAn PL LL gale aalaaetsn ny | cana vr it RARaa, ahah Sy9A8) A I Bes Gos aatasttell A eAenr A AY inant ; ab A om Y. a& af aAAkm NT ) p> ey we Ty gonna inky anh - “a Auda aia - AVA iat oer wr ey PR ey | alk pal TTY TY ay SI maaan aul ata man, ’ phs i ee Lad aoe 1 a mo . # Mh at xin Nhigaht ama on ry 4 elt leat Peeok ae aatannnn asain Ye : 7% TL ry Penna SLY An TT ARAN SER AR: ee = ant ' y / ‘ sh . , t wv ai ao Sp, ~ eo aml \ 5 iaAnaa Py ie! =- aw . > S ; eae. Aan a ’ Pe) aaeAn a. s A” 3 tan Olan ARS ANA aaa AT HLL SOE rene. pond Aaa > A SAAAAAUR pers sg i iit “Denes. row vy iid Maya’ |) "s Ie mene , Ranaaalte Ee ma aS Luanna Be pe ety OSPR PetERBECREGHIIA Py Phe lt) i) oe Lill LL LEP EL ele aanlelaied | ahh aa sal sansa nnfhhAdall Malbec LAA) Aa a! || ein le Angi Aana, hy RI af gas! HEEL Sint ghiadaas neat tan 4 Ns ae eae vy tt rms e : Ray NT: ‘aie Sa, AY Sy a ae aA’. — ba Ulesans ' NAUSOR, ah. ne tian aa TiF ‘ ne ‘a8 Taree RRA tot ARAL 4 ‘if PA | VITAE 7 ak e a $ aa AN Ria, & & ‘ Bane an, ape Ake aut ev Aaintnataace ™ aan RRNA alt en! 3 AaA“ae ry ory moe 1 ite. ote ~uaAAn a aa: weAhinane at: ay =~, ~ at aaARs Pa == 4! are) capi «5 Pde OS wa Aaa Auk aay A ms =®s Pe I Ne! | aannAbn Op aaet apn nth " sapAAiGabenanennas MAMA el) Vy obae Ara pa gAbrasny 4 je i | Ai re anank | = ak | rt nen > 9 ut oT te t0t\Bann, ry Pe wai Raia | | Ry anh Vy | I ne 0 @MRane.- s ene a =s: Bah Pam == ie % TALE UM Seneranne ” aW=®), , aa Ty 3 wk ail abe i inane wae Welter Nase et bbs eerie ; & ‘ aPP@Aaiy AAA miat* RAG LCL iain le .